10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025

or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number 0-23245

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	36-3932190
(State of or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1750 E. Golf Road Schaumburg, Illinois	60173
(Address of principal executive offices)	(zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 781-3600

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	PRDO	Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☒	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☐	Smaller reporting company	☐
Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the $32.69 per share closing sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2025 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter), was approximately $1,775,000,000. For purposes of this calculation, the Registrant’s directors, executive officers and 10% or greater stockholders have been assumed to be affiliates. This assumption of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of February 13, 2026, the number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s common stock was 62,478,373.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be subsequently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report to the extent indicated herein.

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	1
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	29
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	43
ITEM 1C.	CYBERSECURITY	43
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	44
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	45
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	45
PART II
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	46
ITEM 6.	RESERVED	48
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	49
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	59
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	60
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	60
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	60
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	61
ITEM 9C.	DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS	61
PART III
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	62
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	63
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	63
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	63
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	63
PART IV
ITEM 15.	EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	64
ITEM 16.	FORM 10-K SUMMARY	64
INDEX TO EXHIBITS		65
SIGNATURES		69
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		70

PART I

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “seek,” “should,” “will,” “continue to,” “outlook,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed herein under the caption “Risk Factors” that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance, business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other reason.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”), the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) and University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences ("USAHS") – provide degree programs from the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional development programs. Our academic institutions offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve and educate students while enhancing overall learning and academic experiences. USAHS prepares medical professionals to provide quality medical care to communities across the country primarily through its graduate health sciences degree offerings in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Perdoceo's academic institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers and communities needing a qualified workforce

When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Our reporting segments correspond to our accredited institutions.

CTU

CTU is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education to a diverse student population, including non-traditional adult learners seeking career advancement and the military community. CTU utilizes innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of academic and professional goals for learners. CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business and management, nursing, healthcare management, computer science, engineering, information systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity and criminal justice.

Discussion of business operations, trends and key drivers of operating results for CTU will primarily focus on its degree programs, which represent a majority of CTU’s operations and the CTU segment.

AIUS

AIUS is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education opportunities for a diverse student population, including non-traditional adult learners and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional and academic growth of each student. AIUS offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education, behavioral sciences and criminal justice.

AIUS is comprised of three universities: the American InterContinental University ("AIU"), Trident University International (“Trident” or “TUI”) and California Southern University ("CalSouthern"). The AIUS structure provides a framework for all three universities to continue to serve their unique student populations while benefitting from one university system. Although all universities operate under a shared governance structure and have a common mission, the system structure allows each to retain its name and customize its programs and instructional and student service models to the needs of its unique student populations.

1

Discussion of business operations, trends and key drivers of operating results for AIUS will primarily focus on AIU and Trident, which represent a majority of the AIU System and AIUS reporting segment. Specific references will be made to the other universities when material to the disclosure or necessary to understand the overall discussion.

USAHS

USAHS is dedicated to offering graduate education opportunities in health sciences to a diverse range of students. USAHS focuses on developing professional healthcare practitioners through innovative and personalized classroom, clinical, and distance education opportunities. USAHS offers graduate degrees in health sciences, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language therapy and nursing, along with continuing education programs, which together prepare professionals to serve and provide quality medical care to communities across the country.

Student Enrollments Statistics

Total student enrollments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were approximately 44,400 students and 41,380 students, respectively, with approximately 91% enrolled in our institutions’ fully-online academic programs for each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Substantially all of the students attending our institutions reside within the United States. Total student enrollments and student enrollment statistics stated above and presented below do not include learners participating in: a) non-degree seeking and professional development programs, and b) degree seeking, non-Title IV, self-paced programs at our universities. Additional student enrollment demographic information for our institutions as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:

Student Enrollments by Age Group

	As a Percentage of Total
	Student Enrollments as of
	December 31,
	2025			2024
Over 30		68	%		67	%
21 to 30		30	%		31	%
Under 21		2	%		2	%

Student Enrollments by Core Curricula

	As a Percentage of Total
	Student Enrollments as of
	December 31,
	2025			2024
Business Studies		66	%		66	%
Information Technology		12	%		13	%
Health Education		22	%		21	%

Student Enrollments by Degree Granting Program

	As a Percentage of Total
	Student Enrollments as of
	December 31,
	2025			2024
Doctoral and Master's Degree		22	%		22	%
Bachelor's Degree		63	%		63	%
Associate Degree		15	%		15	%

GUIDING PRINCIPLES AND STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

In an increasingly demanding economy, learners benefit from higher education that provides practical skills and meaningful career development. We aim to establish our academic institutions as leading online postsecondary education providers for non-traditional students, including adult learners, guided by the following core principles:

•enhance academic outcomes;

•further elevate academic quality and integrity; and

2

•focus on governance and compliance.

Our strategic priorities revolve around students and their academic successes and we believe these priorities will further support long-term sustainable and responsible growth. These strategic priorities include:

•optimize student enrollment processes;

•enhance student retention and engagement;

•use technology as a differentiator;

•leverage efficient and effective scalable shared services to support organic growth at our universities and as a key enabler for inorganic growth strategies; and

•invest in student-serving processes that support our overall academic operations.

OUR BUSINESS

Through our three accredited academic institutions, we offer quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs, with the health sciences degree programs at USAHS having a strong clinical component. We maintain a student-first approach by providing support throughout the academic journey, from enrollment and orientation to ongoing coaching and learning through graduation, which we believe enhances overall student learning experiences and academic outcomes. We are committed to investing in our academic institutions, including through course curriculum development and student support technology, which we believe enables our student support teams to provide customized service that contributes to positive student experiences. Technology is a key enabler for us, and we are continuing to explore and utilize artificial intelligence ("AI") within the student enrollment and academic life cycle to enhance student experiences. We believe that our technology innovations provide students with tools that enable them to focus on educational content in a manner that is best suited to their personal learning style.

Marketing, Student Recruitment and the Student Enrollment Process

Our academic institutions intend to serve motivated students with both the desire and ability to complete their academic programs of choice. To promote interest among potential students, our academic institutions develop and engage in a variety of marketing activities which build awareness of our academic programs and universities among prospective students. Aided by data analytics, our marketing programs are designed to focus on enrolling students who we believe will be more likely to succeed at one of our academic institutions and eventually complete their degree of choice.

Our three academic institutions primarily serve a non-traditional and diverse student population, including adult learners. Our students have a broad range of educational and employment experiences which contributes to their college-level readiness. Each of our universities has an admissions function responsible for interacting with prospective students interested in applying to an institution after they have expressed interest in learning more about our academic institutions and programs. Generally, to be qualified for admission to an undergraduate program at one of our universities, an applicant must have received a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent, such as a General Education Development certificate. Our graduate programs require applicants to hold a bachelor's degree and some have additional program specific admissions requirements.

We leverage predictive analytics to help us identify and focus on prospective students who are more likely to succeed at one of our universities. Our prospective student outreach process uses technology to provide a more customized approach to enable us to more effectively provide prospective students with relevant information to help them make more informed academic decisions.

Perdoceo and its academic institutions have continued to test and explore AI-related technology to effectively and efficiently serve current and prospective students and provide our enrollment and student support staff with tools necessary to improve the overall learning and academic experience of our learners. Perdoceo was an early adopter of virtual assistants ("chatbots") that lead to efficiencies in both attracting and servicing of students. These virtual assistants utilize the latest Large Language Models ("LLMs"), as well as other generative AI technologies. The upgraded chatbots are more responsive to student queries, as well as reducing the time and effort to train the chatbots on information students are requesting. In addition, the new virtual assistants give staff increased visibility into what information is important to students as they progress in their academic journeys.

Our technology enhancements enable our admissions staff to customize their prospective student outreach and engagement strategies based on student's prior educational experience, degree and area of program interest, which enables a more meaningful and relevant interaction with the prospective student. We believe prospective students have an improved overall experience in communications with our admissions personnel due to these enhancements.

Admissions advisors serve as a primary point of contact for prospective students, providing information to support informed enrollment decisions and assisting throughout the enrollment process. They also offer guidance and support during the application process and student orientation, helping students transition smoothly into their first class.

3

Once a student has decided to enroll at one of our academic institutions, the financial aid team works closely with them to provide information about available funding options, including loans and grants. The team’s focus is to ensure students are financially prepared in a timely manner, allowing them to concentrate on their academic pursuits.

At AIUS and CTU, students are offered an orientation that is designed to prepare them to begin classes at our institutions. This orientation process also provides the opportunity for students to understand our academic and support services. We believe completion of these activities better prepares a student to make an informed decision about pursuing their education, as well as allows them to be more successful as it simulates their classroom experience both online and in a campus-based environment. Completion of orientation does not financially obligate students, nor does it require students to continue their education with the university.

Additionally, first-time undergraduate students enrolled in online programs at AIUS and CTU, who choose not to continue, have 21 days after the start of their program to notify the university of their intention to withdraw. Students who notify and withdraw within 21 days will not be responsible for any tuition-related expenses and will receive a refund of any tuition and other institutional fees paid.

USAHS is a traditional university which offers three academic terms each calendar year, Spring, Summer and Fall, with breaks between academic terms. Prospective students are generally required to have an undergraduate degree and go through a comprehensive application and admissions process which has allowed USAHS to maintain strong academic outcomes and student experiences while also maintaining program level academic outcomes as required by various programmatic accrediting bodies.

Employer Supported Students

CTU and AIUS have focused on collaborating with certain employers that support their workforces through education benefits such as tuition assistance programs. We expect continued engagement and collaboration with companies will result in new student interest through increased awareness of our institutions by the employees of these companies. Engaging with these employers provides us with an opportunity to connect with and educate a population of students, we believe, for whom we would otherwise not likely have the same level of access. Students from these employers who attend our institutions are awarded grants from the applicable university to partially offset their tuition costs, the amount of which can vary and depend on the employer’s approach to supporting the educational pursuits of its workforce. Although the amount paid by these students results in lower revenue per student due to the grants awarded from the applicable university, the recruiting, marketing and support costs associated with these students are relatively lower as well and most of these students are able to graduate from their chosen program of study with little or no debt. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 38.3% and 7.5% of total student enrollments at CTU and AIUS, respectively, attend pursuant to these employer sponsored engagements.

Student Retention and Academic Outcomes

Our institutions have continued to focus on improving student retention and enhancing academic outcomes. Investments in student serving processes, including the use of technology, remains a key focus to support these efforts. Our faculty and student advisors provide frequent assistance and feedback to students during their course of academic study. We support increased communication between our faculty and students by providing faculty with various technology enablers such as a two-way messaging platform and enhanced data reporting and analytics to help them provide meaningful academic support and information. As is the case at any postsecondary educational institution, a portion of our students withdraw from their academic programs for a variety of academic, financial or personal reasons, and these efforts are designed to help our students remain in school and succeed in their academic program.

Our student advising model at AIUS and CTU promotes collaboration between faculty and student advisors, which we believe enhances effectiveness and provides students with consistent support and communication. Student advisors continue to work with students throughout their academic program to provide relevant and specific feedback and guidance as they progress through their classes.

Coupled with the student advising model, our academic institutions continually review and update course content and sequencing to ensure workload levels build gradually as students develop skills and acclimate to course expectations, which we believe improves academic outcomes. In general, our courses are designed to accommodate skill development holistically, which we believe will further support learning.

AIUS' student-centric framework focuses on having students interact with their admissions advisor from enrollment through the end of their first academic session and be subsequently supported by student advisors. We believe this structure, along with faculty engagement, improves overall student experiences and retention. This cross-functional strategy is aimed at improving student engagement throughout the student’s academic life cycle, with particular emphasis on the important onboarding phase and first academic term as the students adjust to their academic program. Through AIUS' "Ready" course, students can experience the classroom environment in advance of the official start of classes.

4

CTU leverages data analytics to provide proactive outreach and personalized advising to improve student retention and academic outcomes. This approach is intended to help us reach the right student at the right time with the right support, which we expect will increase learning and course completion by our students. CTU continues to refine the data analytics process to enable its student advisors to be more effective in their student engagement efforts.

USAHS's student support processes for prospective students span from prior to the start of their academic program all the way through graduation, yielding positive academic outcomes through a robust support system. A dedicated team of program directors, faculty advisors, student success advisors, and a dedicated student services department offer academic advising, professional development, tutoring, writing support, accessibility accommodations and financial aid assistance, that includes individualized support, student success strategies, and student outreach. These teams prioritize student retention and academic success with a core value of ‘students first’ and through a comprehensive approach to student support, data analysis, and program and institutional review. Each student is assigned a dedicated faculty advisor and a student success advisor. Faculty advisors provide academic guidance and professional development and mentorship in the profession. Student success advisors provide proactive coaching, such as goal setting, time management, course selection, and connecting students to campus and online resources.

Given the nature of USAHS's advanced health sciences degree levels, students enrolled in these academic programs are more likely to persist in their program through completion. USAHS’s strong retention rate, coupled with strong program tenure and job placement rates creates a network effect that continues to attract quality prospective students.

Curriculum and Program Development

Our universities develop and deliver a variety of academic programs resulting in the award of credentials ranging from certificates to doctoral degrees in career-oriented programs of study in core curricula areas of business studies, information technology and health sciences.

Our curricula, instructional delivery tools and experienced faculty comprise the learning experience that provides our student population with a unique opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills and competencies required for specific careers. The curriculum development process focuses on desired career needs, while considering relative competencies necessary to achieve these career needs, as well as any applicable recommendations set forth by advisory boards, programmatic accrediting agencies and industry standards. Subsequently, learning objectives are identified and courses are developed which foster student engagement in activities and optimally result in the attainment of desired program learning outcomes. Curricula may also incorporate AI literacy and discipline-appropriate use of AI tools, which are aligned to program outcomes and workforce expectations, while also emphasizing ethical application, transparency, and critical evaluation. Program design and assessment practices are reviewed to ensure the integrity of student work and alignment with accrediting agency and industry expectations.

Through the acquisition of USAHS, our graduate health sciences offerings expanded with programs in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language pathology and nursing. These programs have a strong clinical component giving students hands-on, real-world experience to apply theory and develop essential clinical skills.

Additionally, our institutions also offer non-degree professional development programs. These online courses and bootcamps offer upskilling and reskilling opportunities where one can develop skills and knowledge in a specific endeavor or area of interest.

Instructional Delivery

Our instructional delivery is based on the belief that learning depends on instructional methodologies and pedagogies that involve and efficiently enable student engagement with the instructor, with other students and with the course content. This engagement is fundamental to student learning outcomes, regardless of whether instruction occurs within a physical or virtual classroom. We continue to focus on innovation in our delivery of online education to enhance the learning experience for students.

We continue to enhance our student technology infrastructure at AIUS and CTU by implementing faculty and student-requested suggestions for our virtual campus and mobile platforms. Additionally, AIU has an interactive rubric that our faculty and student support teams can potentially use to better serve and educate students throughout their academic journey. These enhancements are designed to continuously improve the student experience, particularly for our non-traditional adult learners, while also improving operational efficiency.

USAHS provides instructional delivery both onsite at its various locations in California, Texas and Florida, as well as fully online and hybrid formats. These campus locations include learning centers designed to simulate clinical and home settings, with real medical equipment and high-fidelity, interprofessional environments. USAHS also offers anatomy education in both 2D and 3D for an interactive experience. Additionally, 3D printers and virtual headsets provide students with immersive learning experiences that enable students to see, interact with and experience diverse clinical and patient settings.

Learning Management System

Construction of, and ongoing enhancement to, a virtual campus that engages online students with their instructor, peers and content is critical to the achievement of student learning outcomes. CTU and AIUS online instructional delivery is accomplished using

5

innovative, student-focused learning management systems. While online content delivery is very common today, our course content delivery systems have several features that make them distinctive. Designed around students, our course content delivery systems allow for a rich, engaging student experience that represents innovative online methods of delivering content.

CTU and AIU have implemented the use of sophisticated personalized learning technologies through our virtual campus that provide intelligent, adaptive systems to power the delivery of personalized learning. We have a perpetual license to this technology and our personalized learning content was developed by teams of our own instructors and has been integrated across many of our curricula.

USAHS utilizes Blackboard, which is a web-based learning management system, that enables instructors and faculty to efficiently manage course content, deliver assignments, facilitate online discussions, grade student work, track course attendance, and provide students access to various learning resources - all in one centralized platform. It is designed to allow students and faculty to participate in classes delivered online or to use online materials to complement face-to-face learning.

Mobile Applications

Students at CTU and AIUS have access to a mobile application and two-way messaging platform which were created to complement students’ mobile-centric lives. During 2025, we introduced new features, such as updates to the login process to streamline it and prevent user error. Approximately 97% of our students within these universities have opted in for the mobile application and 94% have opted to receive mobile notifications. Our students and staff are using the messenger application due to its ease and simplicity. The student benefits of these technological innovations include the ability to connect with their university in a different way, communicate efficiently with faculty, upload required documentation, track grades and degree progress in real-time and participate in courses from the palm of their hand, all of which contribute to increased student engagement. CTU and AIUS also have a faculty mobile application which provides informative dashboards, the ability to complete tasks on the go and enhanced outreach and communication capabilities that we believe make teacher-student interactions easier and more effective.

Additionally, USAHS offers a mobile application to its students which provides information and resources, including general campus and program information, faculty information, and links to various resources, including social media feeds.

Faculty

Our institutions employ credentialed, geographically dispersed, full-time, and part-time (i.e., adjunct) faculty who facilitate learning in our classrooms and virtual classrooms. Our faculty are hired, assigned, developed, and evaluated in accordance with current accepted higher education practices and in accordance with state, institutional accreditation, and programmatic accreditation standards.

Faculty Competencies

With the input of faculty and academic leadership at our universities, we have developed a set of instructor competencies that we believe are critical to student success and institutional effectiveness. These competencies provide the basis for faculty recruitment, hiring, orientation, evaluation, and development. Faculty hired by our academic institutions are evaluated for proficiency in the following competencies:

•communication;

•assessment of student learning;

•instructional methodology (pedagogy);

•subject matter expertise;

•utilization of technology to enhance teaching and learning;

•acknowledgement and accommodation of diversity in learners;

•student engagement;

•promotion of active student learning;

•compliance with the applicable academic institution policy; and

•demonstration of scholarship.

Seasonality and Fluctuations in Results

Our quarterly net revenues and income may fluctuate primarily due to total student enrollments during any given quarter. As a result, changes in the academic calendar may have an impact on quarterly comparability as each quarter may have non-comparable revenue-earning days because the academic calendar may align differently with each calendar year and the quarters therein. While

6

most of the operating costs for our institutions do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis, we may see variability within our marketing spend based on the back-to-school season and prospective student interest levels at any given time.

Human Capital

As of December 31, 2025, we had 6,000 employees, of which 2,039 work for CTU, 1,648 work for AIUS and 1,435 work for USAHS, with the remainder being corporate-level employees in areas such as marketing, information technology, financial aid, accounting, human resources, legal and compliance.

The human capital objectives that we focus on reflect the nature of our business, our regulated industry and our guiding principles and strategic priorities discussed above under the heading “Guiding Principles and Strategic Priorities.”

We focus on achieving results in a compliant and ethical manner. New employees in student-serving functions such as admissions and financial aid participate in multi-week training programs, and our compliance monitoring programs and other ongoing compliance efforts in these and other areas are robust. The Compliance and Risk Committee of our Board of Directors regularly reviews the results of our compliance monitoring programs and matters reported through the Company’s internal system for reporting compliance concerns in order to monitor the effectiveness of these programs.

We use technology to support students and enhance learning. Therefore, it is imperative that our employees in student-serving functions are trained to use our technology and systems for the benefit of our students. This includes our faculty members who must be proficient in using our online learning management system, personalized learning technology and mobile applications. We also focus significant human capital resources on protecting our technology infrastructure and the personal information maintained therein regarding applicants, our students, their families and our alumni. The Compliance and Risk Committee and the full Board of Directors regularly review information security matters given their importance to the Company.

Our goal is to deploy resources in the most effective and efficient manner that we believe will lead to increased stockholder value while supporting and enhancing the academic quality of our institutions. This philosophy applies to our personnel resources as well. Significant management attention is focused on where to add personnel and other resources to grow responsibly, while at the same time monitoring personnel costs and promoting operating efficiencies. Employee turnover impacts personnel costs and operating efficiencies. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors regularly reviews information about employee turnover within the Company, including initiatives to reduce employee turnover.

We are committed to a policy of equal employment opportunity. We value diversity and strive to create an atmosphere that supports the students and communities that we serve. Inclusivity is important in our approach to achieving a dynamic culture. We are committed to fostering an environment where differences are respected and valued and where employees feel empowered to share their experiences and ideas.

The self-identified ethnicity or race of our full-time employees, including full-time faculty members, is approximately 52% White, 23% Black or African American, 13% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 6% Asian, 1% American Indian or Alaskan Native and less than 1% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our full-time employees are approximately 33% male and 67% female. The self-identified ethnicity or race of our part-time non-student employees, who are primarily part-time adjunct faculty members, is approximately 64% White, 18% Black or African American, 8% Hispanic, Latinx or Spanish origin, 5% Asian, 1% American Indian or Alaskan Native and less than 1% Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, and our part-time employees are approximately 43% male and 57% female.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND COMPETITION

The domestic postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with no one provider having a significant market share. The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended and reauthorized (“Higher Education Act” or "HEA"), and the related regulations govern all higher education institutions participating in federal student aid and loan programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (“Title IV Programs”). According to the National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES”), there were approximately 5,600 postsecondary education institutions eligible for federal student aid in the United States for the academic year 2024-25, including approximately 2,100 for-profit schools (sometimes referred to as "proprietary schools"); approximately 1,800 public schools which include state universities and community colleges; and approximately 1,700 private non-profit schools. According to the U.S. Department of Education (“ED” or the “Department”), over the 12-month period for academic year 2023-24, approximately 25.7 million students were enrolled in postsecondary institutions.

The domestic postsecondary degree-granting education industry was an approximately $796 billion industry for fiscal year 2023, according to NCES. We compete primarily with institutionally accredited, degree-granting colleges and universities, including for-profit institutions like ours as well as public and private non-profit institutions. In particular, competition from online programs has increased as these institutions have broadened their online offerings to meet growing prospective student interest.

7

Postsecondary institutions are subject to significant regulations which provide for an oversight triad by mandating specific regulatory responsibilities for the accrediting agencies recognized by the Department, the federal government through the Department, and state higher education regulatory bodies.

Extensive and increasingly complex Department regulations governing postsecondary institutions have been enacted, including regulations applicable only to for-profit institutions. These regulations, coupled with the increased focus by the U.S. Congress on the role that for-profit educational institutions play in higher education, as well as the evolving needs and objectives of students and employers, economic constraints affecting educational institutions and increased focus on affordability and value, may contribute to continued changes in business operating strategies. We have also recently been operating with dramatic shifts in regulatory approaches across different presidential administrations, resulting in a significant number of regulations being adopted, subsequently rescinded or revised, then re-adopted. We cannot predict the specific actions that the current Administration or Congress may take or their effect on the higher education sector; however the first Trump Administration focused significantly on a de-regulatory agenda and early 2025 executive orders of the current Trump Administration similarly call on all federal agencies to prioritize rescinding costly and burdensome regulations over the adoption of new regulations. We anticipate a number of regulatory changes may be forthcoming reflecting the priorities of the current Administration.

Although competition exists, for-profit institutions serve a segment of the postsecondary education market that we believe is not fully addressed by traditional public and private non-profit universities. Public and private non-profit institutions may face financial constraints that limit their ability to expand programs, including state funding challenges, enrollment declines, rising costs, deferred maintenance of facilities, research obligations, and the professor tenure system. Institutions may also limit student enrollments to preserve the perceived prestige and exclusivity of their degree offerings. For-profit postsecondary institutions offer prospective students flexible and convenient program offerings, as well as a learning structure focused on applied content and the use of technology in delivering education. Nevertheless, the share of the postsecondary education market served by for-profit institutions remains relatively small. As a result, we believe that in spite of regulatory and other challenges facing the industry, for-profit postsecondary education providers continue to have significant opportunities to address the demand for postsecondary education.

The majority of our degree-seeking students today have one or more non-traditional characteristics (e.g., did not enroll immediately after high school graduation, work full-time, are financially independent for purposes of financial aid eligibility, have dependents other than a spouse or are single parents). These non-traditional students typically are looking to improve their skills and enhance their earning potential within the context of their careers or in pursuit of new careers. As the industry has shifted to more students with non-traditional characteristics, an increasing proportion of colleges and universities are addressing the needs of working students. This includes colleges and universities with well-established brand names that were historically focused on traditional students.

ACCREDITATION, STATE REGULATION AND OTHER COMPLIANCE MATTERS

Institutional Accreditation

In the United States, institutional accreditation is widely accepted as the basis for the recognition of earned credit and degrees for academic, employment, and professional licensure purposes, and, in some states, as a component of authorization to operate as a degree-granting institution. Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an institution, and a grant of accreditation is viewed as confirmation that an institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution has the resources to meet its educational mission.

Pursuant to provisions of the HEA, the Department relies on institutional accrediting agencies recognized by the Department to determine whether institutions qualify to participate in Title IV Programs (in combination with state higher education operating and degree granting authority and multiple other federal requirements). All of our institutions are accredited by accrediting agencies recognized by the Department. AIUS is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission (“HLC”), with its next reaffirmation of accreditation scheduled for 2033-2034. CTU is accredited by the HLC and is scheduled for reaccreditation in 2032-2033. USAHS is accredited by the Western Association of Colleges and Schools Senior College and University Commission (“WSCUC”), with its next reaffirmation of accreditation scheduled for 2028.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Industry in Which We Operate— Our institutions would lose their ability to participate in Title IV Programs if they fail to maintain their institutional accreditation, and our student enrollments could decline if certain of our programs fail to obtain or maintain programmatic accreditation.”

Institutional Accreditation Table

8

Institution, Main Campus Location (1)	Accreditor	Year of Accreditation Expiration (2)
American InterContinental University System
Chandler, AZ (Atlanta, GA and Houston, TX)	Higher Learning Commission	2034
Colorado Technical University
Colorado Springs, CO (Denver, CO and Online)	Higher Learning Commission	2033
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences
San Marcos, CA (Miami, FL, St. Augustine, FL, Austin, TX, and Dallas, TX)	Western Association of Colleges and Schools Senior College and University Commission	2028

___________________

(1) Additional locations as defined by accreditors are in parentheses.

(2) Status as of February 19, 2026.

Programmatic Accreditation

In addition to the institutional accreditations described above, PEC institutions have specialized or programmatic accreditations for certain educational programs. Many states and professional associations require programs leading to licensure or professional practice to maintain programmatic accreditation and require individuals seeking to sit for professional licensing or certification exams to have graduated from accredited programs.

Programmatic accreditation does not satisfy the Department requirements to confer Title IV Program eligibility. Rather, it provides discipline-specific academic quality review by peers in a given field and, in many cases, may enable or assist graduates to practice, sit for licensure or certification exams, or secure appropriate employment in their chosen fields. In addition to programmatic accreditation requirements, some states have licensing boards which regulate who in a state is licensed to practice in a given profession.

Our universities pursue programmatic accreditation where it is required by employers, licensing or certification bodies, or applicable state authorities for graduates to practice a profession or to be eligible to sit for required licensing or certification exams. In some cases, programmatic accreditation is sought because it is commonly expected by employers and may enhance the ability of our graduates to compete for employment in their fields.

Programmatic accreditation has been granted by the following accrediting agencies for the following degree program areas offered by our institutions.

9

Programmatic Accreditation Table (1)

Accreditor	Campus	Program Area Accredited (2)
ABET	Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs	Electrical engineering and computer engineering
Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs	AIUS: American InterContinental University (all locations), California Southern University and Trident University International; Colorado Technical University (all locations)	Business
Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education of the American Occupational Therapy Association	University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (all locations)	Occupational Therapy
American Board of Physical Therapy Residency & Fellowship Education	University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (St. Augustine)	Clinical Orthopedic Residency
Association for Advancing Quality in Education Preparation	AIUS/American InterContinental University, Chandler	Education
Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education	University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (all locations)	Physical Therapy
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education	AIUS/California Southern University, Chandler; Colorado Technical University, Colorado Springs; University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, San Marcos	Nursing
Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology of the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association	University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (San Marcos, St. Augustine, Austin and Dallas)	Speech-Language Pathology
Project Management Institute Global Accreditation Center	Colorado Technical University (all locations)	Project management and business

____________________

(1)Status as of February 19, 2026.

(2)See the applicable institution's website for a list of programs included in the approval.

State Regulation

State approval agencies are responsible for the oversight of educational institutions, and continued approval by such agencies is necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees or certificates to its students. State laws establish standards for, among other things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities, and financial policies. State laws and regulations may limit our campuses’ ability to operate or to award degrees or certificates or offer new programs. Moreover, under the HEA and Title IV regulations, institutions that participate in Title IV Programs must be authorized to operate by the appropriate postsecondary regulatory authority in each state where the institution has a physical presence as well as each of the other domestic jurisdictions in which it operates.

Currently, all of our campuses (ground-based and online) are authorized by the state in which it is located.

Additionally, CTU and AIUS meet state authorization requirements for their online activities via participation in a consortia program called the State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement (“SARA”). SARA is a reciprocity agreement among member states, districts and U.S. territories that establishes comparable national standards for interstate offering of postsecondary distance education courses and programs. Institutions approved under SARA are authorized to operate online programs in SARA member states. Forty-nine states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands are SARA participants (www.nc-sara.org).

California is the only state which is not a part of SARA. CTU and AIUS are registered as out-of-state institutions with the California Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education ("BPPE") to offer their distance education programs to California students. Because its main campus is located in California, USAHS cannot participate in SARA for its online activities. Instead, USAHS

10

maintains licenses or exemptions in each state which requires such licensure or exemption, as the case may be, and where students are enrolled.

Participation in SARA is subject to evolving federal and state policy considerations, including efforts to amend SARA’s reciprocity standards or impose additional eligibility conditions. Certain initiatives that have been introduced are intended to expand host-state oversight of out-of-state distance education providers, narrow the scope of reciprocity, or apply differentiated requirements for proprietary institutions.

During the 2025 legislative session, California considered legislation that would have authorized California to join an interstate reciprocity agreement such as SARA subject to specified conditions. As proposed, the legislation would have continued to require certain out-of-state proprietary institutions offering online programs to California residents to comply with BPPE registration and oversight requirements, while public and nonprofit institutions would have had broader access to reciprocity-based authorization. Although this legislation was not enacted, similar proposals in California reflect ongoing policy efforts to condition reciprocity participation and impose additional state-specific obligations on out-of-state proprietary institutions. Comparable initiatives have been pursued in other states, including legislation and regulatory actions intended to preserve or expand host-state consumer-protection authority, limit the effect of reciprocity, or impose additional authorization, disclosure, or other compliance requirements on out-of-state proprietary institutions.

At the federal level, the Department and Congress have considered measures that could narrow the circumstances in which reciprocity satisfies state authorization requirements, expand licensure-related disclosure and approval obligations for distance education programs, or condition participation in Title IV Programs on enhanced state-level authorization or oversight.

If federal or state actions result in more restrictive reciprocity standards, differential treatment of proprietary institutions, or expanded host-state authorization requirements, our institutions enrolling students across multiple states may incur increased compliance costs, face operational constraints, or be required to obtain and maintain additional state authorizations, which could adversely affect their enrollments, operational efficiency, or ability to offer programs in certain jurisdictions.

In addition to state education regulations, there are other state agencies that oversee regulations related to student financing, payment servicing and general consumer protection. In some cases, state laws and regulations require us to register the volume of payment plans our students enter into and/or require licenses for our institutions to collect student payments for the educational services they deliver.

Other Compliance Matters

On July 26, 2019, the Company executed a settlement agreement with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") to resolve an inquiry commenced by the FTC in 2015. While not admitting any wrongdoing, the Company chose to settle the FTC inquiry after almost four years of legal expenses and cooperation with the FTC’s investigation. Under the terms of the agreement with the FTC, the Company agreed to continue its compliance with the Federal Trade Commission Act and the Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, including compliance with the national do not call registry. The Company agreed to enhance its current operational and compliance processes with respect to prospective student expressions of interest, or “leads,” purchased from third party lead aggregators and generators and implement other agreed-upon compliance measures. Specifically, the agreement with the FTC requires the operation of a system to monitor third party lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on behalf of, the Company of the various sources a prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the prospective student lead. In addition, the FTC Agreement contains requirements regarding employee and lead aggregator acknowledgements of the agreement, compliance certifications and record creation and maintenance. The principal provisions of the agreement with the FTC will remain in effect for twenty years.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – Our agreement with the FTC may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or higher than anticipated expenses. A failure to comply with the agreement may lead to additional enforcement actions and continued scrutiny, which may result in additional costs or new enforcement actions,” for more information about these agreements.

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID AND RELATED FEDERAL REGULATION

A majority of our students require assistance in financing their education. Our institutions are approved to participate in the Department's Title IV Programs. Our institutions also participate in a number of state financial aid programs, tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, education benefits administered by the Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”), as well as tuition assistance programs offered by employers. Our institutions that participate in federal and state financial aid programs are subject to extensive and frequently changing regulatory requirements imposed by federal and state government agencies, and other standards imposed by educational accrediting bodies.

11

Nature of Federal and Private Support for Postsecondary Education in the United States

The U.S. government provides a substantial portion of its support for postsecondary education in the form of Title IV Program grants, loans and work-study programs to students who can use those funds to finance certain education related expenses at any institution that has been approved to participate by the Department. These federal programs are authorized by the Higher Education Act. While most students are eligible for a Title IV loan, typically, additional financial aid administered under Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need, which is generally defined under the HEA as the difference between the costs associated with attending an institution and the amount a student’s family can reasonably be expected to contribute based on a federally determined formula. Among other things, recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward completion of their program of study.

Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under the Title IV Programs described in the sections below. In addition, some students at our institutions receive education related benefits pursuant to certain programs for veterans and military personnel or through participating in employer benefit programs, the most significant of which are described further below.

Federal Student and Parent Loans

The Department’s major form of aid includes loans to students and parents through the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (“Direct Loan”) Program. Direct Loans are loans made directly by the U.S. Government to students or their parents. The Direct Loan program offers Federal Direct Stafford, Federal Direct PLUS (which provides loans to parents of dependent students and to graduate or professional students, known as “Parent PLUS” and “Grad PLUS,” respectively) and Federal Direct Consolidation Loans. As described below, the Grad PLUS loan program is being eliminated for new borrowers starting July 1, 2026, with new graduate-specific annual and aggregate caps under the Direct Unsubsidized Loan program.

Undergraduate students who have demonstrated financial need may be eligible to receive a Direct Subsidized Loan, with the Department paying the interest on this loan while the student is enrolled at least half-time in a Title IV eligible school. Undergraduate students who do not demonstrate financial need and graduate students may be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan. Graduate/professional students may only receive Direct Unsubsidized Loans. With Direct Unsubsidized Loans the student is responsible for the interest for the life of the loan, including while the student is in school, although interest payments generally may be deferred by the student until after he or she has left school. Students who are eligible for a Direct Subsidized Loan may also be eligible to receive a Direct Unsubsidized Loan.

A student is not required to meet any specific credit scoring criteria to receive a Direct Unsubsidized or Subsidized Loan, but historically, any student with a default on a prior loan made under any Title IV Program may not be eligible for new loans unless the default has been cured through repayment progress. Through a temporary student loan initiative announced on April 6, 2022, students that had previously defaulted on a student loan were temporarily eligible for new loans, which increased the number of prospective students who were able to continue their education at one of our academic institutions. This initiative expired in October 2024. The Department has established maximum annual and aggregate borrowing limits for Direct Loans.

The Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program provides Parent PLUS loans to parents of dependent undergraduate students and Grad PLUS loans to graduate and professional students with acceptable credit histories. Direct PLUS Loans may be used to cover education-related expenses for a dependent undergraduate student or for a graduate or professional student enrolled at least half-time at an eligible institution, up to the student’s cost of attendance minus all other financial aid received. Under the Reconciliation Act (defined below), the Grad PLUS loan program is discontinued for new borrowers effective July 1, 2026, and remains available only to certain existing borrowers who meet the Act’s “grandfathering” conditions. Graduate and professional students who qualify for grandfathered eligibility and do not have an adverse credit history may continue to borrow a Grad PLUS loan, for up to three academic years or graduation whichever comes earlier, while enrolled at least half-time at our eligible institutions, subject to the same cost of attendance limitations.

Federal Pell Grant and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant

Title IV Program grants are generally made to our students under the Federal Pell Grant (“Pell Grant”) program and the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (“FSEOG”) program. The 2025-26 award year maximum annual Pell Grant is $7,395, before considering any additional amount awarded pursuant to a year-round Pell Grant, which began with the 2017-18 award year. A year-round Pell Grant program allows students to receive up to 150% of the student’s annual award, allowing students to receive Pell Grant funds for up to two additional academic terms during an award year so that they can continue taking classes and work toward graduating more quickly. To be eligible for the additional Pell Grant funds, the student must be enrolled at least half-time in the payment period(s) for which the student receives the additional Pell Grant funds in excess of 100% of the student’s regular Pell Grant award.

FSEOG program awards are designed to supplement Pell Grants up to a maximum amount of $4,000 per academic year for the neediest students. Institutions, including ours, are required to provide matching funding for FSEOG awards that represent not less than

12

25% of the total FSEOG award to be received by eligible students. The matching may be accomplished through institutional, private and/or state funds.

Federal Work-Study Program

Generally, under the federal work-study program, federal funds are used to pay 75% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students to perform work for the institution or certain off-campus organizations. The remaining 25% is paid by the institution or the student’s employer. In select cases, these federal funds under the federal work-study program are used to pay up to 100% of the cost of part-time employment of eligible students.

Veterans Benefits Programs

Some of our students who are veterans use their benefits under the Montgomery GI Bill, or the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Act of 2008, as amended (“Post-9/11 GI Bill”), to cover their tuition. A certain number of our students are also eligible to receive funds from other education assistance programs administered by the VA.

The Yellow Ribbon program under the Post-9/11 GI Bill expanded education benefits for veterans who have served on active duty on or after September 11, 2001, including reservists and members of the National Guard. As originally passed, the Post-9/11 GI Bill provided that eligible veterans could receive benefits for tuition purposes up to the cost of in-state tuition at the most expensive public institution of higher education in the state where the veteran was enrolled. In addition, veterans who were enrolled in classroom-based programs or “blended programs” (programs that combine classroom learning and distance learning) could receive monthly housing stipends, while veterans enrolled in wholly distance-based programs were not entitled to a monthly housing stipend. The provisions regarding education benefits for post-9/11 veterans took effect August 1, 2009. The Post-9/11 GI Bill also increased the amount of education benefits available to eligible veterans under the pre-existing Montgomery GI Bill. The legislation also authorized expansion of service members’ ability to transfer veterans’ education benefits to family members.

On January 4, 2011, the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Improvements Act of 2010 (“Improvements Act”) was adopted, which amended the Post-9/11 GI Bill in several respects. The Improvements Act altered the way benefits related to tuition and fees are calculated. For nonpublic U.S. institutions, the Improvements Act bases the benefits related to tuition and fees on the net cost to the student (after accounting for state and federal aid, scholarships, institutional aid, fee waivers, and similar assistance paid directly to the institution for the sole purpose of defraying tuition cost) rather than the charges established by the institution. The Improvements Act also replaced the state-dependent benefit cap with a single national cap which is adjusted annually and as of August 1, 2025, and effective through July 31, 2026, the national cap of academic year tuition and fee charges for private institutions of higher learning is $29,921. In addition, veterans pursuing a program of education solely through distance learning on a more than half-time basis are eligible to receive up to 50% of the national average of the basic housing allowance available to service members who are at military pay grade E-5 and have dependents. Most Improvements Act changes took effect on August 1 or October 1, 2011, though changes to rules regarding eligibility for benefits were effective immediately or retroactively to the effective date of the Post-9/11 GI Bill. The Improvements Act did not change the Post-9/11 GI Bill’s provision that allows veterans to receive up to $1,000 per academic year for books, supplies, equipment, and other education costs.

U.S. Military Tuition Assistance

Eligible active duty, Reserve Service members and National Guard Service members of the United States Armed Forces are eligible to receive tuition assistance through the Military Tuition Assistance ("TA") Program, which is governed by the Department of Defense (“DoD”) uniform policy and administered by each individual branch of service. Service members may use this tuition assistance to pursue postsecondary degrees at postsecondary institutions that are accredited by accrediting agencies that are recognized by the Department. Each branch of the armed forces has established its own rules for the tuition assistance programs of DoD.

In 2010, both Congress and the DoD increased their focus on DoD tuition assistance that is used for distance education and programs at for-profit institutions. The DoD Voluntary Education Partnership Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) was established as part of the revised DoD Instruction 1322.25, Voluntary Education Programs dated March 15, 2011. The DoD updated the MOU in 2014 and 2019, in each case with enhanced requirements for institutions. The MOU requires that participating institutions provide meaningful information to students about the financial cost of attendance at an institution so military students can make informed decisions on where to attend school, not use unfair, deceptive, and abusive recruiting practices, and provide academic and student support services to service members and their families. It contains requirements regarding the disclosures of costs and amounts covered by federal educational benefits, marketing standards, state authorization, accreditation approvals, standard institutional refund policies, educational plans, and academic and financial advising. The MOU also incorporates the use of the “VA Shopping Sheet,” a standardized cost form with federal aid information which has evolved into what is now referred to by the Department as the “College Financing Plan.” The MOU conveys the commitments and agreements between the educational institution and DoD prior to accepting funds under the tuition assistance program. For example, the MOU requires an institution to agree to support DoD regulatory guidance, adhere to a bill of rights that is specified in the regulations, and acknowledge DoD’s oversight authority, including participation in reviews if implemented. Under the MOU, institutions must also agree to adhere to the principles and criteria established by the Service Members Opportunity Colleges Degree Network System regarding the transferability of credit and the

13

awarding of credit for military training and experience. CTU and AIUS (which includes Trident) have signed such MOUs most recently in July 2024, which is effective through 2029. USAHS has signed an MOU most recently in July 2025, which is effective through July 2030.

Institutional Payment Plans

Some of our students will enter into payment plans with our institutions to pay a portion, or in some cases all, of their institutional charges directly to the school. These arrangements typically apply to students who have a gap between Title IV financial aid, military service education benefits and other third-party aid and their institutional charges or for students who are enrolled in programs or courses for which Title IV or other financial aid is not available. The payment period for these plans varies and includes payment terms during the in-school period as well as for periods extending up to 12 months beyond graduation. Our institutions do not charge interest under the payment plans.

Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector

In recent years, Congress, the Department, states, accrediting agencies, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), the FTC, state attorneys general, consumer advocacy groups and the media have all scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry, including issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. Many of the most highly criticized institutions have been closed now for several years. A group of influential U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged the Department, DoD and the VA and its state approving agencies to take action to limit or terminate the participation of institutions such as ours in existing financial aid and tuition assistance programs. In several cases, these groups have received significant financial support from third parties critical of our sector and have aligned on messaging that negatively impacts our sector during policy and rulemaking discussions. In addition, the Biden Administration made student loan forgiveness one of its top domestic policy objectives, and it was aggressively pursued by the Department in cooperation with special interest groups, other federal agencies, state attorneys general and others. These groups collectively focused efforts relating to student debt forgiveness on for-profit colleges and universities, encouraging loan discharge applications and complaints by former students. The loan discharge efforts under multiple authorities and programs culminated in an expansive loan forgiveness effort that resulted in the discharge of nearly $189 billion for 5.3 million borrowers. In our sector, with one exception, these efforts specifically targeted any school that was no longer in operation, allowing the Administration to make accusation of behavior that support loan forgiveness to go unchallenged. Additionally, the Biden Administration agreed with activist groups to allow the approval of loan forgiveness without any supporting evidence as part of a legal settlement which vastly expanded the number of former students submitting applications without merit.

Existing regulations discussed below impose additional burdens on for-profit postsecondary institutions, and often apply unevenly. For example, the 90-10 Rule is an additional annual eligibility test that applies exclusively to for-profit sector institutions. The Gainful Employment rule is designed to primarily impose additional requirements on for-profit sector programs and many of the proposed modifications to other long standing existing rules at the federal and state levels contain new requirements that apply exclusively to for-profit sector institutions and their ownership structures.

Following President Trump’s January 20, 2025 inauguration, and the convening of the 119th Congress, federal policy has emphasized regulatory review and, in certain instances, deregulation, including through multiple executive actions addressing agency rulemaking and regulatory repeal initiatives. The Trump Administration has issued an executive order directing the Secretary of Education to take steps, to the maximum extent permitted by law, to facilitate closure of the Department of Education, and legislation to abolish the Department has also been introduced in Congress. While we cannot predict the likelihood, timing, or substance of these changes, we expect Title IV participation will continue to be heavily regulated, no matter which federal agency oversees the programs, and we may be required to adapt our policies, procedures, systems, and compliance practices in response to new laws, regulations, or agency interpretations. In addition, future federal actions may delay, block, modify, or eliminate certain Title IV and other regulations applicable to higher education institutions, and the Department may interpret, apply, and enforce existing requirements differently from prior guidance and practice.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive and evolving regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult," for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business; and the “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” section below for an overview of the current rules relating to the 90-10 Rule, borrower defense to repayment, financial responsibility standards, gainful employment, change in ownership or control and administrative capability.

14

Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives

The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the HEA and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program. The Higher Education Opportunity Act (“HEOA”) was the most recent reauthorization of the HEA and was signed into law on August 14, 2008. It revised many of the regulations governing an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. Congress has subsequently taken several actions that effectively extend the HEA and various Title IV Programs on a temporary basis. Congress could work to reauthorize the HEA in its entirety, pass a series of smaller bills that focus on individual parts of the HEA, primarily Title IV Programs, or continue to extend existing Title IV Programs for more limited terms while continuing debate on broader policy objectives. Ongoing policy differences in Congress could lead to significant regulatory changes in connection with any reauthorization of the HEA or the funding of Title IV Programs generally.

On July 4, 2025, President Trump signed into law a reconciliation bill, H.R. 1 (P.L. 1119-21), sometimes referred to as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the “Reconciliation Act”), which amended the HEA and enacted broad changes to federal spending and taxation, including significant changes to the Title IV Programs. Among the changes were a material restructuring of Federal Direct Loan programs. Beginning on July 1, 2026:

•The maximum lifetime borrowing limits for all students (excluding Parent PLUS loans) is $257,500.

•Grad PLUS programs are eliminated for new borrowers. New borrowing limits will apply to Direct Unsubsidized Loans: graduate students may borrow up to $20,500 per academic year with a $100,000 aggregate cap, professional-degree students may borrow up to $50,000 per academic year with a $200,000 aggregate cap. Borrowers who received a Direct or PLUS Loan before July 1, 2026, may continue to borrow under prior terms for up to three additional academic years or their remaining program time, whichever occurs first.

•Parent PLUS loans are capped, for each dependent undergraduate student, at $20,000 per academic year and $65,000 in the aggregate.

•An earnings-premium accountability test will revoke loan eligibility for any academic program whose graduates’ median earnings fall below specified comparison groups for two out of any three consecutive years.

•Repayment options for loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2026, are limited to (i) a 10-year Standard plan and (ii) an income-driven Repayment Assistance Plan.

The Reconciliation Act also delays until July 1, 2035, the effective date of the Biden Administration’s 2022 borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan discharge regulations. These regulations remain the subject of a legal challenge. See “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations – Borrower Defense to Repayment" section below for further discussion.

Congress may enact additional legislation affecting federal student aid programs or higher education more broadly, and while the scope, timing, and final content of any such legislation cannot be predicted, any enacted changes could adversely affect our institutions, students, or results of operations.

2025 Negotiated Rulemakings

The Department regularly conducts negotiated rulemakings to develop regulations governing participation in the Title IV Programs, a process generally required by statute for major Title IV regulations. Through these rulemakings, the Department convenes representatives of affected stakeholders to consider proposed regulatory changes, and the outcomes of those proceedings may result in new or revised regulations that affect institutional eligibility, compliance obligations and continued access to federal student aid. If a negotiated rulemaking committee reaches consensus on regulatory language, the Department generally uses the consensus language as the basis for its proposed regulations, although it retains discretion in issuing the final rule following notice and public comment.

In 2025 the Department established two negotiated rulemaking committees for the implementation of the Reconciliation Act. The Re-Imagining and Improving Student Education (“RISE”) committee reached consensus on November 6, 2025, on the entire package of loan related changes, including federal student-loan limits, repayment plans and the elimination of the Grad PLUS Loan program. The Accountability in Higher Education and Access through Demand-driven Workforce Pell (“AHEAD”) committee reached consensus on Workforce Pell and Pell changes on December 12, 2025, and reached consensus on accountability measures on January 9, 2026. On January 30, 2026, the Department published proposed regulations related to the RISE committee. The Department indicated that it intends to publish proposed AHEAD committee regulations in spring 2026 and final regulations for both the RISE and AHEAD committees later in 2026 and may issue interim guidance to ensure the statutory July 1, 2026, effective date is met where required.

Under the HEA and existing Title IV regulations, the definition of “professional programs” consists of a limited set of previously enumerated degree programs—such as medicine, dentistry, law, veterinary medicine, optometry, pharmacy, and certain other professions—that will now be treated differently from other graduate programs for federal student loan purposes. The definition is significant for institutions because, effective July 1, 2026, classification as a professional program allows graduate students to

15

borrow up to $50,000 per year, instead of $20,500 per year with a $200,000 aggregate loan limit, instead of $100,000 aggregate loan limit. In the RISE negotiating committee, the committee reached consensus on a revised definition of professional programs that largely preserves the existing framework, adding only doctoral programs in clinical psychology, and allowing certain closely related programs to be treated as professional programs based on alignment at the four-digit CIP code level, rather than through an open-ended or discretionary expansion.

Historically, Title IV borrowing by students at AIUS and CTU has remained within the new graduate-level limits outlined in the Reconciliation Act. At USAHS, many graduate students previously relied on Grad PLUS loans. Under the current consensus language, programs such as physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language pathology, and nursing are not classified as professional programs. If the Department’s final regulations do not revise this classification, students in these programs will be subject to lower borrowing limits, which could negatively impact enrollment. We are informing prospective students about private financing alternatives available in the market, while updating our internal processes and communications to ensure comprehensive counseling on responsible borrowing. While these steps are intended to mitigate the impact, we cannot currently predict the extent to which reduced federal loan availability may influence prospective student demand.

See “Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations – Gainful Employment and Financial Value Transparency" for further discussion of the results of the AHEAD committee’s consensus on accountability provisions.

The Department may adopt new or revised regulations through negotiated rulemakings or other regulatory processes, and although the outcome and implementation of these efforts are uncertain, the resulting regulations could impose additional compliance obligations or otherwise have a negative impact on our schools and financial performance.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive and evolving regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult."

Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations

To be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must comply with the HEA and regulations thereunder that are administered by the Department. We and our institutions are regularly subject to audits and compliance reviews and periodically subject to inquiries, lawsuits, investigations, and/or claims of non-compliance from federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting agencies and the Department, based on claims by present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards or other regulatory requirements applicable to us or our institutions. If the results of any such audits, reviews, investigations, claims, or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions, additional oversight and reporting, provisional certification or other civil or criminal penalties. In addition, if the Department or another regulatory agency determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the HEA or the Department’s regulations, that institution could be required to repay such funds, and could be assessed an administrative fine.

The HEA also requires that an institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds be audited annually by an independent accounting firm and that the resulting audit report be submitted to the Department for review. In May 2023, the Department’s Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) released a revised audit guide applicable specifically to proprietary schools and third-party servicers administering Title IV Programs. The updated guide is effective for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2023. The revised audit guide was effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2023, and applies to annual compliance audits due June 30, 2024, and thereafter. The new guide increases the requirements and testing procedures necessary when filing our annual Title IV compliance audits.

Eligibility and Certification by the Department

Under the HEA, an institution must periodically apply to the Department for recertification to participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years, or more frequently as required by the Department based on institutional risk. In addition, a change in ownership or control requires separate Department review and approval and may result in provisional certification or additional conditions. An institution also must obtain the Department's approval for certain substantive changes in its operations, including changes in an institution’s accrediting agency or state authorizing agency or changes to an institution’s structure or certain basic educational features.

Institutions approved to participate in Title IV Programs sign a program participation agreement provided by the Department that describes the terms of participation and includes a number of certifications and assurances made by the senior executive officers of the institutions. As long as an institution has applied for recertification at least ninety days prior to the expiration of its current program participation agreement, the institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs continues on a month-to-month basis until the Department completes its review. The Department may issue full certification to an institution, it may deny certification, or it may elect to issue provisional certification, in which case the program participation agreement outlines additional requirements that

16

the institution must meet. The Department may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all required eligibility and certification standards. During the period of provisional certification, an institution must obtain prior Department approval to add an educational program, open a new location or make any other significant change. Provisional certification does not generally limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds. The Department may withdraw an institution’s provisional certification without advance notice if the Department determines that the institution is not fulfilling all material requirements.

In February 2025, both CTU and AIUS received recertifications of their program participation agreements through June 30, 2027. Additionally, AIUS was removed from provisional certification, leaving both AIUS and CTU with full certification. Following the Trident acquisition and AIU’s implementation of a university system model, institutional accreditation and approval by the Department continues at the AIU System level. By March 31, 2027, CTU and AIUS will each be required to submit applications for recertification to continue participation in Title IV Programs.

As part of the standard change of ownership process, USAHS is operating under a temporary provisional program participation agreement as a result of the Company’s recent acquisition while the Department reviews all of the materials submitted as part of the change of ownership application process. Pursuant to applicable regulations, if the change of ownership is approved, USAHS will then participate under provisional certification for up to three years.

On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on certification procedures that became effective July 1, 2024. The revised regulations provide a more rigorous process for certifying institutions to participate in the Title IV Programs, both initially and on an ongoing basis. The changes increase the Department’s oversight of institutions at critical points of institutional review including initial certification, during provisional certification, after a change of ownership, at recertification, and when there is a risk of closure.

These regulations added additional events that lead to provisional certification, such as if an institution is required to post a letter of credit because of a mandatory or discretionary trigger in the financial responsibility regulations, the Department determines the institution is at risk of closure, or the institution fails the 90-10 rule. It established new supplementary performance measures the Department may consider in determining whether to certify or condition the participation of the institution, such as withdrawal rates, the amount of educational and pre-enrollment expenditures, and licensure pass rates where the institution is required by an accrediting agency or state to report licensure exam passage rates. The regulations added a provision to include all federal agencies and add state attorneys general to the list of entities that have the authority to share with each other and the Department any information pertaining to an institution’s eligibility for or participation in Title IV Programs or any information on fraud, abuse, or other violations of law. The regulations established a non-exhaustive list of conditions that the Department may apply to provisionally certified institutions, such as the submission of teach-out plans, the release of holds on student transcripts, restrictions or limitations on the addition of new programs or locations, requirements related to enrollment in programs that lead to state licensure, restrictions on growth in enrollments or Title IV volume, restrictions on the ability to provide a teach-out on behalf of another institution, restrictions on the acquisition of other institutions, additional financial reporting requirements, and limitations on entering into written arrangements with other institutions for the provision of educational instruction. Finally, the regulations require provisionally certified schools that have major consumer protection issues to recertify after no more than three years. For institutions alleged or found to have engaged in misrepresentation, aggressive recruiting, or incentive compensation violations, the Department may require that the institution engage a monitor and submit marketing materials to the Department for its review and approval.

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – “If the Department denies, or significantly conditions, recertification of any of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution could not operate its business as it is currently conducted,” and other risk factors in Item 1A for additional information about the risks surrounding continued participation in Title IV Programs.

“90-10 Rule”

Under a provision of the HEA commonly referred to as the “90-10 Rule,” any of our institutions that, on modified cash basis accounting, derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from federal sources for a fiscal year will be placed on provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years, is required to provide warning notices to students regarding the potential loss of Title IV Program funds and would be required to post a letter of credit with the Department. If an institution does not satisfy the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal years, it will lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs for at least two fiscal years. We have minimal control over the amount of federal funding sought by or awarded to our students. The Reconciliation Act amended the HEA to permit institutions, at their discretion, to establish Title IV loan borrowing limits for specific educational programs, provided that any such lower loan limits are applied uniformly to all students enrolled in the same program. If an institution violates the 90-10 Rule and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, the Department could require repayment of all Title IV Program funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility

We have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our institution’s 90-10 revenue attributable to federal funds, including emphasizing employer-paid and other direct-pay education programs such as our corporate student programs, diversifying our educational offerings to increase the portion of our students who do not rely on Title IV Program funds, recruitment

17

of international students, who are not eligible for Title IV Program funds, the use of externally funded scholarships and grants and counseling students to carefully evaluate the amount of necessary Title IV Program borrowing consistent with Department regulations and guidance.

On October 28, 2022, the Department published final regulations, effective July 1, 2023, to calculate the percentage of a for-profit school’s revenue that is derived from federal education assistance under the 90-10 Rule. These regulations reflected amendments made by the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (H.R.1319), enacted on March 11, 2021, which expanded the 90-10 calculation to include all identifiable sources of federal educational funding rather than only Title IV funds. Under these regulations the definition of “federal educational assistance funds” includes any identifiable revenue a school receives from tuition assistance programs offered by federal agencies, such as the Departments of Defense, Veterans Affairs, and Labor. The regulation also included a number of technical changes, including a departure from the historical focus on cash basis revenue and existing Title IV Program cash management regulations. For example, in certain instances, institutions would be required to accelerate the receipt of, or would be deemed to have received, federal funds not received at the end of the annual measurement period.

On December 21, 2022, the Department published in the Federal Register the list of sources of Federal Education Assistance to be included as “federal educational assistance” under the revised rule. This publication confirmed that government education assistance for military or veteran personnel is considered “federal educational assistance.” Furthermore, the Department indicates that the list is not all encompassing as certain non-federal entities may sub-grant award funds under various names, and that it is up to each institution to determine if there are federal funds included in amounts received from students or other funding sources, and the precise federal and non-federal breakdown in instances where funds may be co-mingled. The result makes compliance with the revised rule more difficult if not impossible in some cases, as well as adding additional layers of complexity for institutions to calculate a rate under the new rules.

Although the regulatory text adopted by the Department in its Final Rule was consistent with the consensus language reached during negotiated rulemaking, the Department included in the preamble to the regulation a number of interpretations that are likely not consistent with the consensus language and may potentially narrow and/or limit non-federal revenue that may be included by institutions in their annual calculations. These interpretations were offered with limited explanation and are expected to make future compliance with these regulations unclear and therefore more difficult for for-profit institutions. On July 7, 2025, the Department issued an Interpretive Rule reversing a prior interpretation and clarifying that non-federal revenue from programs delivered through distance education may be counted as non-federal revenue in an institution’s 90-10 calculation.

We have preliminarily calculated the 90-10 rates for the year ended December 31, 2025, and AIUS, CTU and USAHS are all in compliance with the 90-10 Rule. The preliminary calculations for AIUS, CTU and USAHS show improvement from the prior year. The 90-10 Rule requires detailed, source-level analysis of institutional revenues to identify potential indirect or otherwise not obvious federal funding streams. The new 90-10 Rule requires a high level of granularity and research of different fund sources to determine whether there may be an indirect and an otherwise unobvious federal connection. While our preliminary calculations for the 2025 fiscal year indicate that the institutions remain in compliance with the 90/10 threshold, we are continuing our review of the applicable regulatory requirements and conducting a further audit of the 2025 calculations.

The ability of our institutions to maintain 90-10 rates below 90% will depend on the impact of future changes in our student enrollment mix, and Department regulations and guidance and other factors outside of our control. In addition, disagreements with, changes in, or new interpretations of, the technical aspects of the calculation methodology or other industry practices under the 90-10 Rule could further significantly impact our compliance with the 90-10 Rule.

We are continuing to monitor the Department’s interpretations, public statements, and other communications and have had to make adjustments in our operations in response to these new rules. See Item 1A, "Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – The extensive and evolving regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult," and "Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face significant limitations on their ability to serve new or former students or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain federal programs is too high," for information about the potential impact of new regulations on our business.

Student Loan Cohort Default Rates

An institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which its former students default on the repayment of their federally guaranteed or federally funded student loans exceed specified percentages. This is determined by an institution’s cohort default rate (“CDR”), which is calculated on an annual basis as a measure of administrative capability. Each cohort is the group of students who first enter into student loan repayment during a federal fiscal year (ending September 30 of each year). An institution’s CDR is calculated as the percentage of borrowers who entered repayment in the relevant federal fiscal year who default before the end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the borrowers entered repayment. This represents a three-year measurement period.

18

If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 10% for any one of the three preceding years, it must delay for 30 days the release of the first disbursement of federal student loan proceeds to first time borrowers enrolled in the first year of an undergraduate program. As a matter of regular practice, our institutions have implemented a 30-day delay for such disbursements.

If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for any given year, it must establish a default prevention task force and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate.

Excessive three-year cohort default rates will result in the loss of an institution’s Title IV eligibility, as follows:

• Annual test. If the three-year cohort default rate for any given year exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.

• Three consecutive years test. If the institution’s three-year cohort default rate exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.

We have initiatives aimed at reducing the likelihood of our students’ failure to repay their loans in a timely manner. These initiatives emphasize with our students the importance of compliance with loan repayment requirements and provide for loan counseling and communication with students after they cease enrollment. Our efforts supplement the counseling, processing and other student loan servicing work performed by the Department through contracts it has with select third parties. The quality and nature of the student loan servicing work performed by the Department has a direct impact on our cohort default rates and we have experienced past performance failures by the Department and its student loan servicers in outreach to students.

As part of the CARES Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020, federal student loan payments and interest were suspended for a period of time. Ultimately, student loan repayment commenced again in October 2023, while interest began accruing on those loans as of September 1, 2023. During the suspended period, all student loan borrowers had their loans placed in forbearance, and as such, were no longer required to make payments on their federal student loans. Consequently, no further defaults could occur during this period. Based on this forbearance, and more specifically its timing, we have seen a favorable impact on the CDR rates starting with the 2018 cohort rates. We believe this favorability will at least continue through the 2023 cohort default rates and expect the rates through the 2022 cohort to be at or near zero percent and 2023 to be under 10%.

In September 2025, the Department released the official three-year cohort default rates for the 2022 cohort which was 0% for all our academic institutions, which is consistent with the 0% for all institutions as of 2021 and 2020 as well.

Following the expiration of the COVID-19-era payment pause, federal student loan repayment resumed in October 2023, and interest again began accruing on outstanding balances. To facilitate the transition back into repayment, the Department implemented a temporary “on-ramp” period, which extended through September 30, 2024. During this period, borrowers who missed payments were not considered in default, were not referred to collections, and generally were not reported as delinquent to credit bureaus, although interest continued to accrue on unpaid balances.

The resumption of repayment has been accompanied by significant operational challenges affecting federal loan servicers, including servicer transitions, billing errors, delayed or inconsistent borrower communications, and extended wait times for borrower assistance. During this period, the Department implemented the SAVE income-driven repayment plan, which was intended to reduce monthly payment obligations for many borrowers, including through expanded eligibility for zero-dollar payments. However, implementation of key aspects of SAVE has been disrupted by ongoing litigation. As a result of the litigation and the Department’s proposed settlement, borrowers who enrolled or attempted to enroll in SAVE—including those who, beginning in July 2024, would otherwise have been eligible for substantially reduced monthly payments—have been placed into an interest-free administrative forbearance. The Department has also announced its intention, pursuant to the proposed settlement, to transition borrowers currently enrolled in SAVE into other income-driven repayment plans. The timing and mechanics of that transition remain unclear, including when borrowers will be required to take action, how quickly servicers will process plan changes, and how the transition may affect interest accrual, progress toward loan forgiveness, and borrower repayment behavior.

The combined effects of the repayment “on-ramp” period and ongoing loan servicer disruptions create uncertainty as to how these factors will ultimately affect future cohort default rates. Loan servicers have reported prolonged wait times for borrower assistance and have indicated that they are conducting limited or no proactive outreach to delinquent borrowers as resources are redirected to managing elevated inbound call volumes, conditions that are likely to adversely affect cohort default rates at our institutions. The Department has also warned that defaults across the higher education sector may increase significantly once temporary forbearance and relief measures expire.

In addition, a number of borrower-relief policies adopted during the Biden Administration —including limiting the consequences of nonpayment during the on-ramp period and publicly advancing proposals for broad-based student loan forgiveness—may have reduced repayment incentives for certain borrowers. These policies, together with servicer challenges, are expected to negatively affect future default rates, and recent reports indicate that repayment performance among loans that re-entered repayment in October 2023 is significantly below historical levels. As a result of these factors, we anticipate that our Cohort Default Rates

19

beginning with the 2024 cohort may be higher than historical levels until borrower repayment behavior and servicing conditions stabilize.

Closed School Loan Discharges

Under the HEA and Title IV regulations, certain borrowers may be eligible for a closed school loan discharge, which provides for the cancellation of federal student loans if a student’s school closes while the student is enrolled or if the student withdraws not more than 180 days before the school’s closure (or such longer period as the Department may approve in connection with a closure), and the student does not complete the program through an approved teach-out or by transferring credits to another eligible institution. Closed school loan discharges are administered by the Department and may be granted automatically or upon application, depending on the circumstances of the school’s closure and the borrower’s enrollment status.

Although the discharge relieves the borrower of repayment obligations, the Department has statutory authority to seek recoupment from the institution that closed for amounts discharged, including through offsets against future Title IV funds, demands for repayment, or draws on letters of credit or other financial protection posted by the institution. School closures and related discharge activity may also result in heightened regulatory scrutiny, additional compliance obligations, reputational harm, and potential financial exposure, including costs associated with teach-out arrangements, administrative proceedings, or related borrower defense claims.

Borrower Defense to Repayment

On November 1, 2016, the Department adopted regulations that cover multiple issues including the processes and standards for the discharge of federal student loans, which are commonly referred to as “borrower defense to repayment” ("BDR") regulations. On September 23, 2019, the Department published BDR regulations that became effective on July 1, 2020. The 2019 BDR regulations are summarized below and created a distinct loan discharge process and standards applicable to federal student loans first disbursed after July 1, 2020. On November 1, 2022, the Department published further revised and final BDR regulations that were to become effective on July 1, 2023. The BDR regulations have been negotiated and revised multiple times by the Department, which has created competing standards and outcomes for institutions and student borrowers. Since their initial adoption in 2016 and with their subsequent modifications in 2019 and 2022, the Department’s BDR regulations have also been the subject of numerous legal challenges in different jurisdictions around the country. The Department subsequently used the settlement of a lawsuit (discussed below) that was primarily seeking improvements in the Department's processing of claims as a means of providing loan forgiveness, including previously denied and/or meritless claims and further adopting yet another new BDR process and set of standards applicable to claims pending as of that date. Numerous legal challenges remain pending regarding these regulations, making it difficult to predict what standards and processes will ultimately apply to historical or future student loan forgiveness to our current or former student borrowers.

2019 Final Regulations – Summary

The 2019 BDR regulations significantly altered how loan discharge applications are to be treated by the Department. In addition to adopting the more balanced burden of proof standard of “preponderance of the evidence,” the 2019 regulations provided for a single new federal standard for a misrepresentation claim a student may assert against its school. Under that standard, an individual borrower may assert a defense to repayment based on the institution’s statement, act, or omission that is false, misleading, or deceptive. To be eligible for relief, the borrower would be required to demonstrate that the misrepresentation (1) was made with knowledge of its false, misleading, or deceptive nature or with a reckless disregard for the truth, (2) was relied upon by the borrower in making an enrollment decision, and (3) caused the student financial harm.

In addition, the 2019 final regulations eliminated the concept of automatic group loan discharges contained in the 2016 and subsequent 2022 regulations and require individual claims to be made by students and include a process for the institution to provide a defense to any claims asserted. Although these 2019 regulations were finalized and adopted, it does not appear that the Department implemented or applied them to any pending BDR applications and instead agreed to a settlement of existing claims (discussed below) that called for relying on a modified set of standards while they developed new standards and processes adopted in November 2022.

Department Settlement of Pending BDR Applications, Inducement of New Claims

On November 16, 2022, a California federal district court in Sweet v. Cardona, No. 3:19-cv-3674 (N.D. Cal.) approved a settlement agreement entered into by the Department in a class action lawsuit that challenged the way the Department had been handling BDR applications in prior years (the “Sweet Settlement”). The Sweet Settlement provided a streamlined, non-adjudicatory process under which the Department agreed to provide automatic or expedited debt forgiveness for former students of over 150 schools, including AIUS, CTU, and institutions of ours that have previously closed. Neither the Company nor our current or former institutions are a party to this lawsuit. BDR applications for over 150 schools pending at the time of the settlement agreement were approximately 286,000 but expanded by an additional 180,000 applications prior to the court’s final approval following publicity about the opportunity afforded by the settlement. The Department has neither identified the number of claims nor the specific claims covered by the Sweet Settlement that are related to our institutions. Because the process agreed to by the Department in the Sweet

20

Settlement does not follow the claim adjudication procedures set out in applicable regulations, while uncertain, we believe the claims covered by the Sweet Settlement cannot form the basis of a claim for recoupment against the Company or our institutions.

Pending Borrower Defense to Repayment Applications

In May 2021, the Department notified the Company that the Department has several thousand borrower defense applications that make claims regarding the Company’s institutions, including institutions that have ceased operations. As part of the initial fact-finding process, the Department sent individual student claims to the Company and allowed the institutions the opportunity to submit responses to the borrower defense applications. A majority of the claims received involve institutions or campuses that have ceased operations and, in some cases, involve students who attended over 25 years ago. We have submitted responses to the claims received which indicate that we believe the applications fail to establish a valid borrower defense and the Department should therefore deny them. We have responded to substantial requests for information going back as far as 25 years with respect to these claims. It remains unclear what loan discharge applications the Department may grant in the future and whether they will assert repayment claims against us regardless of the date the student loan was disbursed and the corresponding discharge standards and processes.

2022 Final Regulations – Summary

As part of the Institutional and Programmatic Eligibility rulemaking, on November 1, 2022, the Department released new final rules on BDR, with an announced effective date of July 1, 2023. These rules established a single federal standard for BDR, include a new definition of aggressive and deceptive recruitment - one of five grounds under which a claim could be filed under the new rules - and reinstate a ban on pre-dispute arbitration and class action waivers. The grounds on which a student may make a claim for BDR under these new rules include:

•substantial misrepresentation,

•substantial omission of fact,

•breach of contract,

•aggressive and deceptive recruitment, or

•a federal, state judgment, or departmental adverse action against an institution that could give rise to a borrower defense claim.

As published, the new rules remove certain barriers and simplify the process for borrowers with a total and permanent disability and borrowers seeking public service loan forgiveness. The rules also expand closed school loan discharge provisions. The rules reduce the required supporting evidence and related obligations of students applying for BDR loan forgiveness, expand the categories students could raise in a BDR application, and provide the Department wide latitude to selectively adjudicate future BDR applications without affording institutions adequate opportunity to respond and potentially without regard to the individual merits of the BDR applications. The 2022 BDR rules remove any statute of limitations on student claims and create a rebuttable presumption in favor of full loan forgiveness as opposed to partial relief for most approved applications, eliminating the Department’s approach under the previous rules of assessing whether and to what extent a student had been financially harmed. The rules also increase the burden on institutions to maintain and provide documentation to refute student claims. As a result, an institution’s failure to maintain and provide timely and responsive information that goes beyond the contents of a typical student’s academic file in response to future BDR applications could form the basis for loan forgiveness. The combination of the reduced application requirements, increased categories for repayment defenses, and presumptions will increase the likelihood of loan forgiveness and potentially create a significant financial incentive for existing and former students to apply for loan forgiveness regardless of a claim’s merit. In fact, the Department’s current efforts to settle litigation in the Sweet Matter (see "Borrower Defense to Repayment: Department Settlement of Pending BDR Applications, Inducement of New Claims" for more information regarding the Sweet Matter) reflects an attempt to discharge the loans for hundreds of thousands of students without regards to the merits of their claims and induced the filing of tens of thousands of new BDR applications in a matter of only a few months from students hoping to benefit from the opportunity afforded by the settlement.

On February 28, 2023, the Career Colleges & Schools of Texas (“CCST”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas challenging the Department’s 2022 borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan discharge regulations. CCST initiated the lawsuit in an effort to set aside the BDR rule on the grounds that it violates the U.S. Constitution and the Administrative Procedure Act. On August 7, 2023, a three-judge Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals panel granted an injunction pending appeal, staying portions of the rule that went into effect on July 1, 2023. On April 4, 2024, the Fifth Circuit reversed the district court order and granted a preliminary injunction against the 2022 BDR Rule. On October 11, 2024, the Department petitioned the Supreme Court to review the Fifth Circuit’s grant of preliminary injunction and on January 10, 2025, the Supreme Court granted the petition for certiorari review, limited to the question whether the HEA permits the assessment of borrower defenses to repayment before default, in administrative proceedings, or on a group basis. On February 6, 2025, the Supreme Court stayed its review at the Department’s request after the Acting Secretary of Education announced that the Department would reevaluate the Department’s BDR regulations. On January 28, 2026, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas entered the preliminary injunction as

21

directed by the Fifth Circuit and ordered the parties to proceed under the schedule proposed in CCST’s January 27, 2026 status report, requiring CCST to file a proposed amended complaint on or before February 20, 2026.

There continues to be significant uncertainty around the requirements and approach to handling BDR applications due to a series of rulemakings and competing regulations published in 2016, 2019 and again in 2022, along with a number of legal challenges of those rulemakings and the Department's application of these rules to select institutions.

The Reconciliation Act delays implementation of the Biden Administration 2022 regulations on borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan discharges for 10 years, to July 1, 2035, which reinstates the rules promulgated under the first Trump Administration. These regulations remain the subject of a legal challenge described above. We continue to closely monitor the Department’s public statements, legal filings, and other communications, but are unable to determine the ultimate impact of any final regulations on our business at this time.

Financial Responsibility Standards

To participate in Title IV Programs, our institutions must either satisfy standards of financial responsibility prescribed by the Department or post a letter of credit in favor of the Department and possibly accept other conditions on their participation in Title IV Programs. Pursuant to the Title IV Program regulations, each eligible higher education institution must, among other things, satisfy on an annual basis the Department’s “Composite Score,” which is a quantitative standard of financial responsibility that is based on a weighted average of three tests that assess the financial condition of the institution. The three tests measure primary reserve, equity, and net income ratios. The Primary Reserve Ratio is a measure of an institution’s financial viability and liquidity. The Equity Ratio is a measure of an institution’s capital resources and its ability to borrow. The Net Income Ratio is a measure of an institution’s profitability. These tests provide three individual scores that are converted into a single Composite Score. The maximum Composite Score is 3.0. If the institution achieves a Composite Score of at least 1.5, it is considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. A Composite Score from 1.0 to 1.4 is considered to be in “the zone” of financial responsibility, and a Composite Score of less than 1.0 is not considered to be financially responsible.

Zone Alternative. If an institution is in “the zone” of financial responsibility, the institution may establish eligibility to continue to participate in Title IV Programs for up to three years under additional monitoring and reporting procedures but without having to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department. These additional monitoring and reporting procedures include being transferred from the “advance” method of payment of Title IV Program funds to cash monitoring status (referred to as Heightened Cash Monitoring 1, or “HCM1,” status) or to the “reimbursement” or Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) methods of payment. If an institution does not achieve a Composite Score of at least 1.0 in one of the three subsequent years or does not improve its financial condition to attain a Composite Score of at least 1.5 by the end of the three-year period, the institution must satisfy another alternative standard to continue participating in Title IV Programs.

If an institution has a Composite Score of less than 1.0 it does not meet the Department’s financial responsibility standards but may be permitted to continue to participate in Title IV Programs under either of the following alternative bases:

• Letter of Credit Alternative. An institution that fails to meet a standard of financial responsibility, including by having a Composite Score below 1.5, may demonstrate financial responsibility by submitting an irrevocable letter of credit to the Department in an amount equal to at least 50% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently completed fiscal year. An institution participating under this alternative continues to operate under a non-provisional program participation agreement.

• Provisional Certification Alternative. If an institution fails to meet a standard of financial responsibility, including by having a Composite Score below 1.5, the Department may permit the institution to participate under provisional certification for up to three years. If the Department permits an institution to participate under provisional certification, an institution must comply with the requirements of the Zone Alternative, including being transferred to the HCM1, HCM2 or “reimbursement” method of payment, and must submit a letter of credit to the Department in an amount determined by the Department, but at least 10% of the Title IV Program funds that the institution received during its most recently completed fiscal year. If an institution is still not financially responsible at the end of the period of provisional certification, including because it has a composite score of less than 1.0, the Department may again permit provisional certification subject to the terms the Department determines appropriate.

The Department applies its quantitative financial responsibility tests annually based on an institution’s audited financial statements and may apply the tests if an institution undergoes a change in control or under other circumstances. The Department also may apply the tests to the parent company of our institutions, and to other related entities. The Department currently applies the composite score for each of our institutions to the Company on a consolidated basis. Our composite score for the consolidated entity for the year ended December 31, 2024, was 3.0, and our preliminary calculation for the year ended December 31, 2025, is also 3.0, which is the highest possible score. Composite scores of 1.5 or above are considered financially responsible without conditions or additional oversight. If in the future we are required to satisfy the Department’s standards of financial responsibility on an alternative basis, including potentially by posting irrevocable letters of credit, we may not have the borrowing capacity to post these letters of credit.

22

Throughout 2025, USAHS was on HCM1 and had posted a letter of credit under the Provisional Certification Alternative in favor of the Department in the amount of $20.5 million as of December 31, 2025, due to its Composite Score attributable to its prior ownership which for 2024, the last completed fiscal year prior to the USAHS acquisition, was 0.5. In January 2026, the Department notified USAHS that it was removed from HCM1 and returned to the advanced method of payment and is no longer required to maintain the letter of credit due to the Department’s assessment of financial strength of the financial statements of the Company, which were submitted on behalf of USAHS.

On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on financial responsibility that became effective July 1, 2024. These regulations, among other things, significantly modified and expand the mandatory and discretionary “triggering” events that require an institution to report these events between financial statement submissions and potentially post a letter of credit or other form of financial protection with the Department. Mandatory triggering events represent automatic failures of the financial responsibility standards, while the Department evaluates discretionary triggering events, such as by recalculating the prior year’s composite score after considering the financial impact of a discretionary triggering event, or through other means, to determine if an institution has failed the financial responsibility standards. The regulations provide that a separate letter of credit of not less than 10% of the institution’s prior year Title IV receipts is required for each mandatory event, or discretionary triggering event as determined by the Department in its discretion, such that multiple triggering events could subject our institutions to substantial cumulative financial protection obligations.

Examples of mandatory triggering events in the Title IV regulations include: (i) a final judgment or settlement in a lawsuit brought by a federal or state authority to impose an injunction, to establish fines or penalties, to obtain financial relief, or in a qui tam action in which the federal government has intervened, in each case subject to certain timing and materiality requirements; (ii) an action by the Department to recover from an institution for adjudicated borrower defense to repayment claims where the potential amount of recovery would cause the institution’s recalculated composite score to drop below 1.0; (iii) receipt by the institution, in its most recently completed fiscal year, of at least 50% of its Title IV funds from programs that are failing the GE rule; (iv) a requirement imposed by a state or federal agency, an accrediting agency, or other oversight body that the institution submit a teach-out plan due to financial concerns; (v) for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded entity, the entity is subject to certain actions or events specified in the rule initiated by the SEC; (vi) the institution fails the 90-10 rule for its most recently completed fiscal year; and (vii) the institution is subject to a default or other adverse condition under a line of credit, loan agreement, security agreement or other financing arrangement due to an action by the Department.

Specified discretionary triggers provide the Department with flexibility to determine whether to require a letter of credit based on the severity of the event and its potential adverse financial impact on the institution. Examples of discretionary triggers include: (i) an accrediting agency or a federal, state, or other oversight authority places the institution on probation, show cause, or comparable status; (ii) the institution is subject to a default or other specified adverse condition under a credit or financing arrangement (unless due to an action taken by the Department, which is a mandatory trigger); (iii) a “significant fluctuation” in Direct Loan or Pell Grant funds received by the institution over different award years that cannot be reasonably explained by changes in those programs; (iv) the institution has high annual dropout or withdrawal rates as calculated by the Department; (v) where the institution is under prior financial reporting obligations to the Department, the occurrence of negative cash flows, failure of other financial ratios, cash flows that significantly miss projections submitted to the Department, or significant increases in withdrawal rates or other indicators of a significant change in the institution’s financial condition; (vi) pending group-process BDR claims; (vii) a discontinuation of programs that enroll more than 25% of the institution’s students who receive Title IV funds; (viii) the closure of a location enrolling more than 25% of its students who receive Title IV funds; (ix) a citation or similar action by a state licensing agency for failing to meet its requirements; (x) the institution or a program loses eligibility to participate in another federal educational assistance program due to an administrative action; (xi) for an institution owned at least 50% by a publicly traded entity, a disclosure by the entity in a public filing that its owner is under investigation for possible violations of state, federal or foreign law; (xii) citation by, or potential loss of education assistance funds from, another federal agency for failure to comply with that agency’s requirements; (xiii) a requirement imposed by a state, the Department, another federal agency, an accrediting agency, or another oversight body that the institution submit a teach-out plan or teach-out agreement, including a programmatic teach-out; or (xiv) any other event or condition that the Department learns about from the institution or other parties where the Department determines that the event or condition is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution.

The 2023 rule also included additional circumstances that would deem an institution to lack financial responsibility, such as: failing to make debt payments for more than 90 days; failing to meet payroll obligations; borrowing from employee retirement plans or restricted funds without authorization; failing to make timely refunds or returns of Title IV funds or pay Title IV credit balances; or failing to make repayments of any Title IV liabilities. Finally, the regulations establish new rules for evaluating financial responsibility during a change in ownership.

Accreditor and state regulatory requirements also address financial responsibility, and these requirements vary among agencies and also are different from the Department requirements. Any developments relating to our satisfaction of the Department’s financial responsibility requirements may lead to additional focus or review by our accreditors or applicable state agencies regarding their respective financial responsibility requirements.

23

See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate – A failure to demonstrate ‘financial responsibility’ or ‘administrative capability’ or meet new 'certification' requirements would have negative impacts on our operations,” for additional information regarding risks relating to the financial responsibility standards.

Gainful Employment and Financial Value Transparency

Under Title IV of the HEA, an educational program offered by proprietary institutions such as ours, or a non-degree educational program offered by a public or nonprofit institution, must “prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation” in order to be eligible to participate in the federal student aid programs. As long as the term “gainful employment” continues to exist in the HEA, CTU’s, AIUS’ and USAHS’s Title IV eligible programs will continue to need to be career focused educational programs. The Department’s current Gainful Employment (“GE”) regulations implement this statutory requirement by conditioning continued Title IV eligibility for covered programs on whether graduates’ earnings and debt outcomes satisfy prescribed performance metrics.

On October 30, 2014, the Obama Administration published a new complex final regulation, effective July 1, 2015, to define “gainful employment” as meeting certain standards measuring the general amount students borrow for enrollment in a program against an amount of their reported earnings. A Department rulemaking effort in 2019 during the first Trump Administration resulted in the rescission of the 2015 gainful employment regulation effective on July 1, 2020, effectively returning to pre-2014 language requiring programs to prepare students for gainful employment without the regulatory framework tied to debt/earnings measures. In lieu of the complex gainful employment regulation designed to eliminate program eligibility, the Department continued to update the college scorecards it developed, which apply to all Title IV eligible institutions, with relevant information for prospective students.

Current Gainful Employment and Financial Value Transparency Rules

On October 10, 2023, the Biden Administration published final regulations for a new GE rule, effective July 1, 2024. The new GE rule includes an eligibility framework that imposes additional requirements on proprietary school programs. The regulation uses two key metrics: Debt-to-Earnings (“D/E”) and Earnings Premium (“EP”) to determine whether a program prepares students for gainful employment. The D/E metric measures student debt at a program level against a measure of earnings. The EP metric measures student earnings at a program level against working individuals with a high school diploma or equivalent. GE programs that fail either the D/E or the EP metric in two of three consecutive years will lose Title IV eligibility. Programs offered by AIUS, CTU and USAHS are subject to the GE rule and could lose Title IV eligibility if they fail to pass the D/E rates and/or the EP measures. The rule also requires our institutions to warn current and prospective students if a program fails any metric in any year. The issuance of required GE warnings could deter prospective students from enrolling at our institutions and current students from continuing in their programs. Significantly, the 2023 GE rule is retroactive in its measurements, looking at data dating back many years to determine a program’s future eligibility and provides no opportunity for institutions to adopt changes that impact these eligibility metrics. It is also unclear whether and to what extent these metrics may be adversely impacted by the state and federally mandated business closures during the COVID pandemic and the general economic downturn and job loss that resulted from it.

The Financial Value Transparency (“FVT”) regulation establishes a framework that is designed to increase the quality and availability of information provided directly to students about the costs, sources of financial aid, and outcomes of students enrolled in all Title IV eligible programs. FVT disclosures apply to only certain Title IV eligible programs offered by all institutions and use the same D/E and EP metrics as the GE framework. While the FVT regulations do not contemplate penalties or sanctions as under the GE rule, the regulations require that current and prospective students be provided relevant disclosures and acknowledge when an educational program is associated with a high debt burden.

On December 22, 2023, the American Association of Cosmetology Schools (“AACS”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas challenging the GE rule. AACS initiated the lawsuit in an effort to set aside the GE rule on the grounds that it violates the U.S. Constitution and the Administrative Procedure Act and exceeds the Department’s authority under the laws passed by Congress. On March 20, 2024, Ogle School Management, LLC and Triocci University of Beauty Culture, LLC filed a second lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas seeking to invalidate the rule, and the cases were subsequently consolidated. On October 2, 2025, the district court ruled in favor of the Department and upheld the GE rule. The plaintiffs timely appealed to the Fifth Circuit.

A Department ‘Fact Sheet’ initially indicated that the first official GE and FVT metrics would be released by early 2025. Administrative challenges, ongoing litigation, and significant technical issues affecting the Department’s reporting systems led to delayed rollout of the GE and FVT required reporting timelines. An initial reporting deadline of January 15, 2025, was accompanied by repeated reports of system glitches and error reports from schools across the country, with many institutions unable to submit data at all. As a result, the Department reopened its debt reporting window to February 18, 2025. On February 14, 2025, the Department further extended the reporting deadline for evaluating completers’ lists and reporting data until September 30, 2025. The Department further noted that it does not plan to produce any FVT/GE metrics prior to the new deadline and will take no enforcement or other punitive actions against institutions who have been unable to complete reporting to date.

The Department has not yet published initial rates under the current GE Rule. Given the proposed regulatory changes to GE and FVT discussed below, it is unclear if the Department will post these rates. Programs may be deemed ineligible to participate in Title

24

IV Programs under the existing GE rule if the Department were to post an initial and a second round of rates, as the program must fail in 2 of 3 reporting years. We are unsure if or when the Administration or the pending legal challenges will provide further changes to the rule and or timelines. A loss or material reduction in eligible Title IV Programs due to the GE rule would materially impact our student enrollments and profitability. We are continuing to evaluate the regulations but given the complexity of the rules and the lack of our access to, and the lack of the Department providing transparency regarding, the earnings data used to calculate the metrics, we are unable to determine the ultimate impact of the regulation on our business at this time.

Reconciliation Act Earnings Premium and Changes to Gainful Employment and Financial Value Transparency

The Reconciliation Act required the Department to undertake negotiated rulemaking to implement a new, universally applicable earnings-premium standard for program eligibility under Title IV of the HEA. The Department’s Accountability in Higher Education and Access through Demand-driven Workforce Pell (AHEAD) committee bifurcated negotiations into two sessions, with the committee reaching consensus on Work Force Pell and Pell Grant changes on December 12, 2025, and separately reaching consensus on accountability – including GE and FVT – on January 9, 2026.

The Reconciliation Act’s earnings premium requirement overlaps with, and in some respects conflicts with, the Department’s existing GE rule, which applies primarily to programs at proprietary schools. Under the consensus reached by the AHEAD committee, degree granting programs would only be subject to the new earnings premium requirement, which is less restrictive than the earnings premium measures under the current GE rule. Under that framework, failure to meet the new earnings-premium requirement in any two out of three consecutive award years would only impact Direct Loan Program eligibility and would not result in a loss of Pell Grant eligibility.

To implement this approach, the Department agreed to revise the existing FVT and GE regulations to align with the Reconciliation Act and to establish a more streamlined and uniform transparency and accountability framework applicable across all institutional sectors and program types. Under the consensus framework, the Department would eliminate the debt-to-earnings rate metric entirely from the GE rule, revise the earnings comparison threshold used to calculate the earnings premium under the GE rule to match the statutory benchmarks, and narrow institutional reporting obligations to information necessary to calculate the earnings-premium measure and to produce required net-price disclosures. In addition, the consensus language also shortens the period of ineligibility for programs that fail the earnings-premium requirement from three years to two years, modifies student warning disclosures to track the statutory notice language more closely, and removes prior student acknowledgment requirements tied to debt-to-earnings performance.

The committee also reached consensus to expand the Department’s administrative capability authority to address institutions with a pattern of program-level failure. Under this approach, in order for an institution to be considered administratively capable, at least half of the institution’s recipients of student aid and at least half of the institution's total Title IV Program funds cannot be from low-earning outcome programs. If an institution does not comply with this standard in two out of three consecutive award years, the institution will be placed on provisional status and the institution’s low-earning outcome programs will be ineligible for any Title IV Program funds.

The consensus framework also creates Department authority to permit institutions to voluntarily enter into approved teach-out arrangements for failing programs after failing the new earnings requirement, allowing currently enrolled students to complete their programs while restricting future enrollment and loan eligibility.

We continue to evaluate the potential impact of the new earnings-premium requirement and the changes to the GE rule agreed to by the AHEAD committee and to monitor the ongoing rulemaking process. Given the complexity of the statutory framework, the absence of final regulations, and the lack of access to the underlying earnings data used to calculate the applicable metrics, we are unable at this time to determine the ultimate impact or timing of these requirements on our business.

Return and Refunds of Title IV Program Funds

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that were disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs and must return those funds to the government in a timely manner.

The portion of tuition and fee payments billed to students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred tuition revenue and reflected as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as such amounts represent revenue that we expect to earn within the next year. If a student withdraws from one of our institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that we are not entitled to retain, pursuant to applicable federal and state law, accrediting agency standards, and our refund policy. The amount of funds to be refunded on behalf of a student is calculated based upon the period of time in which the student has attended classes and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of the student’s withdrawal date.

Institutions are required to return any unearned Title IV funds within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. An institution that is found to be in non-compliance with the Department refund requirements for either of the last two completed fiscal years must post a letter of credit in favor of the Department in an amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV

25

Program returns that were repaid or should have been repaid by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year. As of December 31, 2025, CTU and AIUS have posted no letters of credit in favor of the Department due to non-compliance with the Department refund requirements. USAHS has issued a letter of credit for $0.1 million due to non-compliance with the Department's refund requirements that took place before our acquisition.

Change of Ownership or Control

When an institution undergoes a change of ownership or a change of ownership resulting in a change of control, as those terms are defined and applied by the applicable state approving agency, its accrediting agency and the Department, it must secure the approval of those agencies to continue to operate and to continue to participate in Title IV Programs. A failure to do so generally results in loss of the approval. If the institution is unable to re-establish state authorization and accreditation requirements and satisfy other requirements for certification by the Department, the institution may lose its authority to operate and its ability to participate in Title IV Programs. An institution whose change of ownership or control is approved by the appropriate authorities is nonetheless provisionally re-certified by the Department for a period of up to three years. Current Department regulations require institutions to provide at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Department and enrolled students of a planned change of ownership that results in a change of control and to report ownership interest changes at thresholds as low as five percent.

Transactions or events that constitute a change of ownership or a change of control by one or more of the applicable regulatory agencies, including the Department, applicable state agencies, and accrediting bodies, include the acquisition of an institution from another entity or significant acquisition or disposition of an institution’s equity or assets. Under current regulations, a full Department review is generally triggered by ownership interest changes of 50% or more, although lower-level ownership changes may still require reporting and review. It is possible that some of these events may occur without our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, a required approval of any change in control from the Department, applicable state agencies, or accrediting agencies could impair our ability or the ability of the affected institutions to participate in Title IV Programs. If we were to undergo a change of control and our institutions failed to obtain the required approvals from applicable regulatory agencies in a timely manner, our student population, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

When we acquire an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution typically undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by the Department. Our acquired institutions in the past have undergone a certification review under our ownership and have been certified to participate in Title IV Programs on a provisional basis, per Department requirements, until such time that the Department signs a new program participation agreement with the institution. Currently, only USAHS is subject to provisional certification status due to the Department’s change of ownership criteria. The potential adverse effects of a change of control under Department regulations may influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance, or redemption of our common stock.

Opening New Institutions, Start-up Campuses, and Adding Educational Programs

The HEA generally requires that for-profit institutions be fully operational for two years before applying to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish a start-up branch campus or location and participate in Title IV Programs at the start-up campus without satisfying the two-year requirement if the start-up campus has received all of the necessary state and accrediting agency approvals, has been reported to the Department, and meets certain other criteria specified by the Department. Nevertheless, under certain circumstances, a start-up branch campus may also be required to obtain approval from the Department to be able to participate in Title IV Programs.

In addition to the Department regulations, certain state, and accrediting agencies with jurisdiction over our institutions have requirements that may affect our ability to open a new institution, open a start-up branch campus or location of one of our existing institutions, or begin offering a new educational program at one of our institutions. If we establish a new institution, add a new branch start-up campus, or expand program offerings at any of our institutions without obtaining the required approvals, we would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students at that institution or branch campus or enrolled in that educational program, and we could also be subject to sanctions. Also, if we are unable to obtain the requisite approvals from the Department, applicable state regulatory agencies, and accrediting agencies for any new institutions, branch campuses, or program offerings where such approvals are required, or to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, our ability to grow our business would be impaired and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Administrative Capability

The Department regulations specify extensive criteria that an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV Programs. These criteria relate to, among other things, institutional staffing, operational standards such as policies and procedures for disbursing and safeguarding Title IV Program funds, timely submission of accurate reports to the Department and various other procedural matters. If an institution fails to satisfy any of the Department’s criteria for administrative capability, the Department may require the repayment of Title IV Program funds disbursed by the institution, place the institution on provisional certification status, require the institution to receive Title IV Program funds under a restricted funding arrangement, impose fines or limit or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV Programs.

26

On October 31, 2023, the Department published new regulations on administrative capability that became effective July 1, 2024. These regulations expand the requirements for institutions to demonstrate that they are administratively capable of providing the education they promise and of properly managing Title IV program funds, adding new standards related to financial counseling and career services, adequate clinical and externship opportunities, timely disbursement of Title IV funds, compliance with high school diploma verification requirements, aggressive and deceptive recruitment tactics or conduct, gainful employment requirements, and significant negative actions by a federal, state or accreditation agencies. The changes also provide the Department with increased and explicit authority to make an administrative capability finding based on a broader set of issues than it has used historically. Such findings could lead to fines, limitations, suspensions, terminations, or other actions, including placing the institution on a provisional program participation agreement or restricted funding arrangement.

As described previously, the consensus language under the accountability session of the AHEAD rulemaking included proposed modifications to the administrative capability regulations to link Pell eligibility to program failure under the new earnings premium test. Under the agreed upon approach, for an institution to be considered administratively capable, at least half of the institution’s recipients of student aid and at least half of the institution's total Title IV Program funds cannot be from low-earning outcome programs. If an institution does not comply with this standard in two out of three consecutive award years, the institution will be placed on provisional status and the institution’s low-earning outcome programs will be ineligible for any Title IV Program funds.

Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments

An institution participating in Title IV Programs cannot provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or awarding Title IV financial aid to any persons or entities engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the award of student financial assistance. Regulations issued in October 2010 which became effective July 1, 2011, rescinded previously issued Department guidance and “safe harbors” relied upon by higher education institutions in making decisions about how they managed, compensated, and promoted individuals and their supervisors engaged in student recruiting and awarding of financial aid. The elimination of these “safe harbor” protections and guidance required us to terminate certain compensation payments to our affected employees and to implement changes in contractual and other arrangements with third parties to change structures formerly allowed under Department rules, and has had an impact on our ability to compensate, recruit, retain and motivate affected admissions and other affected employees, as well as on our business arrangements with third-party lead generators and other marketing vendors. The Department’s Office of Inspector General audit guide, applicable specifically to for-profit schools, requires an annual audit to review compliance with these incentive compensation restrictions.

Further, the Department provides very limited published guidance regarding this rule and does not establish clear criteria for compliance in many circumstances. If the Department determined that an institution’s compensation practices violated these standards, the Department could subject the institution to substantial monetary fines, penalties or other sanctions, and exposure to increased risk of action under the False Claims Act.

Substantial Misrepresentation

The HEA prohibits an institution participating in Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability, or its relationship with the Department. Under the Department’s rules, a "misrepresentation" is any statement (made in writing, visually, orally or otherwise) made by the institution, any of its representatives or a third party that provides educational programs, marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services to the institution, that is false, erroneous or has the likelihood or tendency to deceive, and a "substantial misrepresentation" is any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. Considering the broad definition of “substantial misrepresentation,” it is possible that, despite our training efforts and compliance programs, our institutions' employees or service providers may make statements that could be construed as substantial misrepresentations. If the Department determines that one of our institutions has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the Department may revoke the institution’s program participation agreement, deny applications from the institution for approval of new programs or locations or other matters, initiate proceedings under its BDR regulations, or fine, limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. The impacted institution could also be exposed to increased risk of action under the Federal False Claims Act.

Fraudulent Applications for Enrollment and Financial Aid

Our institutions must maintain systems and processes to identify and prevent fraudulent applications for enrollment and financial aid. We continue to refine and strengthen our fraud detection capabilities to address the evolving fraudulent schemes affecting postsecondary institutions nationwide. We have implemented various controls throughout the enrollment process to prevent ineligible students from participating in and/or entering our contact systems. In addition, we have partnered with a third party who specializes in the detection of inconsistent personal identifying indicators and suspicious online behavior. In addition to the Department’s mandatory identity verification for certain records, we have incorporated our own identity verification measures for records flagged as suspicious. We have also established automated internal controls designed to detect red flag indicators and/or

27

suspicious behavior. In addition, the Trump Administration recently announced it is implementing enhanced fraud controls governing how institutions of higher education distribute financial assistance, including mandatory identity verification for certain first-time student applicants. For more information, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors - Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate -- If our institutions fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in student enrollment and financial aid, our institutions may lose the ability to participate in Title IV Programs, or have participation in these programs conditioned or limited.”

Compliance Reviews and Other Regulatory Investigations

In connection with its administration of Title IV Programs, the Department has broad powers to request information, conduct investigations, and review the books and records of participating institutions, including through program reviews, audits, and other oversight activities. The Department may initiate such reviews on a routine or risk-based basis, in response to complaints or referrals, or as a result of information shared with the Department by other federal or state agencies, accreditors, loan servicers, guaranty agencies, or law enforcement authorities pursuant to inter-agency information-sharing arrangements. The oversight of the Company by the Department and other governmental authorities, and future investigations, program reviews, audits, or information requests—whether initiated directly by the Department or arising from information shared by third parties—could result in additional compliance costs, management distraction, reputational risk, or adverse regulatory consequences, regardless of whether any findings ultimately result.

OTHER INFORMATION

Our website address is www.perdoceoed.com. We make available within the “Investor Relations” portion of our website under the caption “Annual Reports & SEC Filings,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Also, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. Information contained on our website is expressly not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

28

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to the Highly Regulated Field in Which We Operate

Compliance with the extensive regulatory requirements applicable to our business can be costly and time consuming, and failure to comply could result in substantial financial penalties, severe restrictions on or closure of our operations, loss of federal and state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of our authorization to operate our institutions.

As a provider of postsecondary education and a participant in federal and state programs providing financial assistance to students, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations at both the federal and state levels, as well as by accrediting agencies. These requirements cover virtually all aspects of our business.

In particular, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”), authorizes participation in Title IV Programs and subjects participants to extensive regulations by the Department, state education authorizing agencies, and accrediting agencies. Our institutions’ participation in education assistance programs administered by the Departments of Defense and Veterans Affairs also subjects us to oversight by those agencies. In addition, other federal agencies such as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and various state agencies and state attorneys general enforce a broad range of consumer protection and other laws applicable to activities of postsecondary educational institutions, such as recruiting, marketing, the protection of personal information, student financing and payment servicing.

Because of these regulatory requirements, we are subject to compliance reviews and audits, as well as claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies based on claims by current and former students or employees and other third parties. These matters often require the expenditure of substantial time and resources to address and, additionally, they may damage our reputation, even if such actions are eventually determined to be without merit. For example, the Department has broad powers to request information and review records of an institution participating in Title IV Programs. These requests can be open-ended and do not necessarily relate to any specific allegations of wrongdoing or assert any compliance failures of any kind. We received such a request from the Department in December 2021. The inquiry was subsequently closed in January 2025 without any findings. Due process safeguards and protections for institutions subjected to this type of information request are limited to the Department’s interpretation of the boundaries of its authority over institutions participating in Title IV Programs.

The Department, under the Biden Administration, took an ever-expanding view on its authority over the administration of Title IV Programs, institutions, and loans, including overruling or ignoring a number of historical precedents and due process safeguards. The Department partnered with advocacy groups critical of the for-profit education sector in numerous aspects of its agenda, which have lobbied for targeting the sector and our schools. The postsecondary education regulatory environment has changed as a result of the U.S. federal election in November 2024.

In July 2025, President Trump signed into law a reconciliation bill, H.R. 1 (P.L. 1119-21), sometimes referred to as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the “Reconciliation Act”), that made broad changes to many areas of federal spending. The Reconciliation Act includes a number of changes to federal student aid programs under the HEA, including eliminating Grad PLUS loans for new graduate and professional students, imposing new annual and lifetime borrowing limits across multiple loan programs, establishing an earnings-based accountability requirement for federal loans that applies equally to all higher education institutions, and adopting new loan repayment options. The changes generally take effect beginning July 1, 2026, and apply prospectively to new borrowers, however some of the changes require regulations to be promulgated by the Department.

For more information, see Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation” for more information on changes to federal student aid programs.

In addition to responding to compliance reviews, audits and other informational requests, we have settled significant matters pending against us in the past which have resulted in the payment of significant amounts and our agreement to ongoing compliance and operational oversight. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters,” for discussion of agreements undertaken in connection with several matters resolved in recent years.

Compliance with reviews, audits and applicable laws, regulations, standards or policies may impose significant burdens and a failure to comply could result in substantial financial penalties, severe restrictions on or closure of our operations, loss of federal and state financial aid funding for our students, or loss of authorization to operate our institutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Accountability regulations may subject us to significant disclosures and limitations, including program closures, which could materially reduce the enrollments and revenue at our institutions and negatively impact our future growth.

Federal accountability regulations governing eligibility for Title IV student financial aid impose program-level accountability standards and disclosure obligations that could result in required warnings to students, limitations, or loss of federal aid eligibility, or required program closures. These requirements include: the existing Gainful Employment (“GE”) rule, which applies only to proprietary institutions and to certain non-degree programs at other institutions; a statutory earnings premium measure that applies to

29

all degree programs at all institutions; and a proposed revision to the GE rule that would apply the statutory earnings premium as the sole GE measure. Collectively, these requirements could materially and adversely affect programs offered by AIUS, CTU and USAHS, and our enrollments, revenues, operating results and growth prospects.

For a discussion of the Department’s October 2023 GE and Financial Value Transparency (“FVT”) regulations, see Item 1, “Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations - Gainful Employment and Financial Value Transparency.”

The Reconciliation Act established an earnings premium measure that applies to all degree programs at all institutions that participate in the Direct Loan Program. Through the Accountability in Higher Education and Access through Demand-driven Workforce Pell (“AHEAD”) rulemaking, the Department has proposed regulations to implement that statutory earnings premium measure and to harmonize the existing GE framework with that statutory earnings premium measure, including by eliminating the current debt-to-earnings metric. Under the proposal, covered programs at participating institutions would be evaluated under an earnings-premium measure that compares program-level median earnings to statutory benchmarks, rather than under the existing GE rule’s dual metrics applicable to proprietary institutions. Programs that repeatedly fail the statutory measure or the new GE requirements would lose eligibility to participate in the Direct Loan Program, but, unlike the current GE rule, this failure would not generally by itself terminate Pell Grant eligibility.

To implement the statutory approach, the Department’s proposal would: (i) eliminate the debt-to-earnings metric in the GE rule; (ii) establish earnings premium thresholds based on reference to statutory benchmarks; and (iii) narrow institutional reporting obligations to data needed to calculate the earnings-premium measure and produce required net-price disclosures. In addition, the proposal would shorten the period of ineligibility for programs that fail the earnings-premium measure from three years to two years and revise required student warning requirements to track statutory notice language. Finally, the Department would expand its administrative capability authority for institutions with persistent low-earning program outcomes. An institution would be deemed administratively incapable if, in two of three consecutive award years, at least half of its Title IV aid recipients or Title IV funds are tied to programs that fail applicable earnings thresholds, resulting in provisional certification and Title IV ineligibility for the affected programs.

These proposals have not yet been implemented through final regulations and may be revised, delayed or not adopted. We continue to evaluate the potential impact of the new earnings-premium requirement and to monitor the ongoing rulemaking process. Given the complexity of the statutory and regulatory framework, the absence of final implementing regulations, and limited visibility into the underlying earnings data used to calculate the applicable metrics, we are unable to predict the timing or ultimate impact of these requirements on our business. Any failure to comply with applicable accountability requirements, including the existing GE rule or a final earnings premium rule, or an expansion of accountability standards, disclosure obligations, or adverse program-level determinations, could result in limitations or loss of Title IV eligibility and materially and adversely affect our student enrollments, profitability, business viability, financial condition and results of operations.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation -- Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations - Gainful Employment and Financial Value Transparency,” above, for additional information regarding the statutory and regulatory changes to federal accountability standards and related timelines.

Our institutions could lose their eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs, face significant limitations on their ability to serve new or former students or have other limitations placed upon them if the percentage of their revenues derived from certain federal programs is too high.

Our institutions, like all proprietary institutions of higher education, are subject to the “90-10 Rule” under the HEA. Under this rule, a proprietary institution will be ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs for at least two fiscal years if, for any two consecutive fiscal years, it derives more than 90% of its cash basis revenue, as defined in the rule, from federal funds, including Title IV Program funds or other qualifying federal funding sources, including tuition assistance programs offered by the U.S. Department of Defense (military tuition assistance) and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (veterans education benefits).

An institution that derives more than 90% of its cash receipts from qualifying federal funding sources for any fiscal year will be placed on provisional participation status for its next two fiscal years and must provide notices to existing students about the potential loss of Title IV funding. If the institution violates the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal years and becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs, but continues to disburse Title IV Program funds, the Department would require the repayment of all Title IV Program funds received by it after the effective date of the loss of eligibility. The issuance of any required notice could deter prospective students from enrolling at our institutions and current students from continuing in their programs.

We have limited ability to control the amount of Title IV Program funds, military or veteran education benefits, or other federal funds sought by or awarded to our students. Additionally, the lack of visibility into federal fund sources that students utilize, the timing of the identification of the federal fund sources applicable to the 90-10 Rule, and the lack of clarity regarding the definition of federal funds make it difficult to predict future compliance with the 90-10 Rule. Although we have implemented various measures intended to reduce the percentage of our institutions’ cash basis revenue attributable to federal funding sources, including efforts to

30

diversify the sources of our revenue, these measures may not be sufficient to ensure our compliance with the 90-10 Rule in the future. We may be required to modify our business operations, including reducing investments in prospective student outreach, recruitment, and enrollment growth in order to preserve Title IV eligibility for our existing students.

In addition to the consequences described above, the financial responsibility rule, discussed further below, imposes mandatory consequences for failure to comply for one year of the 90-10 Rule. A one-year violation triggers a requirement to provide financial protection equal to at least 10 percent of the institution’s prior-year Title IV funding, which must remain in place until the institution passes the 90-10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal years. The Department has discretion to impose a wide range of additional conditions as part of its provisional certification. These conditions may include but are not limited to restrictions on the total amount of Title IV Program funds that may be distributed to students attending the institutions; restrictions on programmatic, enrollment, and geographic expansion; requirements to obtain and post letters of credit; and additional reporting requirements to include additional interim financial or enrollment reporting.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations - ‘90-10 Rule,'” for more information about the 90-10 Rule and the measures we have implemented to improve our compliance.

If any of our institutions were to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs due to violation of the 90-10 Rule, the institution would experience a dramatic decline in revenue and would be unable to continue its business as it currently is conducted. Past and future efforts to manage compliance with the 90-10 Rule for institutions may require actions that reduce our revenue, increase our operating expenses, or rely on interpretations of the 90-10 Rule or other Title IV regulations that are without clear precedent, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The extensive and evolving regulatory requirements applicable to our business may change, in particular as a result of the scrutiny of the for-profit postsecondary education sector, which could require us to make substantial changes to our business, reduce our profitability and make compliance more difficult.

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state, and accreditor regulatory requirements that change frequently, are subject to differing interpretations, and may be applied retroactively or differently over time. Regulatory interpretations may also shift as a result of changes in presidential administrations or agency leadership. As a result, compliance obligations applicable to our institutions may become more complex, burdensome, or costly, and may require material changes to our operations.

In recent years, the Department has adopted or revised numerous regulations affecting Title IV participation, including the Financial Value Transparency and Gainful Employment Rule, financial responsibility, administrative capability, the 90-10 Rule, distance education and certification regulations. Depending on the rule, these regulations became effective, or are scheduled to become effective, on July 1 of 2023, 2024 or 2026.

In July 2025, President Trump signed into law the Reconciliation Act, which made broad changes to federal spending, including significant amendments to federal student programs under the HEA. Among other things, the Act eliminates and replaces Grad PLUS loans for new graduate and professional students, imposes new annual and lifetime borrowing limits across multiple loan programs, establishing a new earnings-based eligibility requirement for federal student loans that applies equally to all higher education institutions, and adopts new loan repayment options. The changes generally take effect beginning July 1, 2026, and apply prospectively to new borrowers. Some of the changes are the subject of current rulemaking by the Department. For more information, see Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation” for more information on changes to federal student aid programs We anticipate that a number of other regulatory changes may be forthcoming. We have been operating with dramatic shifts in regulatory approaches across different presidential administrations, resulting in a significant number of regulations being adopted, subsequently rescinded, or revised, then re-adopted.

The HEA governs the federal government’s support of postsecondary education and requires periodic reauthorization by Congress, which last occurred in 2008. The reauthorization of the HEA historically has resulted in significant changes to program requirements and institutional participation in Title IV Programs. Additionally, funding levels for student financial assistance programs are determined annually through the appropriations process and may be affected by broader federal budgetary or policy priorities. See Item 1, “Business—Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation—Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,” for more information about the reauthorization of the HEA.

In recent years, Congress, the Department, states, accrediting agencies, the CFPB, the FTC, state attorneys general, consumer advocacy groups, and the media have scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sector. See Item 1, “Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector,” for more information about the focus on our industry. This scrutiny has resulted in significant regulatory changes and increased enforcement efforts designed to target and limit for-profit postsecondary education. See Item 1, “Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives,” for an overview of regulatory initiatives by the Department. In addition, ongoing efforts by states and activist groups to change state authorization regulations, State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement ("SARA") reciprocity rules, and other state-by-state standards could further increase regulatory compliance

31

burdens and operational complexity related to our business. See Item 1, “Business - Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters - State Regulation,” for more information about state regulation and SARA.

As in the past, recent and future regulatory changes—whether arising from legislation, rulemaking, enforcement actions, or shifts in regulatory interpretation—may have significant impacts on our business, potentially requiring a large number of operational changes, changes to and elimination of certain educational programs, or other fundamental changes to our business. These actions could reduce our student enrollments and profitability or limit our ability to maintain or grow our business. These recent and future regulatory changes may also make compliance with regulatory requirements even more complex and difficult.

A failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility," "administrative capability" or meet new "certification" requirements would have negative impacts on our operations.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation -- Negotiated Rulemaking: Financial Responsibility,” “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation -- Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations,” “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation -- Negotiated Rulemaking: Administrative Capability” and “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation -- Negotiated Rulemaking: Certification Procedures” above for an overview of the current rules relating to the financial responsibility, administrative capability and certification procedures.

If our institutions fail to maintain financial responsibility or administrative capability, they could lose their eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, have that eligibility adversely conditioned or be subject to similar negative consequences under accreditor and state regulatory requirements, which would have a material adverse effect on our operations. In particular, limitations on participation in Title IV Programs resulting from the failure to demonstrate financial responsibility or administrative capability could materially reduce the enrollments and revenue at the impacted institution, and a termination of participation would cause a dramatic decline in revenue, and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted.

“Borrower defense to repayment” regulations, including closed school loan discharges, may subject us to significant repayment liability to the Department for discharged federal student loans and posting of substantial letters of credit that may limit our ability to make investments in our business which could negatively impact our future growth.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation -- Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations” above for an overview of the current rules relating to Borrower Defense to Repayment.

Federal “borrower defense to repayment” regulations, including closed school loan discharge provisions, permit the discharge of certain federal student loans under specified circumstances and may result in the assertion of repayment liability against institutions for discharged amounts. In addition, these regulations may require institutions to post letters of credit or other forms of financial protection, which could restrict liquidity and limit our ability to make investments in our business.

We cannot predict the effect that current or future borrower defense and loan discharge regulations will have on student enrollments, the volume of claims submitted by borrowers for loan discharge (including closed school discharge claims), the number or amount of claims for loan discharge the Department approves, the extent to which the Department may seek to recover discharged loan amounts from us, our future financial responsibility as determined by the Department, or any sanctions, conditions, or enforcement actions that may be taken or imposed by the Department against our institutions based on loans discharged, including any requirement to post a letter of credit. Any such developments could require significant cash outlays, increase compliance costs, constrain capital resources, and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth.

Our institutions would lose their ability to participate in Title IV Programs if they fail to maintain their institutional accreditation, and our student enrollments could decline if certain of our programs fail to obtain or maintain programmatic accreditation.

Our institutions must maintain institutional accreditation from an accrediting agency recognized by the Department in order to participate in Title IV Programs. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation, Jurisdictional Authorizations and Other Compliance Matters – Institutional Accreditation.” Failure to comply with applicable accreditation standards may subject an institution to additional oversight and reporting requirements, adverse accreditation actions, including show-cause directives, probation, deferral or denial of accreditation actions, suspension or loss of an institution's accreditation or a program's approval, or other negative actions. Future inquiries or actions by state or federal agencies could negatively impact our accreditation status.

If any of our institutions or programs were to be subject to negative accreditation actions or placed on probationary or other negative accreditation status, we could experience adverse publicity, impaired ability to attract and retain students, increased compliance costs, and substantial expense to restore good standing. The inability to obtain reaccreditation following periodic reviews or any final loss of institutional accreditation after exhaustion of the administrative agency processes would result in a loss of Title IV Program funds for the affected institution and its students. In addition, if an accrediting agency that accredits one of our institutions were to lose recognition by the Department, that institution could lose its ability to participate in Title IV Programs. See Item 1,

32

"Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Eligibility and Certification by the Department," for more information.

In addition to institutional accreditation, many states, licensing bodies, and professional associations require certain educational programs to be accredited by specialized accrediting agencies. While programmatic accreditation alone is not a sufficient basis to qualify for institutional Title IV Program certification, it may be required for graduates to obtain professional licensure or employment in their chosen field. Those of our programs that do not have such programmatic accreditation, where available, or fail to maintain such accreditation, particularly in programs in the health sciences field, may experience adverse publicity, declining enrollments, litigation or other claims from students or suffer other adverse impacts, which could result in it being impractical for us to continue offering such programs.

Recent changes to federal student loan programs that reduce annual, aggregate, and lifetime borrowing limits may limit students’ ability to finance their education and materially reduce enrollments.

The Reconciliation Act made significant changes to federal student loan programs under the HEA, including imposing new annual, aggregate, and lifetime borrowing limits across multiple loan programs and eliminating or restricting certain loan options previously available to graduate and professional students. Many of these changes are scheduled to take effect beginning July 1, 2026, and generally apply prospectively to new borrowers, subject to further implementation through Department regulations.

These changes may materially reduce the amount of Title IV Program loan funding available to students seeking to enroll in, continue, or complete their educational programs. Students who are unable to access sufficient federal loan funds may be required to rely more heavily on personal savings, private loans, employer assistance, or other sources of financing, which may be unavailable, more expensive, or less predictable. As a result, some prospective students may choose not to enroll, delay enrollment, enroll part-time, select shorter or lower-cost programs, or discontinue their studies before completion.

Reduced borrowing capacity may have a disproportionate impact on students enrolled in longer-duration, higher-cost, in-person or graduate-level programs, as well as on students with limited financial resources. In addition, uncertainty regarding the availability of federal loan funding, evolving regulatory guidance, or changes in borrower eligibility may negatively affect student decision-making and demand for our programs.

Any sustained reduction in students’ ability or willingness to finance their education through federal loan programs could materially reduce student enrollments, persistence and completion rates, increase price sensitivity, and adversely affect our revenue, operating results, and growth prospects. We cannot predict the extent to which these loan program changes, individually or in combination with other regulatory developments, will affect student behavior or our institutions’ enrollment trends.

See Item 1, "Business - Legislative Action and Recent Department Regulatory Initiatives – 2025 Negotiated Rulemakings,” for more information.

Elevated cohort default rates could result in operational restrictions or loss of Title IV eligibility and materially adversely affect our business.

Our institutions’ eligibility to participate in Title IV student financial aid programs is subject to cohort default rate (“CDR”) requirements, which measure the percentage of former students who default on federally funded student loans during a three-year measurement period after entering repayment. If an institution’s three-year CDR exceeds specified thresholds, it may be required to delay loan disbursements, implement default prevention measures, or, in more severe cases, lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.

Federal student loan repayment was suspended for an extended period beginning in 2020, during which defaults could not occur, resulting in historically low cohort default rates for affected repayment cohorts. In September 2025, the Department released official three-year cohort default rates for the 2022 cohort, which were 0% for each of our academic institutions. However, repayment resumed in October 2023, accompanied by a temporary repayment “on-ramp,” evolving income-driven repayment options, and significant operational challenges affecting federal loan servicers, including borrower communication issues and limited outreach to delinquent borrowers. The combined effects of the resumption of repayment, servicer disruptions, changes to repayment plans, litigation affecting repayment options, and borrower behavior following extended relief periods create uncertainty regarding future repayment performance. The Department has cautioned that default rates across the higher education sector may increase as temporary relief measures expire, and recent data indicate that repayment performance for loans re-entering repayment has been weaker than historical norms.

As a result, our cohort default rates beginning with the 2024 cohort may increase significantly from historically low levels until repayment behavior and servicing conditions stabilize. Any sustained increase in cohort default rates could subject our institutions to additional oversight, operational restrictions, or loss of Title IV eligibility and could materially and adversely affect our student enrollments, financial condition, results of operations, and business prospects.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations – Student Loan Cohort Default Rates.”

33

If our institutions fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in student enrollment and financial aid, our institutions may lose the ability to participate in Title IV Programs or have participation in these programs conditioned or limited.

Our institutions must maintain systems and processes to identify and prevent fraudulent applications for enrollment and financial aid. We cannot be certain that our institutions’ systems and processes will continue to be adequate in the face of increasingly sophisticated fraud schemes, or that we will be able to expand such systems and processes at a pace consistent with the changing nature of these fraud schemes. We believe the risk of outside parties attempting to perpetrate fraud in connection with the award and disbursement of Title IV Program funds, including as a result of identity theft, is heightened at our institutions that are exclusively online education providers.

The Department requires institutions that participate in Title IV Programs to refer to the Department’s Office of the Inspector General ("OIG") credible information about fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV Programs. If the systems and processes that our institutions have established to detect and prevent fraud are inadequate, the Department may find that our institutions do not satisfy the Department’s administrative capability requirements, which could have the adverse effects described in the risk factor captioned “A failure to demonstrate "financial responsibility" or "administrative capability" or meet new "certification" requirements would have negative impacts on our operations.” In addition, our ability to participate in Title IV Programs is conditioned on maintaining accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Department. Any significant failure to adequately detect fraudulent activity related to student enrollment and financial aid could cause us to fail to meet accreditors’ standards. Furthermore, accrediting agencies that evaluate institutions offering online programs must require such institutions to have processes through which the institution establishes that a student who registers for such a program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the program. Failure to meet the requirements of our institutions’ accrediting agencies could result in the loss of accreditation of one or more of our institutions, which could result in their loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs.

See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation – Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations – Fraudulent Applications for Enrollment and Financial Aid.”

Our agreement with the FTC may lead to unexpected impacts on our student enrollments or higher than anticipated expenses. A failure to comply with the agreement may lead to additional enforcement actions and continued scrutiny, which may result in additional costs or new enforcement actions.

As discussed above, states and other regulatory bodies have increased their focus on the for-profit postsecondary education sector. In 2019, we entered into an agreement with the FTC to bring closure to inquiries made by them. See Item 1, “Business – Accreditation, State Regulation and Other Compliance Matters – Other Compliance Matters” for information about this agreement. This agreement may ultimately result in negative impacts on our business, any one of which may be material.

Pursuant to the agreement with the FTC, we agreed to various operating provisions including the operation of a system to monitor lead aggregators and generators involving a compliance review by, or on behalf of, the Company of the various sources a prospective student interacts with prior to the Company’s purchase and use of the prospective student lead. The compliance costs related to these agreements may be greater than anticipated and may have a negative impact on our ability to compete effectively and maintain and grow student enrollments at our institutions, and a failure to comply may lead to additional enforcement action by the FTC. In addition, we may receive requests from states and other regulatory bodies to provide ongoing proof that we are complying with applicable laws and regulations and meeting our obligations pursuant to this agreement. Compliance with these potential requests results in significant additional costs and a failure to respond, whether required or not, could result in additional enforcement actions.

If we are unable to successfully resolve pending or future litigation and regulatory and governmental inquiries, or face increased regulatory actions or litigation, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have been named as defendants currently and/or in the past in various lawsuits, investigations and claims covering a range of matters, including, but not limited to, violations of federal securities laws, breaches of fiduciary duty and claims made by current and former students and employees of our institutions. Current claims include a qui tam action filed in federal court by an individual plaintiff on behalf of themselves and the federal government alleging that we submitted false claims or statements to the Department in violation of the False Claims Act. See Note 11 "Contingencies" to our audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of these and certain other current matters. Additional actions may arise in the future.

Given the highly regulated nature of our industry, we and our institutions are subject to and have regular audits, compliance reviews, inquiries, investigations, and claims of non-compliance by the Department, federal and state regulatory agencies, accrediting agencies, state attorney general offices, present and former students and employees, and others that may allege violations of statutes, regulations, accreditation standards, consumer protection and other legal and regulatory requirements applicable to us or our academic institutions. See Note 11 "Contingencies" to our consolidated financial statements and Item 1, "Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation - Compliance with Federal Regulatory Standards and Effect of Federal Regulatory Violations" for additional discussion of these and certain other current matters. If the results of any such audits, reviews, inquiries, investigations,

34

claims, or actions are unfavorable to us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, operational limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions, undertakings, additional oversight, and reporting, or other civil or criminal penalties.

Even if we maintain compliance with applicable governmental and accrediting body regulations, increased regulatory scrutiny or adverse publicity arising from allegations of non-compliance may increase our costs of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our financial results, growth rates and prospects.

We are subject to a variety of other claims and litigation that arise from time-to-time alleging non-compliance with or violations of state or federal regulatory requirements including, but not limited to, claims involving students, graduates, and employees. In the event that extensive changes in the overall federal and state regulatory construct results in additional statutory or regulatory bases for these types of claims, or other events result in an increase of such claims or unfavorable outcomes to such claims, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows and results of operations for the periods in which the effects of any such matter or matters becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of these and future matters and expect to continue to incur significant defense costs and other expenses in connection with such matters. We may be required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs in excess of our insurance coverage related to these matters. Government investigations and any related legal and administrative proceedings may result in the institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings against us and/or our current or former directors, officers or employees, or the imposition of significant fines, penalties or suspensions, or other remedies and sanctions. Any such costs and expenses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the market price of our common stock.

If the Department denies, or significantly conditions, recertification of any of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, that institution could not operate its business as it is currently conducted.

Under the HEA, an institution must apply to the Department for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs at least every six years or whenever it undergoes a change of control. Generally, the recertification process includes a review by the Department of an institution’s educational programs and locations, administrative capability, financial responsibility, and other regulatory oversight categories. USAHS is operating under a temporary provisional program participation agreement as a result of its change of ownership at the end of 2024. Pursuant to applicable regulations, if the change of ownership is approved, USAHS will then participate under provisional certification for up to three years. During the period of provisional certification, an institution must obtain prior Department approval to add an educational program, open a new location, increase the credential level of its offerings, or shorten or lengthen its programs, which could negatively impact USAHS’s ability to undertake any of these actions. Institutions may be given provisional program participation agreements for any number of reasons, and we have seen in some instances without justification, including the existence of an open and pending audit or review within the Department’s discretion or unspecified issues arising out of past administrative capability issues. Recently, the Department has imposed additional reporting, limiting, and monitoring conditions on continued participation against institutions it has previously recertified.

As indicated above, in February 2025, both CTU and AIUS received renewals of their program participation agreements through June 30, 2027. AIUS was removed from provisional certification, leaving both AIUS and CTU with full certification. By March 31, 2027, CTU and AIUS will each be required to submit applications for recertification to continue participation in Title IV Programs.

If the Department finds that any of our institutions do not fully satisfy all required eligibility and certification standards, the Department could deny recertification or limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs. Continued Title IV Program eligibility is critical to the operation of our business. If any of our institutions becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs or have its participation significantly conditioned, it could not operate its business as currently conducted, and we would experience a dramatic decline in revenue.

We are dependent on the recertification and maintenance of Title IV Programs.

A substantial majority of our students rely upon Title IV Programs to assist in financing their education, and we derive a substantial majority of our revenue and cash flows from Title IV Programs. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2025, a majority of our students who were in a program of study at any time during that year participated in Title IV Programs, which resulted in Title IV Program cash receipts of approximately $615 million. As a result, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding or the ability of our institutions to participate, or that places significant additional burdens on or eliminates our ability to participate, would materially reduce the number of students who enroll at our institutions, and we would be unable to continue our business as it currently is conducted, which would have a material adverse effect on our revenues, cash flows and results of operations.

We need timely approval by applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs or make substantive changes to existing programs.

35

Our institutions frequently need to obtain approvals from regulatory agencies in the regular conduct of their business. For example, to establish a new educational program or make substantive changes to existing programs, we are required to obtain the appropriate approvals from the Department and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies. Staffing levels at the Department and other regulatory agencies and the volume of applications and other requests may delay our receipt of necessary approvals. Further, approvals may be conditioned or denied in a manner that could significantly affect our strategic plans and future growth. Approval by these regulatory agencies may also be negatively impacted due to regulatory inquiries or reviews and any adverse publicity relating to such matters or the industry generally.

If our institutions become ineligible to participate in various educational assistance programs, it could have a material negative impact on student enrollments and could have other adverse consequences.

A portion of our student population relies on education-related benefits provided through employer-sponsored tuition assistance programs and programs administered for military members and veterans, including benefits offered through the U.S. Department of Defense and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Participation in these programs is subject to separate eligibility requirements, oversight, and compliance obligations that are distinct from, and in some cases in addition to, the requirements applicable to Title IV student financial aid programs.

If our institutions were to lose eligibility, experience delays in approval, or become subject to limitations or adverse determinations affecting participation in any employer-sponsored, military, or veterans’ education benefit programs, students’ ability to utilize these benefits could be reduced or eliminated. Such outcomes could result from regulatory changes, compliance findings, changes in program policies, or determinations by the administering agencies. Any reduction in access to these benefits could materially reduce student enrollments and revenue and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, adverse determinations, or heightened oversight in connection with these programs could result in increased compliance costs, operational restrictions, reputational harm, or other adverse consequences for our business.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our financial performance depends on student enrollment levels in our institutions.

The number of students enrolled at our academic institutions is impacted by many of the regulatory risks discussed above and business risks discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. We also believe that the level of our student enrollments is affected by changes in economic conditions, although both the nature and magnitude of this effect are uncertain and may change over time. For example, during periods when the unemployment rate declines or remains stable, prospective students may have more employment options, leading them to choose to work rather than to pursue postsecondary education. On the other hand, high unemployment rates may affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education or to pursue postsecondary education in general.

Affordability concerns and negative perception of the value of a college degree increase reluctance to take on debt and make it more challenging for us to attract and retain students. We may experience decreasing enrollments in our institutions due to changing demographic trends in family size, overall declines in enrollment in postsecondary institutions, job growth in fields unrelated to our core disciplines or other societal factors. Further, we continue to make investments in our academic institutions which are designed to improve student experiences, retention and academic outcomes and support the long-term sustainable and responsible growth of our institutions. These initiatives may not be successful or the impact of these initiatives may decrease over time.

Our student enrollments could suffer under any of these circumstances. We believe it is likely that legislative, regulatory, and economic uncertainties will continue, and thus it is currently difficult to assess our long-term growth prospects. Reduced enrollments at our institutions, for any of the reasons mentioned herein or otherwise, generally reduce our revenues and profitability, which, depending on the level of the decline, could be material.

We compete with a variety of educational institutions, especially in the online education market, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our student enrollments and revenue could be adversely impacted.

The postsecondary education industry is highly fragmented and increasingly competitive. Our institutions compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities, other for-profit institutions, other online education providers and alternatives to higher education, such as employment and military service. Some public and private institutions charge lower tuition for courses of study similar to those offered by our institutions due, in part, to government subsidies, government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources not available to for-profit institutions, and this competition may increase if additional subsidies or resources become available to those institutions. For example, a typical community college is subsidized by local or state government and, as a result, tuition rates for associate’s degree programs may be much lower at community colleges than at our institutions. Many states have adopted or proposed programs to enable residents to attend local community colleges for free.

Some of our competitors are more widely known and are perceived to have more established reputations than our institutions. In addition, some of our competitors are subject to fewer regulatory burdens on enrollment and financial aid processes, which may

36

enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. In particular, several of our publicly traded for-profit competitors have converted or are attempting to convert to a structure where a for-profit service company provides services to a non-profit educational institution, which reduces the impact of certain regulations on their operations, such as the 90-10 Rule and GE.

We have experienced increased competition as more postsecondary education providers increase their online program offerings (in particular programs that are geared towards the needs of working adults), including traditional and community colleges that had not previously offered online education programs, and increase their use of personalized learning technologies. Increased competition may create greater pricing or operating pressure on us, which could have a material adverse effect on our institutions’ enrollments, revenues, and profitability. We may also face increased competition in maintaining and developing new corporate and other engagements with employers, particularly as employers become more selective as to which online universities they will encourage or offer scholarships to their employees to attend and from which online universities they will hire prospective employees.

Congress, the Department and other agencies have required increasing disclosure of information to prospective students (with some disclosures only required by for-profit institutions). Some of these disclosures may negatively impact a prospective student’s decision to enroll in one of our institutions.

An increase in competition, particularly from traditional colleges with well-established reputations that rely on a history of selective admissions, may affect the success of our recruiting efforts to enroll and retain students who are likely to succeed in our educational programs, or cause us to reduce our tuition rates and increase our marketing and other recruiting expenses, which could adversely impact our profitability and cash flows.

The U.S. political and economic environment could materially impact our business operations and financial performance, and uncertainty surrounding the potential legal, regulatory and policy changes by the new U.S. presidential administration may directly affect us and the global economy.

The political and economic environment in the U.S. and elsewhere has resulted in and may continue to result in uncertainty. Changing regulatory policies due to the shifting political environment could impact our regulatory and compliance costs and future revenues, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. Failure to adapt to or comply with evolving regulatory requirements or investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could also negatively impact our reputation, access to capital and our stock price.

The presidential election and congressional seat turnover may result in increased regulatory and economic uncertainty. Changes in federal policy by the executive branch and regulatory agencies may occur over time through the new presidential administration’s and/or Congress’s policy and personnel changes, which could lead to changes involving the level of oversight and focus on for-profit postsecondary education providers. However, the nature, timing and economic and political effects of such potential changes remain uncertain. Any future changes in federal and state laws and regulations, as well as the interpretation and implementation of such laws and regulations, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways.

In July 2025, Congress passed, and President Trump signed into law the Reconciliation Act, which that made broad changes to many areas of federal spending. The Act includes a number of changes to federal student aid programs under the HEA, including eliminating and replacing Grad PLUS loans for new graduate and professional students, imposing new annual and lifetime borrowing limits across multiple loan programs, establishing an earnings-based eligibility requirement for federal loans that applies equally to all higher education institutions, and adopting new loan repayment options. The changes generally take effect beginning July 1, 2026, and apply prospectively to new borrowers. See Item 1, “Business – Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation” for more information on changes to federal student aid programs. Levels of U.S. federal government spending are difficult to predict and subject to significant risk. Considerable uncertainty exists regarding how future budget and program decisions will unfold, including the spending priorities of the presidential administration and Congress and what challenges budget reductions will present for us and our industry generally. We are unable to predict if there will be additional budget reduction initiatives that would impact student federal financial assistance available to our students and, if so, the extent of those reductions.

Pressures on and uncertainty surrounding the U.S. federal government’s budget going forward, and potential changes in budgetary priorities, could adversely affect the funding of federal programs providing financial assistance to our students, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our financial performance depends on our ability to develop awareness among, and enroll and retain, students in our institutions and their programs in a cost-effective manner.

If our institutions are unable to successfully conduct outreach for and recruit prospective students for their educational programs, our institutions’ ability to attract and enroll prospective students in those programs could be adversely affected. We have been investing in our student admissions and advising functions and other initiatives to improve student experiences, retention, and academic outcomes. If these initiatives do not continue to succeed, our ability to attract, enroll and retain students in our programs could be adversely affected. Further, internet and other technologies, including data gathering and marketing and advertising, is evolving quickly and we may be unable to adapt our initiatives to attract, enroll and retain students in a timely manner. Consequently, our ability to increase revenue or maintain profitability could be impaired. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully

37

conducting outreach and recruitment for our institutions and the programs that they offer include, but are not limited to: student or employer dissatisfaction with our educational programs and services; diminished access to prospective students; our failure to maintain or expand our brand names or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; FTC or Federal Communications Commission restrictions on contacting prospective students and the use of internet, mobile phone and other advertising and marketing media; costs and effectiveness of internet, mobile phone and other advertising programs; and changing media preferences of our target audiences.

We use third-party lead aggregators and generators to help us identify prospective students. The practices of some lead aggregators and generators have been questioned by various regulatory bodies, which could lead to changes in the quality and number of prospective student leads provided by these lead aggregators and generators as well as the cost thereof, which could in turn result in a reduction in the number of students we enroll. Further, the highly regulated nature of the postsecondary education industry and the resulting compliance measures undertaken by the industry are burdensome and some lead aggregators may choose not to work with us in favor of providing their services to different industries. In addition, the number of lead aggregators and generators has reduced over time due to consolidation in that industry, and this could exaggerate the indirect impact on us of any negative developments within that industry or with respect to any lead aggregator or generator with which we do business.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire, train and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

Our future success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers and other key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract and retain qualified managers and our institutions’ ability to attract and retain qualified faculty members and administrators. If any of our executive officers leave the Company, it may be difficult to hire a replacement with similar experience and skills due to the highly regulated nature of our business. The political and regulatory uncertainty facing the for-profit postsecondary education industry may make it difficult to retain key personnel, in particular long-tenured senior officers. Loss of key personnel in the future could impact our growth, lead to changes in or create uncertainty about our business strategies or otherwise impact management’s attention to operations.

Our success and ability to grow depends on the ability to hire, train and retain significant numbers of talented people. We face competition from companies in postsecondary education and other industries in attracting, hiring, and retaining personnel who possess the combination of skills and experiences that we seek to implement our business strategy. In particular, our performance is dependent upon the availability and retention of qualified personnel for our student support operations. The negative publicity surrounding our industry sometimes makes it difficult and more expensive to attract, hire and retain qualified and experienced personnel, and the Department’s regulations related to incentive compensation negatively affect our ability to compensate admissions and financial aid personnel. Our ability to effectively train our student support personnel and the length of time it takes them to become productive also impacts our results of operations. This may result in additional costs in the future as we are required to provide increased compensation in order to attract and retain qualified employees.

Regulatory changes impacting the for-profit postsecondary education sector may require us to make substantial changes to our business and explore alternative business strategies to maintain or grow our business. If our executive officers and other key personnel lack experience necessary to support these changes, we may be unable to timely attract the talent that we need.

Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to keep pace with changing market needs and technology.

Increasingly, prospective employers of students who graduate from our institutions demand that their new employees possess appropriate technological skills and also appropriate “soft” skills, such as communication, critical thinking, and teamwork skills. These desired skills can change rapidly in an evolving economic and technological environment, so it is important for our institutions’ educational programs to evolve in response to those economic and technological changes. Current or prospective students or the employers of our graduates may not accept expansion of our existing programs, improved program content and the development of new programs. Students and faculty increasingly rely on personal communication devices and expect that we will be able to adapt our information technology platforms and our educational delivery methods to support these devices and any new technologies that may emerge. Even if our institutions are able to develop acceptable new and improved programs in a cost-effective manner, our institutions may not be able to begin offering them as quickly as prospective students and employers would like or as quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to regulatory or financial constraints, rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.

Our use of artificial intelligence may subject us to increased compliance obligations and legal risk.

We use and are working to further incorporate AI technologies into our operations to increase efficiencies. We expect our use of AI to help reach prospective students, grow our business and benefit our current students, but it is not certain that we will realize our desired or anticipated benefits. The rise of, and strict adherence to, robocall mitigation regulations and consumer-driven call-blocking technology has severely impacted legitimate outreach, resulting in high rates of legitimate calls being flagged as "Spam Risk" or "Scam Likely." These, along with required, explicit, and often mandatory disclosures, significantly reduce the ability of our academic institutions to connect with prospective students. Call-blocking apps and carrier-level filters that block or label "Spam Risk," "Scam

38

Likely," or "Telemarketer," make call recipients significantly less likely to answer, even if they are expecting a call. These technologies may adversely impact our ability to engage with prospective students, which would have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our business, our results of operations and financial condition.

The presence of AI increases our legal risk due to the increasing scope of AI regulation in various jurisdictions as AI regulation is a top focus of regulators in the United States and abroad. Compliance with these AI regulations increases our cost of compliance and may result in legal exposure in the event of noncompliance. Additionally, our development, training and use of AI may require additional investments and/or increase the cost of our offerings, which could impact our financial condition. Furthermore, the use of AI may result in incidents that compromise the confidentiality of data (including personal data). Any such incidents related to our use of AI could harm our business, financial condition and reputation. AI also raises ethical issues and, if our use of AI becomes controversial, we may be subjected to brand or reputational harm.

The complexity of many AI models makes it challenging to understand why they are generating particular outputs. This limited transparency increases the challenges associated with assessing the proper operation of AI models, understanding and monitoring the capabilities of AI models, reducing erroneous output, eliminating bias and complying with regulations that require documentation or explanation of the basis on which decisions are made.

In addition, as AI becomes increasingly prevalent in our operations, we will have increased risk of disputes over the ownership or use of AI-generated content, as well as the risk of inadvertently infringing on third-party intellectual property rights. The intellectual property landscape for AI is evolving, and new laws, regulations or interpretations may create further uncertainty or increase the likelihood of such claims. If such claims arise, they could result in costly litigation, licensing fees, or limitations on our ability to use certain AI technologies, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if the content, analyses or recommendations that AI applications assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, or biased, or infringe third-party intellectual property rights, we may be subject to private lawsuits, regulatory scrutiny or reputational harm, and our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Our future results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we are required to write down the carrying value of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, such as goodwill.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we review our non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, including goodwill, for impairment on at least an annual basis through the application of fair value-based measurements. On an interim basis, we review our assets and liabilities to determine if a triggering event has occurred that would result in it being more likely than not that the fair value would be less than the carrying amount for any of our reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets. Some factors that management considers when determining if a triggering event has occurred include reviewing the significant inputs to the fair value calculation and any events or circumstances that could affect such significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, industry and market conditions as well as the most recent quantitative fair value analysis for each reporting unit and the amount of the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value. We determine the fair value of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach, based on discounted cash flow, and a market-based approach. To the extent the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will be required to record an impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income. Our estimates of fair value are based primarily on projected future results and expected cash flows consistent with our plans to manage the underlying businesses, including projections of newly acquired businesses, such as USAHS. However, should we encounter unexpected economic conditions or operational results, have unforeseen complications with integration of newly acquired businesses or need to take additional actions not currently foreseen to comply with current and future regulations, the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of our assets, estimates of future cash flows, revenue growth, and discount rates could be negatively impacted and could result in an impairment of goodwill which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on proprietary rights and intellectual property in conducting our business, which may not be adequately protected under current laws, and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the intellectual property of third parties.

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names and agreements to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to our marks as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. These measures may not be adequate, and we cannot be certain that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights and intellectual property. Unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content despite our efforts to protect these rights. Our management’s attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to use funds for lawsuits to protect our proprietary rights and intellectual property against any infringement or violation.

We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party. Some third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our

39

operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual property rights. In addition, in some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards or download third-party content to personal computers, which may result in claims or liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of protected material. Any intellectual property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether such claim has merit.

Our corporate engagement programs have contributed to student enrollment growth through 2025. If we fail to enter new corporate engagements or if existing corporate partners pause or reduce participation in their tuition assistance programs, our total student enrollments may suffer.

We remain focused on investing in and improving processes that support our corporate engagement programs. These programs have been a meaningful driver of total enrollment growth through 2025. Our continued success with these programs depends, in part, on our ability to maintain existing corporate engagements and enter into additional corporate engagements. There is no guarantee that our existing corporate partners will have an interest in continuing to fund or expand these tuition assistance programs, and there is no guarantee that their employees will continue to have the same level of interest in participating, which could adversely impact total student enrollments.

The acquisition, integration, and growth of acquired businesses may present challenges that could harm our business.

Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to integrate any institutions or businesses we may acquire in the future, into our operations. The successful integration and profitable operation of an acquired institution or business, including the realization of anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, can present challenges, and the failure to overcome these challenges can have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Such challenges, while ultimately dependent on the particular acquisition at hand, may include, among other things, the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures; the acquired business not performing as expected; distraction of management’s attention from normal business operations during the integration process; the inability to attract and/or retain key management personnel to operate the acquired entity; the inability to obtain, or delays in obtaining, regulatory or other approvals necessary to operate the business; the risk that disruptions from the integration will harm our or the acquired entity’s businesses; potential adverse reactions or changes to business relationships resulting from an acquisition; the inability to correctly estimate the size of a target market or accurately assess market dynamics; expenses associated with the integration efforts; and our assumption of unexpected risks, liabilities and obligations of the acquired business, including issues not discovered in the due diligence process.

An acquisition related to an institution or other educational business often requires various regulatory approvals and in the case of a Title IV eligible institution, like USAHS, has recently required growth restrictions, reporting obligations and temporary conditions on operations that limit changes to the institution after its acquisition. If we are unable to obtain such approvals, or we obtain them on unfavorable terms, our ability to consummate a future transaction may be impaired or we may be unable to operate the acquired entity in a manner that is favorable to us. If we fail to properly evaluate an acquisition, we may be required to incur costs in excess of what we anticipated, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of such acquisition, including the acquisition of USAHS.

Natural disasters or other extraordinary events may cause us to close some of our schools or suffer casualty losses.

We may experience business interruptions or casualty losses resulting from natural disasters, inclement weather, transit disruptions or other extraordinary events in one or more of the geographic areas in which we operate, particularly in California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, and Texas, where our physical campuses are located. These events could impair the value of our assets and/or cause us to close physical campuses, temporarily or permanently, and could affect student recruiting opportunities in those locations, causing enrollment and revenue to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Our Business Technology Infrastructure

If we, our third-party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information to are subject to cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information technology systems or software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

As part of our business, we collect, process, use and store sensitive data and certain personal information from our students and employees. We also utilize third-party vendors and provide information about our students and employees to governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to satisfy legal and regulatory requirements and use electronic payment methods to process and store some of this information, including credit card information. Our business relies on information technology networks and systems to store this data, process financial and personal information, manage a variety of business processes, and comply with regulatory, legal and tax requirements. Additionally, we maintain other confidential, proprietary, or otherwise sensitive information relating to our business and from third parties.

40

The information technology networks and systems owned, operated, controlled or used by us, our third-party vendors or other external agencies may be vulnerable to damage, disruptions or shutdowns, software or hardware vulnerabilities, data breaches, security incidents, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software or databases or components thereof, power outages, natural disasters, hardware failures, attacks by computer hackers, telecommunication failures, user errors, user malfeasance, computer viruses, unauthorized access, phishing or social engineering attacks, ransomware attacks, distributed denial-of-service attacks, brute force attacks, robocalls and other real or perceived cyberattacks or catastrophic events, all of which may not be prevented by our efforts to secure our networks and systems. Security incidents can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent actions by our employees, our third-party vendors, external agencies or their personnel, or other parties. Security incidents are becoming increasingly prevalent and severe, as well as increasingly difficult to detect. Any of these incidents could lead to interruptions or shutdowns of our platforms, disruptions in our ability to process service requests and record or analyze the use of our services, the loss or corruption of data or unauthorized access to, or acquisition of, personal or other sensitive information, such as our intellectual property. We maintain policies, practices, operational safeguards, measures and controls aimed at reducing our cyber risk, protecting, and recovering our data and ensuring business continuity, which include reasonable efforts that aim to ensure that our third-party vendors maintain reasonable security, including encryption and authentication technology, and will notify us promptly if a security incident occurs. However, none of our vendors’ or external agencies’ security measures can provide absolute security. Advances in computer capabilities, increasingly sophisticated tools and methods used by hackers and cyber terrorists, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in our failure or inability, or the failure or inability of our vendors or external agencies, to adequately protect personal or other sensitive information, and there can be no assurance that we, our vendors or external agencies will not suffer a cyberattack, that hackers or other unauthorized parties will not gain access to or exfiltrate personal information or other sensitive data or that any such data compromise or unauthorized access will be discovered in a timely fashion.

Like many businesses, we, our third-party vendors, and external agencies have in the past and will in the future continue to be subject to cyberattacks, cybersecurity threats and attempts to compromise and penetrate our data security and systems and disrupt our services. Regular patching of each of our respective computer systems and frequent updates to our virus detection and prevention software with the latest virus and malware signatures may not catch newly introduced malware, ransomware, viruses or “zero-day” viruses prior to their infecting our, our third-party vendors and/or external agencies’ computer systems or networks. Future cyberattacks against us, our third-party vendors or external agencies could lead to operational disruptions that could have an adverse effect on our ability to provide services to students and on our results of operations and financial condition. Any general decline in internet use for any reason, including security or privacy concerns, increased cost of internet service or changes in government regulation, could result in less demand for online educational services and limit growth in our online programs.

Failure of our systems to operate effectively or a compromise in the security of our systems, or the systems of our third-party vendors, external agencies or other third parties, that results in unauthorized persons or entities obtaining personal or other sensitive information could materially and adversely affect our reputation, operations, operating results and financial condition. Actual or anticipated cyberattacks may cause us to incur costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees, pay higher insurance premiums and engage third-party specialists for additional services. Breaches in our data security or that of our third-party vendors, external agencies or other third parties could expose us to risks of data loss, inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, potential claims, investigations, regulatory proceedings, litigation penalties and other liabilities, could impede our processing of transactions and our financial reporting and could result in a disruption of our operations. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in connection with remediating and otherwise responding to any data security incident, including potential liability for stolen client, student, or employee data, repairing system damage, or providing credit monitoring or other benefits to clients, students or employees affected by the incident. Additionally, if we, our third-party service providers or external agencies experience security incidents that result in a performance decline in necessary services, availability problems or the loss, corruption of, unauthorized access to or disclosure of personal data or confidential information, people may become unwilling to provide us the information necessary to enroll in our institutions, and our reputation and market position could be harmed. Existing students may also decrease their use of our services or cease using our services altogether. The impact of security threats, incidents and other disruptions are difficult to predict. Our insurance coverage for such security threats, incidents and other disruptions may not be adequate to cover all related costs, and we may not otherwise be fully indemnified for such costs. This may result in an increase in our costs for insurance or insurance not being available to us on economically feasible terms or at all. Insurers may also deny us coverage as to any future claim. Any of these results could materially harm our growth prospects, financial condition, business, and reputation.

The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft, or loss, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, operations, and ability to attract and retain students.

In the ordinary course of our business, we maintain on our network systems and the networks of our third-party providers, and report to external agencies, certain information that is confidential, proprietary, personal (such as student information) or otherwise sensitive in nature, including financial information and confidential business information. Our computer networks, those of our vendors that manage confidential information for us or provide services to our students or to us and those of external agencies can be accessed globally through the internet and are vulnerable to unauthorized access, inadvertent access or display, theft or misuse, hackers, installation of ransomware and malware and computer viruses, during regular use and in connection with hardware and

41

software upgrades and changes. These attacks have become more prevalent and sophisticated. Unauthorized access, misuse, theft, or hacks can evade our intrusion detection and prevention measures, and the intrusion detection and prevention precautions of our third-party providers and external agencies to which we report certain information, without alerting us to the breach or loss for some period of time or ever. An individual or group that circumvents security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary information or personal information about our students or employees, cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or commit fraud. New variants of malware or virus attacks on our systems may be undetected by our virus detection and preventions software.

The FTC passed an amendment to the Safeguards Rule under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”), effective on June 9, 2023, that updated data security requirements for financial institutions, including all Title IV institutions of higher education. The Department has increased enforcement authority by requiring auditors to verify an institution’s compliance with components of the Safeguards Rule. Failure to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements may result in FTC enforcement, which could include the imposition of conditions on our business operations, penalties, monitoring, and oversight.

In addition to being subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations in the U.S. because our services can be accessed globally via the internet, we may also be subject to privacy and information security laws in countries outside the U.S. from which students access our services, which laws may constrain the way we market and provide our services. Any breach of student or employee privacy or errors in storing, using, or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting in fines or other penalties. The adoption of new or modified state or federal data or cybersecurity legislation could increase our costs and require changes in our operating procedures or systems. An example of this is the California Consumer Privacy Act which became effective January 1, 2020.

The reliability of our program infrastructure and mechanisms to protect the personal information of our students is critical to our operations, reputation, and ability to attract and retain students. A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us, our vendors or an external agency, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and ability to attract and retain students, or result in lawsuits, additional regulation, remediation and compliance costs or investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks, the costs of which may be substantial.

Our primarily remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related to our business technology infrastructure.

A significant portion of our employees work remotely, as do employees of a number of our third-party service vendors. These remote work environments may exacerbate certain risks to our business, including increasing the stress on, and our vulnerability to disruptions of, our technological infrastructure and systems and the risks of phishing and other cybersecurity attacks, unauthorized dissemination of confidential information and social engineering attempts. If a natural disaster, power outage, connectivity issue or other event occurs that impacts the ability of employees to work remotely, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a period of time, which could materially harm our growth prospects, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Risk Related to Our Common Stock

The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future, as a result of which returns on an investment in our common stock may be volatile.

The trading price of our common stock has previously and may continue to fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are not under our control. These factors may include:

•the actual, anticipated, or perceived impact of changes in the political environment or government policies affecting the for-profit education industry;

•the outcomes and impacts on our business of the Department’s rulemakings, and other changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;

•negative media coverage of the for-profit education industry;

•general economic conditions or conditions in the postsecondary education field, including declining enrollments;

•the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews, regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations and any related adverse publicity;

•the failure of certain of our institutions or programs to maintain compliance under the 90-10 Rule or other regulatory standards;

•our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, expectations of analysts or investors, or the extent of analyst coverage of our company;

•any reduction or elimination of our payment of dividends on our common stock or planned stock repurchases;

•decisions by any of our significant investors to reduce their investment;

42

•quarterly variations in our operating results, which sometimes occur due to the academic calendar and unexpected significant expense items that do not regularly occur;

•loss of key personnel; and

•price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, which may cause the market price for our common stock to fluctuate significantly more than the market as a whole.

Changes in the trading price of our common stock may occur without regard to our operating performance, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company. Further, the trading volume of our common stock has historically been, and may continue to be, relatively low, which may cause our stock price to react more to the above and other factors. The fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock may impact an investor’s ability to sell their shares at a desired time or at a price considered satisfactory, including at or above the price at which the investor acquired them.

Shareholders may not receive the level of dividends previously provided under the dividend policy our Board of Directors has adopted, or any dividends at all.

We declared our first quarterly cash dividend in the third quarter of 2023 and have paid and even increased the quarterly dividend since then. However, we are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock. Despite our recent history of paying dividends, the declaration and payment of all future dividends to holders of our common stock are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason, including earnings and cash flows, capital spending plans, financial conditions and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The terms of our indebtedness and any limitations imposed by regulatory authorities, among other factors, may also restrict us from paying cash dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances.

Over time, our capital and other cash needs may change significantly from our current needs, which could affect whether we pay dividends and the level of any dividends we may pay in the future. Accordingly, shareholders may not receive dividends consistent with the previously declared amounts, or at all. Any reduction or elimination of dividends may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We cannot guarantee that our share repurchase program will be utilized to the full value approved or that it will enhance long-term stockholder value. Repurchases we consummate could increase the volatility of the price of our common stock and could have a negative impact on our available cash balance.

On January 2, 2026, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program pursuant to which we may repurchase up to $100.0 million of our common stock through June 30, 2027. As of February 19, 2026, no repurchases have been made under this share repurchase program. The manner, timing, and amount of any share repurchases may fluctuate and will be determined by us based on a variety of factors, including the market price of our common stock, our priorities for the use of cash to support our business operations and plans, general business and market conditions, tax laws, and alternative investment opportunities. The share repurchase program authorization does not obligate us to acquire any specific number or dollar value of shares. Further, our share repurchases could have an impact on our share trading prices, increase the volatility of the price of our common stock, or reduce our available cash balance. Our share repurchase program may be modified, suspended, or terminated at any time, which may result in a decrease in the trading price of our common stock. Even if our share repurchase program is fully implemented, it may not enhance long-term stockholder value.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

The Company recognizes the critical importance of assessing, identifying and managing material risks associated with cybersecurity threats, as well as developing, implementing and maintaining effective cybersecurity measures to safeguard our information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our data. We focus significant resources on protecting our technology infrastructure and the personal information contained therein regarding applicants, our students, their families, our alumni and our employees. Our principal cybersecurity risks include, among other things, operational risks, intellectual property theft, fraud, extortion, harm to employees or customers, violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risks, and reputational risks.

The Board of Directors, as a whole, oversees the Company’s risk management through both the Company’s enterprise risk management program and the internal audit function. To identify and assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, our enterprise

43

risk management program considers cybersecurity threat risks alongside other Company risks as part of our overall risk assessment process.

The Board has delegated oversight of the Company’s management of cybersecurity risk to the Compliance and Risk Committee (the “Committee”). Directors with experience in cybersecurity are appointed to this Committee to assist in developing strategies and processes for protecting against, responding to, and remediating information security breaches. Those directors are Dennis Chookaszian, Patrick Gross and Leslie Thornton. The Committee reviews information security matters quarterly. In addition, the full Board regularly receives updates on cybersecurity matters from our Chief Information Officer, David C. Czeszewski, at each board meeting. The Chief Information Officer reports on, among other things, our cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen our information security systems, an assessment of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape. Mr. Czeszewski has a Bachelor of Arts degree in business and computer studies and a Master in Business Administration. He has worked in the technology field since 1986, joined the Company in 2001, and has been its Chief Information Officer since 2013.

The Company has a long-standing management-led Risk Committee (the “Risk Committee”) which is currently comprised of the President and Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the chair), Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Internal Auditor, Risk & Insurance Program Manager, Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System, Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University, Chief Information Officer and Vice President - Human Resources. The Risk Committee reviews enterprise-wide, business-unit specific and other discrete topic risk surveys and assessments, including cybersecurity risk. The Risk Committee reports identified cybersecurity risks, risk assessment and mitigation processes, effectiveness of risk management and related matters to the Committee.

We have a cybersecurity-specific risk assessment process, which helps identify our cybersecurity threat risks by comparing our processes to standards set by the Center for Internet Security (“CIS”). As part of these efforts to assess and mitigate the risks posed by cybersecurity incidents and cyber-attacks, we employ a range of tools and services, including regular network and endpoint monitoring, vulnerability assessments, penetration testing, and tabletop exercises to help inform our cybersecurity risk identification and assessment. We also maintain an information security policy, which addresses privacy of student records under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (“FERPA”), and require annual information technology security awareness training by employees. We also maintain a cybersecurity risk insurance policy as an additional element of our risk mitigation strategy.

We engage third-party experts to review our cybersecurity program to help identify areas for continued focus, improvement and/or compliance. These third-party experts perform periodic cyber assessments, including security assessments using the CIS Controls cybersecurity framework. Our processes address cybersecurity threat risks associated with our use of these third-party service providers, including those in our supply chain or who have access to our customer and employee data or our systems. Third-party risks are included within our enterprise risk management assessment program, as well as our cybersecurity-specific risk identification program, both of which are discussed above. In addition, cybersecurity considerations affect the selection and oversight of our third-party service providers. We perform diligence on third parties that have access to our systems, data or facilities that house such systems or data, and continually monitor cybersecurity threat risks identified through such diligence. Additionally, we generally require those third parties that could introduce significant cybersecurity risks to us to agree by contract to manage their cybersecurity risks in specified ways, and to agree to be subject to cybersecurity audits, which we conduct as appropriate.

In fiscal year 2025, we did not identify any cybersecurity threats that have materially impacted or are likely to materially impact our business strategy, operational results, or financial condition. However, despite our proactive measures, we cannot entirely eliminate cybersecurity risks or guarantee that no undetected incidents have occurred. We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, under the headings “If we, our third-party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information to are subject to cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information technology systems or software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results,” “The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, operations and ability to attract and retain students,” and “Our primarily remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related to our business technology infrastructure,” included as part of our risk factor disclosures within Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We have ground-based campuses located in Georgia (AIUS), Texas (AIUS and USAHS), California (USAHS), Florida (USAHS) and Colorado (CTU), which generally consist of teaching facilities, including classrooms and laboratories, and administrative offices. Additionally, we have administrative facilities located in the areas of Chicago, Illinois and Phoenix, Arizona, which are used for our universities and corporate functions.

We have transitioned our workforce to a primarily remote work environment, supported by our scalable and innovative technology infrastructure and we continue to look for ways to optimize our lease portfolio.

44

All of our campus and administrative facilities are leased except one in Houston, Texas. As of December 31, 2025, we leased approximately 0.8 million square feet under lease agreements that have remaining terms ranging from less than one year through 2050. The facility in Houston, Texas, is used by AIUS and is less than 0.1 million square feet of real property.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See Note 11 “Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

45

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “PRDO”.

The closing price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq on February 13, 2026 was $31.43 per share. As of February 13, 2026, there were approximately 86 holders of record of our common stock, including The Depository Trust Company, which holds shares of our common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners.

Our common stock transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. They can be contacted at P.O. Box# 43006, Providence, RI 02940-3006 or at their website www.computershare.com/investor.

In 2025, the Company's Board of Directors continued to declare and distribute dividends on a quarterly basis. The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. Any decision to pay future cash dividends will be made by the Board of Directors and depend on the Company’s available retained earnings, financial condition, the impact of changing laws and regulations, economic conditions, general business conditions, capital spending plans, the anticipated effect of a dividend payment on our financial condition, and other factors the Board of Directors may consider relevant. In addition to quarterly dividends, the Company reinvests earnings in our operations to promote future growth and, from time to time, executes repurchases of shares of our common stock under the stock repurchase program discussed below. The repurchase of shares of our common stock reduces the amount of cash available to pay cash dividends to our common stockholders.

On July 31, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program for up to $75.0 million, which commenced July 31, 2025 and expires January 31, 2027. The stock repurchase program replaced the previous stock repurchase program. The other terms of the stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s previous stock repurchase program.

During 2025, we repurchased 4.1 million shares of our common stock for approximately $120.8 million at an average price of $29.17 per share, of which approximately 1.6 million shares of our common stock for approximately $46.1 million were purchased under the previous stock repurchase program. As of December 31, 2025, approximately $0.2 million was available under the stock repurchase program.

On January 2, 2026, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new common stock repurchase program, authorizing the Company to repurchase up to $100.0 million of its outstanding common stock on the open market (the "Stock Repurchase Program"). This new Stock Repurchase Program, which expires on June 30, 2027, replaces the previous $75.0 million stock repurchase program, which was described above. The Stock Repurchase Program may be modified, suspended or discontinued at any time in the Company's discretion without prior notice, and does not commit the Company to repurchase shares of its common stock. The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the Stock Repurchase Program is determined by the Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The Stock Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice.

The Board of Directors approved the aforementioned stock repurchase programs believing it advantageous to the Company and its stockholders to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at prices below what the Board of Directors believed to be the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock.

46

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)		Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Maximum Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (2)
December 31, 2024							$	47,106,022
January 1, 2025 - January 31, 2025		-	$	-		-		47,106,022
February 1, 2025 - February 28, 2025		350,000		25.81		350,000		38,065,303
March 1, 2025 - March 31, 2025		941,657		25.17		635,000		21,894,476
April 1, 2025 - April 30, 2025		-		-		-		21,894,476
May 1, 2025 - May 31, 2025		240,000		31.11		240,000		14,422,532
June 1, 2025 - June 30, 2025		410,000		32.74		410,000		990,720
July 1, 2025 - July 31, 2025		-		-		-		75,000,000
August 1, 2025 - August 31, 2025		545,000		30.89		545,000		58,154,087
September 1, 2025 - September 30, 2025		115,000		33.07		115,000		54,348,316
October 1, 2025 - October 31, 2025		-		-		-		54,348,316
November 1, 2025 - November 30, 2025		1,225,000		29.67		1,225,000		17,976,513
December 1, 2025 - December 31, 2025		621,668		28.51		621,668		239,095
		4,448,325				4,141,668

(1)Includes 306,657 shares delivered back to the Company for payment of withholding taxes from employees for vesting restricted stock units pursuant to the terms of the Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan.

(2)On July 31, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program of up to $75.0 million which commenced on July 31, 2025 and expires on January 31, 2027. On January 2, 2026, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new common stock repurchase program, authorizing the Company to repurchase up to $100.0 million of its outstanding common stock on the open market. This new Stock Repurchase Program, which expires on June 30, 2027, replaces the previous $75.0 million stock repurchase program.

See Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” for information as of December 31, 2025, with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing share-based compensation plans.

The graph below shows a comparison of cumulative total returns for Perdoceo, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and an index of peer companies selected by Perdoceo. The companies in the peer index are weighted according to their market capitalization as of the end of each period for which a return is indicated. Included in the peer index are the following companies whose primary business is postsecondary education: Adtalem Global Education Inc., American Public Education, Inc., Grand Canyon Education, Inc., Laureate

47

Education, Inc., and Strategic Education, Inc. The performance graph begins with Perdoceo’s $12.63 per share closing price on December 31, 2020.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN

(Based on $100 invested on December 31, 2020 and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends.)

The information contained in the performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission nor shall such information be deemed incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as both are amended from time to time, except to the extent specifically incorporated by reference into such filing.

ITEM 6. Reserved

48

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The discussion below contains “forward-looking statements,” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that reflect our current expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, cash flows, performance and business prospects and opportunities, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. We have tried to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” ”will,” “continue to,” “focused on” and similar expressions, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. These statements are based on information currently available to us and are subject to various risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those matters discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K that could cause our actual growth, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, performance, business prospects and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update such factors or to publicly announce the results of any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events, developments, or changed circumstances or for any other reason.

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The terms “institution” and “university” refer to an individual, branded, for-profit educational institution, owned by us and including its campus locations. The term “campus” refers to an individual main or branch campus operated by one of our institutions.

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A is intended to help investors understand the results of operations, financial condition and present business environment. The MD&A is organized as follows:

•Overview

•Consolidated Results of Operations

•Segment Results of Operations

•Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

•Liquidity, Financial Position and Capital Resources

OVERVIEW

Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”), the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) and University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences ("USAHS") – provide degree programs from the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional development programs. Our academic institutions offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve and educate students while enhancing overall learning and academic experiences. USAHS prepares medical professionals to provide quality medical care to communities across the country primarily through its graduate health sciences degree offerings in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Perdoceo's academic institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers and communities needing a qualified workforce.

Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We organize our business across three reporting segments: CTU, AIUS and USAHS.

See Note 17 “Segment Reporting” for a description of each of our current reporting segments along with revenues, operating income, significant segment expenses and total assets by reporting segment.

Regulatory Environment and Political Uncertainty

As indicated in “Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector” section within Item 1, "Business", the for-profit education industry is scrutinized by various policymakers, regulatory agencies and interest groups. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were previously held regarding certain aspects of the education industry, including issues surrounding student debt, as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting and admissions practices, and

49

reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. Many of the most highly criticized institutions have been closed now for several years.

The November 2024 federal elections resulted in a new President and Congress. We cannot predict the actions that the new Administration or Congress may take or their effect on the higher education sector. The new Congress or Administration may delay, block, modify, or eliminate certain Title IV and other regulations applicable to higher education institutions. In addition, the new Administration may interpret, apply, and enforce Title IV and other regulations in a manner different from current Department guidance and practice. We expect to continue to need to operate nimbly, making necessary changes to the extent possible to comply with new rules or interpretations as well as new interpretations of existing rules.

We encourage you to review Item 1, “Business,” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to learn more about our highly regulated industry and related risks and uncertainties.

Note Regarding Non-GAAP measures

We believe it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures which exclude certain significant and non-cash items as a means to understand the performance of our core business. As a general matter, we use non-GAAP financial measures in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP to help analyze the performance of our core business, assist with preparing the annual operating plan, and measure performance for some forms of compensation. In addition, we believe that non-GAAP financial information is used by analysts and others in the investment community to analyze our historical results and to provide estimates of future performance.

Adjusted operating income and adjusted earnings per diluted share have limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for net income, operating income, earnings per diluted share, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with and reported under GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.

Non-GAAP financial measures, when viewed in a reconciliation to respective GAAP financial measures, provide an additional way of viewing the Company's results of operations and the factors and trends affecting the Company's business. Non-GAAP financial measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, the respective financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.

2025 Review

During the year ended December 31, 2025 ("current year"), our academic institutions remained focused on enhancing student experiences and academic outcomes while aligning their academic programs with the current demands of the workforce. Student retention continued to trend near multi-year highs and we made purposeful investments in marketing and admissions to efficiently serve the prospective student interest our academic institutions experienced.

As of December 31, 2025, we experienced total student enrollment growth, supported by continued momentum in student retention and engagement as well as increased interest from prospective students looking to pursue a degree at our academic institutions. Total student enrollments increased 7.3% at December 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024, driven by enrollment growth at all three of our academic institutions. CTU's total student enrollments increased 6.6% as compared to the prior year end, supported by high levels of student retention and engagement, growth within the corporate student program and strong levels of prospective student interest. Total student enrollments increased 11.2% at AIUS for the current year end as compared to the prior year end, driven by an additional academic session during the fourth quarter, as well as underlying student retention and engagement trends. Lastly, for USAHS, total student enrollments increased 2.6% for the current year end as compared to the prior year end, primarily driven by growth in programs such as nursing and speech language pathology.

Strategic investments in technology have been strong contributors to enrollment growth across all three of our academic institutions, as it gives our students, faculty and support staff the enhanced resources to support enrollment processes, student experiences and academic outcomes. Additionally, we are continuing to refine our overall marketing, advising, and admissions investments with a focus on optimizing the effectiveness of our student enrollment and support processes. This approach is designed to further enhance student retention and engagement while maintaining a disciplined cost structure.

Through our corporate student programs, we provide accredited degree opportunities to employees of our partner organizations, supporting their career advancement while helping corporate partners strengthen employee development and retention. We continue to make strategic investments in technology and talent to expand these programs.

We expect the strong levels of student retention and student engagement we experienced over the past year, as well as the prospective student interest experienced, to continue into 2026. As a result, full year adjusted operating income is expected to be higher for 2026 as compared to 2025, primarily driven by expected total student enrollment and revenue growth.

Financial Highlights

50

Revenue for the current year increased by 24.2% or $164.8 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase of $147.5 million of revenue from the USAHS acquisition which was completed in December 2024 and therefore did not have comparable results in the prior year. CTU also contributed to the increase in revenue due to growth in total student enrollments driven by strong student retention and engagement trends along with increased prospective student interest, while AIUS remained relatively flat as compared to the prior year.

Operating income for the current year increased by 12.5% to $196.0 million as compared to operating income of $174.3 million in the prior year, driven by increased operating income within all three of our academic institutions as well as reduced operating losses within Corporate and Other. The increase in operating income for the current year was a result of revenue growth and continued management of operating expenses.

The Company believes it is useful to present non-GAAP financial measures, such as adjusted operating income, which exclude certain non-cash items, as a means to better understand the core performance of its operations. During the current year, the Company no longer adjusts for legal fees associated with certain matters as these amounts are no longer material to the results of operations and, as a result, prior period non-GAAP amounts have been recast to be comparable. (See tables below for a GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation.) Adjusted operating income was $237.6 million for the current year as compared to $188.9 million for the prior year.

Adjusted operating income and adjusted earnings per diluted share for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is presented below (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Adjusted Operating Income	2025			2024
Operating income	$	196,000		$	174,253
Depreciation and amortization		41,627			14,645
Adjusted Operating Income	$	237,627		$	188,898
	For the Year Ended December 31,
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share	2025			2024
Reported Earnings Per Diluted Share	$	2.42		$	2.19
Pre-tax adjustments included in operating expenses:
Amortization for acquired intangible assets		0.26			0.09
Total pre-tax adjustments		0.26			0.09
Tax effect of adjustments (1)		(0.07	)		(0.02	)
Total adjustments after tax		0.19			0.07
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share	$	2.61		$	2.26

___________________________

(1)The tax effect of adjustments was calculated by multiplying the pre-tax adjustments with a tax rate of 25%. This tax rate is intended to reflect federal and state taxable jurisdictions as well as the nature of the adjustments.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The summary of selected financial data table below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands), including comparisons of our year-over-year performance between these years. Please refer to Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 for a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2024, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2024 financial performance to 2023.

51

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025			% of Total Revenue			2024			% of Total Revenue			2023			% of Total Revenue
TOTAL REVENUE	$	846,096					$	681,263					$	710,004
OPERATING EXPENSES
Educational services and facilities (1)		197,540			23.3	%		120,860			17.7	%		130,324			18.4	%
General and administrative (2):
Advertising and marketing		112,858			13.3	%		100,963			14.8	%		102,588			14.4	%
Admissions		88,957			10.5	%		81,783			12.0	%		91,359			12.9	%
Administrative		179,616			21.2	%		150,587			22.1	%		170,922			24.1	%
Bad debt		29,492			3.5	%		33,719			4.9	%		33,215			4.7	%
Total general and administrative expense		410,923			48.6	%		367,052			53.9	%		398,084			56.1	%
Depreciation and amortization		41,627			4.9	%		14,645			2.1	%		16,887			2.4	%
Asset impairment		6			0.0	%		4,453			0.7	%		14,263			2.0	%
OPERATING INCOME		196,000			23.2	%		174,253			25.6	%		150,446			21.2	%
PRETAX INCOME		216,836			25.6	%		201,440			29.6	%		192,121			27.1	%
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		56,922			6.7	%		53,850			7.9	%		44,469			6.3	%
Effective tax rate		26.3	%					26.7	%					23.1	%
NET INCOME	$	159,914			18.9	%	$	147,590			21.7	%	$	147,652			20.8	%

_______________

(1)Educational services and facilities expense includes costs attributable to the educational activities of our campuses, including: salaries and benefits of faculty, academic administrators and student support personnel, and costs of educational supplies and goods and services, including costs of textbooks and laptops, and rents on leased campus and administrative facilities.

(2)General and administrative expense includes operating expenses associated with corporate and campus administration, marketing, admissions, information technology, financial aid, accounting, human resources, legal and compliance. Other expenses within this expense category include costs of advertising and production of marketing materials and bad debt expense.

Year Ended December 31, 2025 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2024

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 ("current year") increased by 24.2% or $164.8 million, as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by the acquisition of USAHS, which was completed in December 2024 and therefore not included for the full comparative period of the prior year. Excluding the impact of the USAHS, revenue increased due to higher revenue at CTU as a result of growth in total student enrollments for the current year as compared to the prior year.

Educational Services and Facilities Expense (dollars in thousands)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023		2025 vs 2024 % Change			2024 vs 2023 % Change
Educational services and facilities:
Academics & student related	$	173,015	$	112,216	$	120,023		54.2	%		-6.5	%
Occupancy		24,525		8,644		10,301		183.7	%		-16.1	%
Total educational services and facilities	$	197,540	$	120,860	$	130,324		63.4	%		-7.3	%

Educational services and facilities expense for the current year increased by 63.4% or $76.7 million as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to a full year of expenses related to the USAHS acquisition as compared to only one month of such expenses in the prior year. Excluding the impact of USAHS, expenses increased slightly, primarily driven by increased academic expenses at CTU to support the growth in total student enrollments.

Academics and student-related costs increased by 54.2%, or $60.8 million, and occupancy-related costs increased by 183.7%, or $15.9 million, respectively, as compared to the prior year. These increases were primarily attributable to a full year of expenses related to USAHS in the current year, as compared to only one month of such expenses in the prior year period.

52

General and Administrative Expense (dollars in thousands)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023		2025 vs 2024 % Change			2024 vs 2023 % Change
General and administrative:
Advertising and marketing	$	112,858	$	100,963	$	102,588		11.8	%		-1.6	%
Admissions		88,957		81,783		91,359		8.8	%		-10.5	%
Administrative		179,616		150,587		170,922		19.3	%		-11.9	%
Bad Debt		29,492		33,719		33,215		-12.5	%		1.5	%
Total general and administrative expense	$	410,923	$	367,052	$	398,084		12.0	%		-7.8	%

The general and administrative expense for the current year increased by 12.0% or $43.9 million as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to a full year of expenses related to the USAHS acquisition as compared to only one month of such expenses in the prior year. Excluding the impact of USAHS, expenses increased by 1.3% or $4.9 million, primarily driven by higher expenses at CTU to support the growth in total student enrollments for the current year as compared to the prior year.

Advertising and marketing expense for the current year increased by 11.8% or $11.9 million as compared to the prior year. The increase was due to a full year of advertising and marketing expenses related to the USAHS acquisition in the current year, as compared to only one month of such expenses in the prior year. Excluding the impact of USAHS, advertising and marketing costs decreased slightly as compared to the prior year.

Admissions expense increased by 8.8% or $7.2 million as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to a full year of admissions expenses related to the USAHS acquisition in the current year, as compared to only one month of such expenses in the prior year. Excluding the impact of USAHS, admissions expenses would have slightly increased as compared to the prior year, primarily due to total student enrollment growth at both CTU and AIUS.

Administrative expense for the current year increased by 19.3% or $29.0 million as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily attributable to a full year of administrative expenses related to the USAHS acquisition in the current year, as compared to only one month of such expenses in the prior year. Excluding the impact of USAHS, administrative expenses would have increased as compared to the prior year, primarily due to non-recurring personnel investments in the current year period.

Bad debt expense incurred by each of our segments during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		% of Segment Revenue			2024			% of Segment Revenue			2023			% of Segment Revenue			2025 vs 2024 % Change			2024 vs 2023 % Change
Bad debt expense by segment:
CTU	$	19,441		4.2	%	$	19,907			4.5	%	$	20,203			4.4	%		-2.3	%		-1.5	%
AIUS		9,607		4.2	%		13,612			6.0	%		13,028			5.1	%		-29.4	%		4.5	%
USAHS (1)		442		0.3	%		201		NM				-		NA				119.9	%	NA
Corporate and Other		2	NM				(1	)	NM				(16	)	NM			NM			NM
Total bad debt expense	$	29,492		3.5	%	$	33,719			4.9	%	$	33,215			4.7	%		-12.5	%		1.5	%

_______________

(1) USAHS includes results of operations starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

Bad debt expense decreased by 12.5% or $4.2 million for the current year as compared to the prior year. The improvement for the current year was primarily driven by decreases in bad debt expense at both CTU and AIUS as we experienced stronger student engagement and retention within our academic institutions.

We regularly evaluate our reserve rates, which includes a quarterly update of our analysis of historical student receivable collectability based on the most recent data available and a review of current known factors which we believe could affect future collectability of our student receivables, such as the number of students that do not complete the financial aid process. We continue to expect quarterly fluctuations in bad debt expense.

53

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense increased by 184.2% or $27.0 million as compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily driven by amortization associated with intangible assets at USAHS as well as increased depreciation expense for assets within USAHS, including a failed sale lease-back transaction.

Operating Income

Operating income for the current year increased by 12.5% or $21.7 million as compared to the prior year. This improvement was primarily driven by increased revenue, which more than offset the increases in operating expenses, as compared to the prior year.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate for the current year was 26.3% compared to 26.7% for the prior year. The decrease in the effective income tax rate was primarily due a reduction in nondeductible compensation.

For the full year 2026, we expect our effective tax rate to be between 23.5% and 24.5%.

SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The summary of segment financial information below should be referenced in connection with a review of the following discussion of our segment results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands), including comparisons of our year-over-year performance. Please refer to Part II Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 for a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2024, as well as the year-over-year comparison of our 2024 financial performance to 2023.

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023			2025 vs 2024 % Change			2024 vs 2023 % Change
REVENUE:
CTU (1)	$	461,602		$	443,374		$	456,169			4.1	%		-2.8	%
AIUS (1)		226,220			227,072			253,057			-0.4	%		-10.3	%
USAHS (2)		157,576			10,041			-			1469.3	%	NA
Corporate and Other		698			776			778		NM			NM
Total	$	846,096		$	681,263		$	710,004			24.2	%		-4.0	%
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):
CTU (1)	$	180,597		$	174,686		$	150,699			3.4	%		15.9	%
AIUS (1)		35,950			32,756			38,592			9.8	%		-15.1	%
USAHS (2)		3,211			(2,640	)		-			221.6	%	NA
Corporate and Other		(23,758	)		(30,549	)		(38,845	)		22.2	%		21.4	%
Total	$	196,000		$	174,253		$	150,446			12.5	%		15.8	%
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) MARGIN:
CTU (1)		39.1	%		39.4	%		33.0	%
AIUS (1)		15.9	%		14.4	%		15.3	%
USAHS (2)		2.0	%		-26.3	%	NA
Corporate and Other	NM			NM			NM
Total		23.2	%		25.6	%		21.2	%

______________________

(1)The prior year operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(2)USAHS includes results of operations beginning on the acquisition date of December 2, 2024. Operating income (loss) for the current year includes $30.3 million of depreciation and amortization expense associated with acquired tangible and intangible assets, as well as finance leases, as compared to $2.5 million in the prior year.

54

	As of December 31,
	2025		2024		2023		2025 vs 2024 % Change			2024 vs 2023 % Change
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENTS:
CTU		29,950		28,090		25,970		6.6	%		8.2	%
AIUS		10,560		9,500		8,490		11.2	%		11.9	%
USAHS (1)		3,890		3,790		-		2.6	%	NA
Total		44,400		41,380		34,460		7.3	%		20.1	%

______________________

(1)Perdoceo completed the acquisition of USAHS on December 2, 2024.

Total student enrollments represent all students who are active as of the last day of the reporting period. Active students are defined as those students who are considered in attendance by participating in class related activities during the previous two weeks of the most recent academic term. Total student enrollments do not include learners participating in: a) non-degree seeking and professional development programs, and b) degree seeking, non-Title IV, self-paced programs at our universities.

Year Ended December 31, 2025 as Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2024

CTU. Revenue for the current year increased by 4.1% or $18.2 million as compared to the prior year. The increase was driven by total student enrollment growth of 6.6% at December 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024. CTU's total student enrollment growth was supported by high levels of student retention and engagement, growth in the corporate student program and higher levels of prospective student interest.

Current year operating income for CTU increased by 3.4% or $5.9 million as compared to the prior year. This improvement in operating income was driven by the increase in revenue discussed above, which more than offset increased operating expenses to support the student enrollment growth.

AIUS. Revenue for the current year decreased slightly by 0.4% or $0.9 million as compared to the prior year. Total student enrollments increased by 11.2% at December 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024 due to an extra session start in December 2025, which will positively impact revenue into 2026. The slight decrease in revenue is driven by Trident University, as the recent government shutdown disparately impacted this institution.

Current year operating income for AIUS increased by 9.8% or $3.2 million as compared to the prior year, driven by lower operating expenses as compared to the prior year.

USAHS. Revenue for the current year was approximately $157.6 million, with operating income of approximately $3.2 million. Operating income for the current year includes $30.3 million of depreciation and amortization expense associated with acquired tangible and intangible assets, as well as finance leases, as compared to $2.5 million in the prior year.

Corporate and Other. This category includes unallocated costs that are incurred on behalf of the entire company. Total Corporate and Other operating loss for the current year improved by 22.2% or $6.8 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to lower acquisition-related expenses.

SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

We have identified the accounting policies and estimates listed below as those that we believe require management’s most subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties. This section should be read in conjunction with Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements which includes a discussion of these and other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Description: Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations.

Assumptions and judgment: Revenue recognition includes assumptions and significant judgments including determination of the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606 as well as the assessment of

55

collectability. We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities, in different programs or with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies are similar across all institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program funds, Veterans Administration funds, military funding, employer tuition assistance or self-pay. We have significant historical data for our students which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.

Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to monitor that the collectability threshold is met.

These assumptions and significant judgments are based upon our interpretation of accounting guidance and historical experience. Although management believes these assumptions and significant judgments to be reasonable, actual amounts may differ if historical experience is not reflective of future results.

Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: If actual performance is not consistent with historical experience in regards to our assessment of collectability, our revenue recognition may be materially different than what was originally recorded.

Allowance for Credit Losses

Description: We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of our collections and write-off experience as well as monitoring any emerging factors that we believe impact the ability to collect our student receivables.

Assumptions and judgment: Management makes a range of assumptions to determine what is believed to be the appropriate level of allowance for credit losses. Management determines a reasonable and supportable forecast based on the expectation of future conditions over a supportable forecast period as described above, as well as qualitative adjustments based on current and future conditions that may not be fully captured in the historical modeling factors described above. All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change.

Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: We monitor our collections and write-off experience to assess whether or not adjustments to our allowance percentage estimates are necessary. Changes in trends in any of the factors that we believe impact the collection of our student receivables, as noted above, or modifications to our collection practices, and other related policies may impact our estimate of our allowance for credit losses and our results from operations.

A one percentage point change in our allowance for credit losses as a percentage of gross earned student receivables as of December 31, 2025 would have resulted in a change in pretax income of $0.8 million during the year then ended.

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs, or the ability of our students or institutions to participate in Title IV Programs, would likely have a material impact on the realizability of future receivables.

Income Taxes

Description: We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred

56

income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

Assumptions and judgment: In establishing a provision for income tax expense or a liability for an uncertain tax position, we must make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws. We must also make estimates about when in the future certain items will affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be subject to review/adjudication by the court systems in the various tax jurisdictions or may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit.

Impact if actual results differ from assumptions and judgment: Although we believe the judgments and estimates used are reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to changes in tax liability that could be material. To the extent we prevail in matters for which reserves have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our reserves, our effective income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would result in an increase in our effective income tax rate.

LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL POSITION AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 2025, cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and available-for-sale short-term investments (“cash balances”) totaled $643.5 million. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2025 was $21.3 million and primarily relates to a letter of credit USAHS is required to maintain with the Department of Education. On January 16, 2026, USAHS was notified by the Department that it is no longer required to maintain its existing letter of credit in the amount of $20.5 million and thus these funds are no longer restricted as of the date of the letter. Our cash flows from operating activities have historically been adequate to fulfill our liquidity requirements. We have historically financed our operating activities, organic growth and acquisitions primarily through cash generated from operations and existing cash balances. We generated cash in 2025 as a result of improved operating performance and expect to continue to generate cash in 2026. We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy the cash requirements associated with, among other things, our working capital needs, capital expenditures, lease commitments, share repurchases and quarterly dividends payments through at least the next 12 months primarily with cash generated by operations and existing cash balances.

We maintain a balanced capital allocation strategy that focuses on maintaining a strong balance sheet and adequate liquidity, while (i) investing in organic projects at our universities, in particular technology-related initiatives which are designed to benefit our students, as well as real estate updates, and (ii) evaluating diverse strategies to enhance stockholder value, including acquisitions, quarterly dividend payments and share repurchases. Ultimately, our goal is to deploy resources in a way that drives long term stockholder value while supporting and enhancing the academic value of our institutions.

On July 31, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program for up to $75.0 million, which commenced July 31, 2025 and expires January 31, 2027. The stock repurchase program replaced the previous stock repurchase program approved on February 20, 2024. The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program is determined by the Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased 4.1 million shares of our common stock for approximately $120.8 million at an average price of $29.17 per share. Shares of stock repurchased under the program are held as treasury shares. These repurchased shares have reduced the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

On January 2, 2026, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new common stock repurchase program, authorizing the Company to repurchase up to $100.0 million of its outstanding common stock on the open market. This new stock repurchase program, which expires on June 30, 2027, replaces the previous $75.0 million stock repurchase program, which was described above. The stock repurchase program may be modified, suspended or discontinued at any time in the Company's discretion without prior notice, and does not commit the Company to repurchase shares of its common stock.

The Board of Directors approved the aforementioned stock repurchase programs believing it advantageous to the Company and its stockholders to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at prices below what the Board of Directors believed to be the intrinsic value of the Company’s common stock.

The discussion above reflects management’s expectations regarding liquidity; however, as a result of the significance of the Title IV Program funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the level of Title IV funds that our students are eligible to receive or any impact on timing or our ability to receive Title IV Program funds, or any requirement to post a significant letter of credit to the Department, may have a significant impact on our operations and our financial condition. In addition, our financial performance is dependent on the level of student enrollments which could be impacted by external factors. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

57

Sources and Uses of Cash

Operating Cash Flows

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, net cash flows provided by operating activities totaled $225.2 million and $161.6 million, respectively. The increase in net cash flows from operating activities for the current year was primarily driven by increased operating income.

Our primary source of cash flows from operating activities is tuition collected from our students. Our students derive the ability to pay tuition costs through the use of a variety of funding sources, including, among others, federal loan and grant programs, state grant programs, private loans and grants, institutional payment plans, private and institutional scholarships, and cash payments. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, approximately 76% and 77% of our institutions’ aggregate cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding. This percentage differs from the Title IV Program percentage calculated under the 90-10 Rule due to the treatment of certain funding types and certain student level limitations on what and how much to count as prescribed under the rule.

For further discussion of Title IV Program funding and other funding sources for our students, see Item 1, “Business - Student Financial Aid and Related Federal Regulation.”

Our primary uses of cash to support our operating activities include, among other things, cash paid and benefits provided to our employees for services, to vendors for products and services, to lessors for rents and operating costs related to leased facilities, to suppliers for textbooks and other institution supplies, and to federal, state and local governments for income and other taxes.

Investing Cash Flows

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, net cash flows used in investing activities totaled $53.6 million and $107.8 million, respectively.

Purchases and Sales of Available-for-Sale Investments. Purchases and sales of available-for-sale investments resulted in a net cash outflow of $47.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 as compared to a net cash inflow of $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures increased to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 as compared to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Capital expenditures represented approximately 1.0% and 0.7% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2026, we expect capital expenditures to be approximately 1.5% of revenue.

Business acquisition. The Company received a working capital true up of $0.8 million from the former owners of USAHS in connection with the USAHS acquisition during the current year. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company made total cash payments of $137.8 million in relation to USAHS acquisition.

Financing Cash Flows

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $171.1 million and $41.1 million, respectively.

Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation. Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation were $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Repurchase of stock. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased 4.1 million shares of our common stock for approximately $120.8 million at an average price of $29.17 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of common stock for $6.8 million at an average price of $17.60 per share. Repurchases of stock during 2025 and 2024 were funded by cash generated from operating activities and existing cash balances. See Part II, Item 5 for more information.

Release of cash held in escrow. During each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we released $0.3 million of escrow funds associated with acquisitions.

Payments of cash dividends and dividend equivalents. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company made dividend and dividend equivalent payments of $36.9 million and $31.7 million, respectively.

Principal payments for finance leases and failed sale leaseback. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company made payments of $5.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for finance leases and a failed sale leaseback, both related to the acquisition of USAHS.

Earnout payments related to business acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company made cash earnout payments of $1.8 million related to the Coding Dojo acquisition.

58

Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2025, future minimum cash payments due under contractual obligations for our non-cancelable operating and finance lease arrangements were $62.9 million and $12.2 million, respectively. Of these amounts, approximately $9.0 million for operating leases and $6.0 million for finance leases are due within the next 12 months. Additionally, future minimum cash payments due under a failed sale leaseback transition were $154.1 million. These future minimum cash payments reflect base rent and other fixed lease-related costs identified in the lease agreements but excludes variable costs such as common area maintenance payments and taxes, as these amounts are undeterminable at this time and may vary based on future circumstances. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating leases expiring at various dates through 2050.

As of December 31, 2025, we were not a party to any off-balance sheet financing or contingent payment arrangements, nor do we have any unconsolidated subsidiaries.

Changes in Financial Position – December 31, 2025 Compared to December 31, 2024

Selected consolidated balance sheet account changes from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2025		2024		% Change
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments	$	643,491	$	591,548		9	%
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Goodwill		265,697		258,012		3	%
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Payroll and related benefits		44,363		35,059		27	%
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Sale lease-back financing		56,992		-	NA
Construction financing		-		56,500		-100	%

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments. The increase in total cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments is primarily due to increased operating income, partially offset with payments for share repurchases and dividends.

Goodwill: The increase in goodwill during the period was due to the finalization of purchase accounting for the USAHS acquisition.

Payroll and related benefits: The increase primarily relates to an accrual for a non-recurring investment in personnel costs that was paid in the first quarter of 2026.

Sale lease-back financing. The increase in sale lease-back financing liability is primarily due to the recategorization of construction financing upon lease commencement due to a failed sale leaseback transaction.

Construction financing. The decrease in construction financing liability is primarily due to the recategorization of the failed sale leaseback upon lease commencement.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 4 “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that may affect us.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily changes in interest rates. We use various techniques to manage our interest rate risk. We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments, and believe the risk related to cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments is limited due to the adherence to our investment policy, which focuses on capital preservation and liquidity. In addition, we use asset managers who conduct initial and ongoing credit analyses on our investment portfolio and monitor that investments are in compliance with our investment policy. Despite the investment risk mitigation strategies

59

we employ, we may incur investment losses as a result of unusual and unpredictable market developments and may experience reduced investment earnings if the yields on investments deemed to be low risk remain low or decline.

Interest Rate Exposure

Our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell investments that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2025, a 100 basis point increase or decrease in average interest rates applicable to our investments would not have had a material impact on our future earnings, fair values or cash flows.

Our financial instruments are recorded at their fair values as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. We believe that the exposure of our consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows to adverse changes in interest rates applicable to our investments or borrowings is not significant.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial information required by Item 8 is contained in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We completed an evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”) under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that (i) the information required to be disclosed by us in this Report was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms provided by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and (ii) the information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our Company have been detected.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of a control's effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

60

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Based upon the evaluation under the framework contained in the 2013 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission Report, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This attestation report is included on page 69 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Rule 10b5-1 Plan Elections

During the quarter ended December 31, 2025, the following executive officers of the Company adopted a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K:

Ashish Ghia, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, entered into a pre-arranged stock trading plan on November 13, 2025 covering his unvested performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest during 2026. Mr. Ghia’s plan provides for the sale between March 17, 2026 and September 30, 2026, of net vested restricted stock held by Mr. Ghia upon the vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest prior to September 30, 2026.

Greg Jansen, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, entered into a pre-arranged stock trading plan on November 7, 2025 covering his unvested performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest during 2026. Mr. Jansen’s plan provides for the sale between April 1, 2026 and October 1, 2026, of net vested restricted stock held by Mr. Jansen upon the vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest prior to October 1, 2026.

Each of the trading plans was entered into during an open insider trading window and is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Company’s insider trading policy, which governs transactions in Company securities.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

61

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Below is a list of our Executive Officers and Board of Directors as of February 19, 2026:

Executive Officers:	Board of Directors:
Todd S. Nelson	Gregory L. Jackson - Chairman of the Board
President and Chief Executive Officer	Private Investor
Ashish R. Ghia	Dennis H. Chookaszian
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CNA Financial Corporation
Sunitha Araamudhu	Kenda B. Gonzales
Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System	Former Chief Financial Officer of Harrison Properties, LLC
Elise L. Baskel	Patrick W. Gross
Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University	Chairman of the Lovell Group
David C. Czeszewski	William D. Hansen
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer	President and Chief Executive Officer of Building Hope Holdings, Inc.
Greg E. Jansen	Todd S. Nelson
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary	President and Chief Executive Officer of Perdoceo Education Corporation
Julia Leeman	Hanna Skandera
Senior Vice President - Campus Operations	President and Chief Executive Officer of Daniels Fund
John R. Kline	Leslie T. Thornton
Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System	Former Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of WGL Holdings, Inc. and Washington Gas
Michele A. Peppers	Alan D. Wheat
Vice President - Accounting & Reporting and Chief Accounting Officer	Chair of Wheat Shroyer Government Relations

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

62

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2025 with respect to shares of our common stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans:

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

	(a)			(b)		(c)
Plan Category	Number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options			Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options		Number of shares remaining available for future issuances under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders		212,077	(1)	$	11.43		3,256,589	(2)
Total		212,077		$	11.43		3,256,589

(1)Includes outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Company’s 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2016 Plan”).

(2)Includes shares available for future issuance under the 2016 Plan in addition to the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options referenced in column (a). In addition to stock options, the 2016 Plan provides for the issuance of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, performance awards and units, or cash incentive awards. The amount in column (c) is net of 2.4 million shares underlying restricted stock units outstanding as of December 31, 2025, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the amount vested. These shares take into account the anticipated vesting levels based on projected attainment of performance conditions for performance-based restricted stock units and have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the remaining shares available as of December 31, 2025. Additionally, there were less than 0.1 million shares underlying deferred stock units outstanding under the previous 2008 Plan which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met and do not affect the number of shares reflected in column (c) above.

See Note 13 “Share-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the Company’s share-based compensation.

The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

63

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

1. Financial Statements

The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 68 are filed as part of this Annual Report.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Financial Statements on page 68 is filed as part of this Annual Report. All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto or because they are not applicable or not required.

3. Exhibits

The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits on pages 63- 66 are filed as part of this Annual Report.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

64

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number	Exhibit	Incorporated by Reference to:
2.1	Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 8, 2019 among Trident University International, LLC, TUI Learning, LLC, Athena NewCo, LLC and Career Education Corporation	Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2019
2.2	First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement effective February 4, 2020 among Trident University International, LLC, TUI Learning, LLC, Athena NewCo, LLC and Perdoceo Education Corporation	Exhibit 2.2 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019
2.3	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 15, 2024 by and among Perdoceo Education Corporation, Lighthouse Merger Sub, Inc., University of St. Augustine Parent Corp. and APH GP LP, solely in its capacity as the Seller Representative	Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2024
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Perdoceo Education Corporation (originally incorporated on January 5, 1994)	Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2019
3.2	Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Perdoceo Education Corporation dated May 25, 2023	Exhibit 3.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2023
3.3	Seventh Amended and Restated By-laws of Perdoceo Education Corporation effective January 1, 2020	Exhibit 3.3 to our Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2019
4.1	Form of specimen stock certificate representing Common Stock	Exhibit 4.1 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019
4.2	Description of Common Stock	Exhibit 4.2 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019
4.3	Credit Agreement dated as of September 8, 2021 among Perdoceo Education Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors from time to time parties thereto, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, and Wintrust Bank, N.A, as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on September 13, 2021
4.4	First Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of April 1, 2022, among Perdoceo Education Corporation, the guarantors and the lenders under the Credit Agreement and Wintrust Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2022
4.5	Second Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of January 23, 2024, among Perdoceo Education Corporation, the guarantors and the lenders under the Credit Agreement and Wintrust Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2024
*10.1	Career Education Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan (“2008 Plan”)	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2008
*10.2	First Amendment to the 2008 Plan	Exhibit 10.30 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008

65

*10.3	Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan ("2016 Plan")	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 8, 2021
*10.4	2024 Annual Incentive Plan	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2024
*10.5	2025 Annual Incentive Plan	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2025
*10.6	Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the 2008 Plan	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2011
*10.7	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan	Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2009
*10.8	Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2012
*10.9	Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan (used for awards in 2013)	Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2013
*10.10	Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2008 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in 2014)	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2014
*10.11	Form of Employee Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016
*10.12	Form of Non-Employee Director Option Grant Agreement under the 2008 Plan (used for awards commencing May 2015)	Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2015
*10.13	Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing May 2016)	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016
*10.14	Form of Non-Employee Director Deferred Stock Unit Agreement under the 2008 Plan	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014
*10.15	Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)	Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016
*10.16	Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)	Exhibit 10.4 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016
*10.17	Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing May 2020)	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2020
*10.18	Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)	Exhibit 10.5 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016

66

*10.19	Form of Employee Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based) (used for awards commencing in May 2016)	Exhibit 10.6 to our Form 8-K filed on May 27, 2016
*10.20	Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the 2016 Plan (used for awards commencing in March 2017)	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2017
*10.21	Form of Retention Bonus Award Agreement (used for awards in 2022)	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2022
*10.22	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Time-Based)	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2024
*10.23	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2016 Plan (Performance-Based)	Exhibit 10.3 to our Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2024
*10.24	Letter Agreement between Perdoceo Education Corporation and Jeffrey Ayers dated February 21, 2022	Exhibit 20.21 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021
*10.25	Second Amended and Restated Letter Agreement between the Company and Todd Nelson dated November 16, 2023	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2023
*10.26	Separation and General Release Agreement between the Company and Andrew Hurst dated November 15, 2023	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2023
*10.27	Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers	Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2016
*10.28	Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan (Amended and Restated as of November 2, 2015)	Exhibit 10.9 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015
*10.29	First Amendment and Summary of Material Modifications to the Career Education Corporation Executive Severance Plan & Summary Plan Description	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2020
10.30	Agreement with the Attorney General of Iowa effective January 2, 2019, including schedule of substantially identical agreements with the attorneys general of other states	Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2019
10.31	Stipulated Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment dated October 9, 2019 agreed to by the Federal Trade Commission and Career Education Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries	Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2019
19.1	Perdoceo Education Corporation Policy on Insider Trading and Rule 10b5-1 Arrangements	Exhibit 19.1 to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024
+21	Subsidiaries of the Company
+23.1	Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
+31.1	Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
+31.2	Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

67

+32.1	Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
+32.2	Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*97.1	Perdoceo Education Corporation Clawback Policy	Exhibit 97.1 to our Form 10-K filed on February 21, 2024
+101.INS	InLine XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the InLine XBRL document
+101.SCH	InLine XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded Linkbases Document
+104	The cover page from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, formatted in Inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101)
___________________
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K.
+Filed herewith.

68

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 19th day of February, 2026.

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
By:	/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA
	Ashish R. Ghia,
	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ TODD S. NELSON	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer	February 19, 2026
Todd S. Nelson	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	February 19, 2026
Ashish R. Ghia	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ MICHELE A. PEPPERS	Vice President - Accounting & Reporting and Chief Accounting Officer	February 19, 2026
Michele A. Peppers	(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ GREGORY L. JACKSON	Chairman of the Board	February 19, 2026
Gregory L. Jackson
/s/ DENNIS H. CHOOKASZIAN	Director	February 19, 2026
Dennis H. Chookaszian
/s/ KENDA B. GONZALES	Director	February 19, 2026
Kenda B. Gonzales
/s/ PATRICK W. GROSS	Director	February 19, 2026
Patrick W. Gross
/s/ WILLIAM D. HANSEN	Director	February 19, 2026
William D. Hansen
/s/ HANNA SKANDERA	Director	February 19, 2026
Hanna Skandera
/s/ LESLIE T. THORNTON	Director	February 19, 2026
Leslie T. Thornton
/s/ ALAN D. WHEAT	Director	February 19, 2026
Alan D. Wheat

69

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 248)	71
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024	74
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023	75
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023	75
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023	76
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023	78
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	79
Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	107

All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

70

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Perdoceo Education Corporation

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Allowance for credit losses

As described further in Notes 2(c) and 7 to the financial statements, student receivables represent funds owed to the Company in exchange for the educational services provided to the student. Student receivables are reported net of an allowance for credit losses as determined by management at the end of each reporting period. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school for greater than 90 days and has not made a payment.

Management’s student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Their estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on collection experience, have an impact on repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact the estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, the allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of collections and write-off experience as well as monitoring any emerging factors that impact the ability to collect student receivables.

The principal consideration for our determination that the allowance for credit loss is a critical audit matter is that there is a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in performing procedures and evaluating management’s assumptions, including those relating to the internal repayment history and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student.

71

Our audit procedures related to the allowance for credit losses included the following, among others:

•Assessed the appropriateness of management’s methodology for calculating the allowance including the significant inputs and assumptions utilized, including repayment history and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student,

•Recalculated the estimated allowance rates applied to the respective accounts receivable allowance categories determined according to funding sources and student status,

•Tested the completeness and accuracy of data underlying management’s assertions and calculations for a selection of students, and compared our recalculations to management’s analysis to determine whether management’s conclusions were reasonable, and

•Tested on a sample basis the subsequent cash collections on a student account.

In addition, we tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to establishing the allowance for credit losses.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

Chicago, Illinois

February 19, 2026

72

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Perdoceo Education Corporation

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, and our report dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 19, 2026

73

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	As of December 31,
	2025			2024
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents, unrestricted	$	110,970		$	109,130
Restricted cash		21,310			22,623
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash		132,280			131,753
Short-term investments		511,211			459,795
Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments		643,491			591,548
Student receivables, gross		68,346			63,925
Allowance for credit losses		(41,149	)		(41,118	)
Student receivables, net		27,197			22,807
Receivables, other		5,037			5,330
Prepaid expenses		16,881			16,910
Inventories		4,049			3,388
Other current assets		208			171
Total current assets		696,863			640,154
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $86,908 and $67,492 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively		83,314			95,508
Right of use assets, net - operating		43,290			50,099
Right of use assets, net - finance		10,259			15,375
Goodwill		265,697			258,012
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $44,786 and $27,725 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively		77,945			95,006
Student receivables, gross		9,073			8,597
Allowance for credit losses		(4,262	)		(2,402	)
Student receivables, net		4,811			6,195
Deferred income tax assets, net		57,438			68,774
Other assets		8,100			7,911
TOTAL ASSETS	$	1,247,717		$	1,237,034
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating	$	6,032		$	7,792
Lease liabilities - finance		5,458			5,466
Accounts payable		14,271			12,805
Accrued expenses:
Payroll and related benefits		44,363			35,059
Advertising and marketing costs		7,838			8,135
Income taxes		5,627			4,926
Other		16,374			21,239
Deferred revenue		37,844			36,740
Total current liabilities		137,807			132,162
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating		43,752			50,224
Lease liabilities - finance		6,097			11,555
Sale lease-back financing		56,992			-
Construction financing		-			56,500
Other liabilities		30,657			27,057
Total non-current liabilities		137,498			145,336
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding		-			-
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 92,072,703 and 91,023,660     shares issued, 62,478,373 and 65,719,224 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and    2024, respectively		921			910
Additional paid-in capital		720,574			707,212
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,070			166
Retained earnings		718,365			595,672
Treasury stock, at cost, 29,594,330 and 25,304,436 shares as of December 31, 2025 and 2024,    respectively		(468,518	)		(344,424	)
Total stockholders' equity		972,412			959,536
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$	1,247,717		$	1,237,034

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

74

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
REVENUE:
Tuition and fees, net	$	841,402		$	676,071		$	702,920
Other		4,694			5,192			7,084
Total revenue		846,096			681,263			710,004
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities		197,540			120,860			130,324
General and administrative		410,923			367,052			398,084
Depreciation and amortization		41,627			14,645			16,887
Asset impairment		6			4,453			14,263
Total operating expenses		650,096			507,010			559,558
Operating income		196,000			174,253			150,446
OTHER INCOME:
Interest income		26,310			28,993			19,980
Interest expense		(6,465	)		(613	)		(404	)
Miscellaneous income (expense)		991			(1,193	)		22,099
Total other income		20,836			27,187			41,675
PRETAX INCOME		216,836			201,440			192,121
Provision for income taxes		56,922			53,850			44,469
NET INCOME	$	159,914		$	147,590		$	147,652
NET INCOME PER SHARE - BASIC:	$	2.47		$	2.25		$	2.22
NET INCOME PER SHARE - DILUTED:	$	2.42		$	2.19		$	2.18
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic		64,805			65,646			66,468
Diluted		66,156			67,242			67,826

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

	For the Year Ended December 31,
(In Thousands)	2025		2024			2023
NET INCOME	$	159,914	$	147,590		$	147,652
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		45		(28	)		45
Unrealized gain on investments		859		860			4,736
Total other comprehensive income		904		832			4,781
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$	160,818	$	148,422		$	152,433

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

75

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

	Common Stock				Treasury Stock
	Issued Shares		$0.01 Par Value		Purchased Shares			Cost			Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income			Retained Earnings			Total
BALANCE, December 31, 2022		89,396	$	894		(22,221	)	$	(301,624	)	$	684,183		$	(5,447	)	$	347,839		$	725,845
Net income		-		-		-			-			-			-			147,652			147,652
Foreign currency translation		-		-		-			-			-			45			-			45
Unrealized gain on investments		-		-		-			-			-			4,736			-			4,736
Total comprehensive income																					152,433
Dividends to shareholders, per share $0.22		-		-		-			-			-			-			(14,885	)		(14,885	)
Treasury stock purchased		-		-		(540	)		(8,301	)		-			-			-			(8,301	)
Treasury stock acquired upon sale of asset		-		-		(1,800	)		(22,086	)		-			-			-			(22,086	)
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans		-		-		-			-			8,064			-			-			8,064
Employee stock purchase plan		-		-		-			-			14			-			-			14
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans		310		3		-			-			2,276			-			-			2,279
Restricted stock award plans		545		6		(165	)		(2,209	)		(5	)		-			-			(2,208	)
Employee stock purchase plan		19		-		-			-			266			-			-			266
BALANCE, December 31, 2023		90,270	$	903		(24,726	)	$	(334,220	)	$	694,798		$	(666	)	$	480,606		$	841,421
Net income		-		-		-			-			-			-			147,590			147,590
Foreign currency translation		-		-		-			-			-			(28	)		-			(28	)
Unrealized gain on investments		-		-		-			-			-			860			-			860
Total comprehensive income																					148,422
Dividends to shareholders, per share $0.48		-		-		-			-			-			-			(32,524	)		(32,524	)
Treasury stock purchased		-		-		(385	)		(6,769	)		-			-			-			(6,769	)
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans		-		-		-			-			10,174			-			-			10,174
Employee stock purchase plan		-		-		-			-			14			-			-			14
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans		158		2		-			-			1,971			-			-			1,973
Restricted stock award plans		582		5		(193	)		(3,435	)		(6	)		-			-			(3,436	)
Employee stock purchase plan		14		-		-			-			261			-			-			261
BALANCE, December 31, 2024		91,024	$	910		(25,304	)	$	(344,424	)	$	707,212		$	166		$	595,672		$	959,536
Net income		-		-		-			-			-			-			159,914			159,914
Foreign currency translation		-		-		-			-			-			45			-			45
Unrealized gain on investments		-		-		-			-			-			859			-			859
Total comprehensive income																					160,818
Dividends to shareholders, per share $0.56		-		-		-			-			-			-			(37,221	)		(37,221	)
Treasury stock purchased		-		-		(4,141	)		(120,793	)		-			-			-			(120,793	)
Earnout payments for business acquisition		-		-		158			4,243			-			-			-			4,243
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans		-		-		-			-			11,715			-			-			11,715
Employee stock purchase plan		-		-		-			-			15			-			-			15
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans		171		2		-			-			1,368			-			-			1,370
Restricted stock award plans		868		9		(307	)		(7,544	)		(9	)		-			-			(7,544	)
Employee stock purchase plan		10		-		-			-			273			-			-			273
BALANCE, December 31, 2025		92,073	$	921		(29,594	)	$	(468,518	)	$	720,574		$	1,070		$	718,365		$	972,412

76

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

77

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	159,914		$	147,590		$	147,652
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Asset impairment		6			4,453			14,263
Gain on sale of asset		-			-			(22,086	)
Depreciation and amortization expense		41,627			14,645			16,887
Bad debt expense		29,492			33,719			33,215
Compensation expense related to share-based awards		11,730			10,188			8,078
Deferred income taxes		3,830			2,656			3,761
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Student receivables, gross		(4,898	)		(4	)		15,929
Allowance for credit losses		(27,601	)		(27,981	)		(38,573	)
Receivables, other		(2,072	)		(8,052	)		(3,922	)
Inventories, prepaid expenses, and other current assets		2,510			4,473			(2,994	)
Other non-current assets		(383	)		692			478
Accounts payable		1,466			(727	)		(4,878	)
Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities		9,937			(5,792	)		(19,235	)
Deferred revenue		1,104			(10,612	)		(34,375	)
Right of use asset and lease liability - operating leases		(1,422	)		(3,654	)		(2,175	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		225,240			161,594			112,025
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of available-for-sale investments		(392,760	)		(412,894	)		(314,279	)
Sales of available-for-sale investments		345,803			447,502			238,184
Purchases of property and equipment		(8,576	)		(4,625	)		(6,411	)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired		854			(137,766	)		-
Sale of equity method investment		1,038			-			-
Earnout payment related to business acquisition		-			-			(6,000	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(53,641	)		(107,783	)		(88,506	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of treasury stock		(120,793	)		(6,769	)		(8,301	)
Issuance of common stock		1,643			2,234			2,545
Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation		(7,544	)		(3,436	)		(2,209	)
Payments of cash dividends and dividend equivalents		(36,855	)		(31,699	)		(14,417	)
Release of cash held in escrow		(300	)		(276	)		(1,000	)
Earnout payments for business acquisition		(1,757	)		-			-
Principal payments for finance leases		(4,977	)		(398	)		-
Principal payments for failed sale leaseback		(489	)		(735	)		-
Net cash used in financing activities		(171,072	)		(41,079	)		(23,382	)
NET INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH		527			12,732			137
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of the year		131,753			119,021			118,884
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of the year	$	132,280		$	131,753		$	119,021
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Income taxes paid	$	49,347		$	46,840		$	41,751
Interest paid on finance leases and failed sale-leaseback	$	6,196		$	81		$	-
Supplemental Non-Cash Disclosures:
Non-cash additions to property and equipment	$	383		$	247		$	329
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities	$	-		$	3,310		$	-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

78

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY

Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”), the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) and University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences ("USAHS") – provide degree programs from the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional development programs. Our academic institutions offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve and educate students while enhancing overall learning and academic experiences. USAHS prepares medical professionals to provide quality medical care to communities across the country primarily through its graduate health sciences degree offerings in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Perdoceo's academic institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers and communities needing a qualified workforce.

As used in these notes to the consolidated financial statements, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

These consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Perdoceo” or “PEC”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

On December 2, 2024, the Company acquired the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (the "USAHS acquisition"). Results of operations related to the USAHS acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. See Note 3 "Business Acquisition" for further information.

Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We organize our business across three reporting segments: CTU, AIUS and USAHS.

During the third quarter of 2025, management of the non-degree professional development and continuing education programs offered by Hippo Education (“Hippo”) were transitioned from the CTU segment to the AIUS segment. All prior periods have been recast to reflect this change for comparability, and the results of operations related to Hippo are now reported within the AIUS segment for all periods presented.

b. Management’s Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. We regularly evaluate the accounting policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. Significant estimates, among others, include the allowance for credit losses, the assumptions surrounding future projections of revenues and expenses used in determining the probable outcome of performance conditions related to performance-based compensation, the assumptions used in determining the discount rate to calculate right of use assets and lease liabilities, assumptions used in calculating income tax related matters including our deferred tax balances and any respective valuation allowance, fair values used in establishing the opening balance sheet for business combinations and fair values used in asset impairment evaluations including goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

c. Student Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables which are due

79

within one year are recorded as current assets on our consolidated balance sheets, while student receivables which are due more than one year from the balance sheet date are reported as non-current assets within our consolidated balance sheets.

A substantial portion of our student receivables is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Higher Education Act”), which we refer to as “Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, approximately 76%, 77% and 76%, respectively, of our institutions’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.

Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school for greater than 90 days and has not made a payment. Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a result of the methodology used in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.

We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of our collections and write-off experience as well as monitoring any emerging factors that we believe impact the ability to collect our student receivables.

d. Revenue Recognition

Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations.

For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.

If a student withdraws from one of our academic institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date. Management reassesses collectability when a student withdraws from the university and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the university is entitled to retain per the applicable refund policy. In certain cases, such unpaid charges generally do not meet the threshold of reasonably collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and neither party has further performance obligations.

Academic terms are determined by start dates, which vary by university and program and are generally 8-16 weeks in length. Our non-degree professional development programs are available via subscription-based access for up to 52 weeks or online courses which are generally 12-18 weeks in length. Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal

80

loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans.

Other revenue, which primarily consists of contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed.

e. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consist of cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their fair values. Cash held in the Company’s banks accounts is not fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any material losses in such accounts. The restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2025 was $21.3 million and primarily relates to a letter of credit USAHS is required to maintain with the Department of Education.

Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under Title IV Programs. In certain instances, students may request that we retain a portion of their Title IV funds provided to them in excess of tuition billings and authorize us to apply these funds to historical balances or future charges and/or distribute them directly to the student in certain cases. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we held $9.3 million and $9.4 million, respectively, of these funds on behalf of students within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet, with the offset recorded as prepaid revenue within deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.

f. Investments

Our investments, which primarily consist of non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value. The Company measures the fair value of financial instruments under the guidance of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Any unrealized holding gains or temporary unrealized holding losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in other income in our consolidated statements of income. In addition, the Company measures its available for sale securities at the net amount expected to be collected in accordance with ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses for available for sale securities is zero as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

g. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial reporting purposes and an accelerated method for income tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the lease or the useful life. Assets under construction are recorded in construction-in-progress until they are available for use. Maintenance, repairs, minor renewals and betterments are expensed as incurred, and major improvements, which extend the useful life of the asset, are capitalized.

When the Company is involved in the construction of leased facilities to be used in its operations, upon construction commencement, the Company evaluates whether it, as lessee, controls the asset being constructed, and depending on the extent of involvement in the project, may be the “deemed owner” of the leased asset for accounting purposes during the construction period under a build-to-suit ("BTS") arrangement. If the Company is the “deemed owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, upon construction commencement the Company is required to capitalize (i) costs incurred by the Company and (ii) the cash and non-cash assets contributed by the landlord for construction as property and equipment on our consolidated balance sheet as construction-in-progress, with an offsetting financing obligation under construction financing. Upon completion of a construction project, where the Company is the deemed owner, the Company will perform a sale-leaseback analysis to determine if it can derecognize the BTS asset and corresponding financing obligation. If the asset and liability cannot be derecognized, the agreement is treated as a debt-like financing arrangement.

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and right of use assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the assets' carrying amount to their expected future undiscounted net cash flows. If any such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured based on the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

h. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business purchases. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when an event or other circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying

81

value, by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill, we must make assumptions regarding the fair value of our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. Goodwill is evaluated by comparing the book value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by a combination of income and market approach valuation methodologies (“quantitative assessment”). If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired. The amount of impairment loss is equal to the excess of the book value of the goodwill over the fair value of goodwill. In certain cases, a qualitative assessment may be used to determine if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and if the quantitative assessment is needed.

When performing a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, management must first consider events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focuses on the significant inputs and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluates all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. If management determines that it is not more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting unit is impaired based upon its qualitative assessment then it does not need to perform the quantitative assessment.

When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets. Indefinite-lived assets include our CTU trade name and accreditation rights, and our USAHS trade name, which were recorded at fair market value upon acquisition and subsequently reviewed on an annual basis for impairment. Accreditation rights represent the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs.

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships, course curriculum, developed technology, accreditation rights and trade names, primarily from recent acquisitions. Customer relationships represent the value of acquired student and third party contracts and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated future benefit period for those contracts. Course curriculum represents the value of acquired curriculum, including lesson plans and syllabi, used to deliver educational services. Acquired course curriculum balances are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are estimated by management based upon, among other things, the expected future utilization period and the nature of the related academic programs. Developed technology represents online auditory and video course program materials related to our non-degree professional development programs and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of future benefit. Accreditation rights represent federal, state and programmatic accreditation which allows our schools to operate and meet certain regulatory requirements. Accreditation rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which are estimated based upon the average remaining term before a campus would need to reapply for accreditation.

The Company reviews its indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis and both indefinite-lived and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the assets' carrying amount to their expected future undiscounted net cash flows. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured based on the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

See Note 10 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further discussion.

i. Contingencies

During the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to various claims and contingencies. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, when we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any related loss or exposure. The probability a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, is analyzed, and if the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. For all matters that are currently being reviewed, we expense legal fees, including defense costs, as they are incurred. Loss contingencies include, but are not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters, and our assessment of exposure requires

82

subjective assessment. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved. See Note 11 “Contingencies” for additional information.

j. Income Taxes

We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance and/or release of a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining whether a deferred tax asset will be realized are whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to use the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable income in prior carryback year(s), the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits, expected future taxable income and earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating the loss is not a continuing condition. Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets.

Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

k. Leases

FASB ASC Topic 842 – Leases states that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concept Statements No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements, and thus requires the recognition of a lease liability and a right of use ("ROU") asset at the lease inception date. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating or finance leases. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the lease period, which are typically variable in nature. We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon such identification and commencement of a lease, we establish an ROU asset and a lease liability within our consolidated balance sheets.

A lease component is defined as an asset within the lease contract that a lessee can benefit from the use of and is not highly dependent or interrelated with other assets in the arrangement. A lease contract may contain multiple lease components. A non-lease component is defined as a component of the lease that transfers a good or service for the underlying asset, such as maintenance services. We have determined that all of our leases contain one lease component related to the building and land. We have determined that treating the land together with the building as one lease component would not result in a significant difference from accounting for them as separate lease components. We elected the practical expedient to include both the lease component and the non-lease component as a single component when accounting for each lease and calculating the resulting lease liability and ROU asset. Any remaining contract consideration, such as property taxes and insurance, that does not meet the definition of a lease component or non-lease component would be allocated to the single lease component based on our election.

The lease liability represents future lease payments for lease and non-lease components discounted for present value. Lease payments that may be included in the lease liability include fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate and payments for penalties for terminating the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to use a termination option, among others.

83

Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses that are specifically stated in the lease and these are included in the calculation of the lease liability. Variable lease payments for lease and non-lease components which are not based on an index or rate are excluded from the calculation of the lease liability and are recognized in the statement of income during the period incurred.

The ROU asset consists of the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability and adjusted for any lease incentives, including rent abatements and tenant improvement allowances, and any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee. The ROU asset is amortized over the remaining lease term on a straight-line basis and recorded within educational services and facilities expense on our consolidated statements of income.

The lease term is determined by taking into account the initial period as stated in the lease contract and adjusted for any renewal options that the company is reasonably certain to exercise as well as any period of time that the lessee has control of the space before the stated initial term of the lease. If we determine that we are reasonably certain to exercise a termination option, the lease term is then adjusted to account for the expected termination date.

We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

See Note 9 “Leases” for further details.

l. Share-Based Compensation

FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-employee directors, including grants of stock options, shares or units of restricted stock, and the compensatory elements of employee stock purchase plans, be recognized in the financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.

Our share-based awards are measured at fair value and recognized over the requisite service or performance period. The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, based on the market price of the underlying common stock, expected life, expected stock price volatility and expected risk-free interest rate. Expected volatility is computed using a combination of historical volatility for a period equal to the expected term; the risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve, with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term used in the option pricing model. The fair value of each restricted stock unit award is estimated based on the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of each market-based performance grant is estimated using the Monte Carlo Simulation methodology to assess the grant date fair value. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimate in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For our performance-based awards, the performance criteria is assessed each reporting period to determine the probability of attainment.

See Note 13 “Share-Based Compensation” for further discussion of our share-based compensation plans, the nature of share-based awards issued under the plans and our accounting for share-based awards.

m. Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising and marketing costs, which are included in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of income, were $112.9 million, $101.0 million and $102.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

n. Inventories

Inventories all relate to finished goods consisting principally of laptops and supplies, and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The cost of inventory is reflected as a component of educational services and facilities expense as the items are used or sold.

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

On December 2, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences ("USAHS").

USAHS is among the nation’s reputable universities offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Founded in 1979, USAHS

84

educates students through its network of campuses in San Marcos, California; St. Augustine and Miami, Florida; and Austin and Dallas, Texas and through its online programs.

The purchase price of $137.0 million for USAHS was allocated to the fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets of $268.5 million and assumed liabilities of $131.5 million as of December 2, 2024. The purchase price consisted of an initial cash payment made in December 2024, and a working capital true up of $0.8 million, which was received from the former owners in April 2025. Based on our purchase price allocation, we have recorded goodwill of $24.5 million. Goodwill reflects the inherent value of the acquired workforce as well as revenue growth opportunities following the acquisition. None of this goodwill balance will be deductible for income tax reporting purposes.

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of acquisition date (dollars in thousands):

	USAHS
	December 2, 2024
Assets:
Student and other receivables	$	1,771
Prepaid assets		4,727
Property and equipment		78,800
ROU assets		53,271
Intangible assets
Trade name (indefinite-lived)		9,800
Customer relationships (2 year life)		14,000
Course curriculum (4 year life)		15,500
Accreditation rights (12 year life)		25,000
Deferred tax asset, net (1)		40,120
Other assets		977
Goodwill (1)		24,535
Total assets acquired	$	268,501
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities	$	9,269
Deferred revenue		10,137
Lease liabilities		55,625
Construction financing		56,500
Total liabilities assumed	$	131,531
Net assets acquired	$	136,970

_______________________________

(1) Goodwill and deferred tax asset, net include an adjustment in the current year of approximately $7.5 million upon finalization of the USAHS deferred tax rate applied to the indefinite-lived intangible assets and various adjustments identified while completing USAHS’s final pre-acquisition tax returns.

Pro forma financial information (unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma summary financial information for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 gives effect to the USAHS acquisition as if it had been completed on January 1, 2023. The unaudited pro forma financial information is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the actual consolidated results of operations or the consolidated financial position of Perdoceo would have been had the USAHS acquisition been completed on the date noted above, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations.

The table below is based on available information and certain assumptions the Company believes are reasonable, including adjustments to depreciation, amortization, interest income and interest expense based on the fair value purchase accounting adjustments primarily related to leases and property and equipment. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2023, a non-recurring adjustment was made to eliminate $241.6 million of asset impairment expense related to USAHS.

85

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
in thousands, except per share amounts	2024		2023
Total revenue	$	825,902	$	880,455
Operating income		175,480		174,775
Net income		147,012		161,971
Net income per share - Basic		2.24		2.44
Net income per share - Diluted		2.19		2.39

See Note 17 “Segment reporting” for further discussion of USAHS and its financial results.

4. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recent accounting guidance adopted in 2025

In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require that public business entities on an annual basis 1) disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation, and 2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. The amendments require disclosure about income taxes paid by federal, state and foreign taxes, and by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid is equal or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid. The amendment also requires entities to disclose income or loss from continuing operations before income tax expense disaggregated between domestic and foreign and income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. For all public business entities, ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this ASU clarify that a contractual restriction on the sale of an equity security is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring fair value. The amendments also clarify that an entity cannot, as a separate unit of account, recognize and measure a contractual sale restriction. For all public business entities, ASU 2022-03 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

Recent accounting guidance not yet adopted

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-06, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software. The amendments in this ASU are intended to improve the operability of the guidance by removing all references to software development project stages so that the guidance is neutral to different software development methods, including methods that entities may use to develop software in the future. The amendments require that an entity capitalize software costs when both management has authorized and committed to funding the software project and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. For all public business entities, ASU 2025-06 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and other disclosures.

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets. The amendments in this ASU provide all public business entities with a practical expedient to assume that current conditions as of the balance sheet date do not change for the remaining life of the assets when estimating expected credit losses for current accounts receivable and current contract assets arising from transactions accounted for under Topic 606. For all public business entities, ASU 2025-05 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2025; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and other disclosures.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income – Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The amendments in this ASU require public business entities to disclose specific costs and expenses in the notes to financial statements for both interim and annual reporting periods. Key requirements include: 1) disclosing amounts for purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, and intangible asset amortization in relevant expense categories on the income statement; 2) combining certain disclosures already required under GAAP with new disaggregation requirements; 3) providing a qualitative description of remaining amounts in relevant

86

expense captions that aren't disaggregated quantitatively; and 4) disclosing total selling expenses, with a definition of selling expenses in annual reports. For all public business entities, ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and other disclosures.

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Investments consist of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2025
			Gross Unrealized
	Cost		Gain		(Loss)			Fair Value
Short-term investments (available-for-sale):
Non-governmental debt securities	$	329,108	$	1,105	$	(112	)	$	330,101
Treasury and federal agencies		180,631		529		(50	)		181,110
Total short-term investments (available-for-sale)	$	509,739	$	1,634	$	(162	)	$	511,211

	December 31, 2024
			Gross Unrealized
	Cost		Gain		(Loss)			Fair Value
Short-term investments (available-for-sale):
Non-governmental debt securities	$	246,070	$	466	$	(278	)	$	246,258
Treasury and federal agencies		213,394		258		(115	)		213,537
Total short-term investments (available-for-sale)	$	459,464	$	724	$	(393	)	$	459,795

In the table above, unrealized holding gains (losses) relate to short-term investments that have been in a continuous unrealized gain (loss) position for less than one year, which are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our non-governmental debt securities primarily consist of corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Our treasury and federal agencies debt securities primarily consist of U.S. Treasury bills and federal home loan debt securities.

A schedule of available-for-sale investments segregated by their original stated terms to maturity as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Less than one year		One to five years		Total
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-    investments as of December 31, 2025	$	35,240	$	475,971	$	511,211
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-    investments as of December 31, 2024	$	57,206	$	402,589	$	459,795

There were no realized gains or losses from the sale of investments for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Fair Value Measurements

FASB ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurement establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we held investments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These investments (available-for-sale) consist of non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities. Available-for-sale securities included in Level 2 are estimated based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, such as quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to the disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 820 - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

87

	As of December 31, 2025
	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Cash and cash equivalents - money market funds	$	20,202	$	-	$	20,202
Short-term investments - non-governmental debt securities		-		330,101		330,101
Short-term investments - treasury and federal agencies		-		181,110		181,110
Totals	$	20,202	$	511,211	$	531,413
	As of December 31, 2024
	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Cash and cash equivalents - money market funds	$	30,189	$	-	$	30,189
Cash and cash equivalents - federal agency debt securities		-		13,078		13,078
Short-term investments - non-governmental debt securities		-		246,258		246,258
Short-term investments - treasury and federal agencies		-		213,537		213,537
Totals	$	30,189	$	472,873	$	503,062

Equity Method Investment

Our investment in an equity affiliate, an international private company, was sold during the fourth quarter of 2025 and a gain on sale of investment of $1.0 million was recorded within other miscellaneous income (expense) on our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2025.

We made periodic operating maintenance payments to our former equity affiliate. The total related party fees recorded for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

For the year ended December 31, 2025 (1)	$	1,663
For the year ended December 31, 2024	$	1,727
For the year ended December 31, 2023	$	1,672

________________

(1) Maintenance payments incurred up to the date of sale.

88

6. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following tables disaggregate our revenue by major source for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	458,645	$	225,188	$	157,569	$	-	$	841,402
Other revenue(2)		2,957		1,032		7		698		4,694
Total revenue	$	461,602	$	226,220	$	157,576	$	698	$	846,096
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	440,183	$	225,852	$	10,036	$	-	$	676,071
Other revenue(2)		3,191		1,220		5		776		5,192
Total revenue	$	443,374	$	227,072	$	10,041	$	776	$	681,263
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	452,063	$	250,857	$	-	$	-	$	702,920
Other revenue(2)		4,106		2,200		-		778		7,084
Total revenue	$	456,169	$	253,057	$	-	$	778	$	710,004

__________________

(1)Tuition and fees, net, includes revenue earned for all degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree and professional development programs.

(2)Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

(3)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(4)USAHS includes revenue beginning on the acquisition date of December 2, 2024.

Performance Obligations

Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations.

Contract Assets

For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.

89

Due to the short-term nature of our academic terms, the contract asset balance which exists at the beginning of each quarter will no longer be a contract asset at the end of that quarter, with the exception of the contract assets associated with future periods. The decrease in contract asset balances are a result of one of the following: it becomes a student receivable balance once a student reaches the point in a student’s academic term where the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student; a refund is made to withdrawn students for the portion entitled to be refunded under each institutions’ refund policy; we receive funds to apply against the contract asset balance; or a student makes a change to the number of classes they are enrolled in which may cause an adjustment to their previously billed amount. As of the end of each quarter, a new contract asset is determined on a student-by-student basis based on the most recently started term and a student’s progress within that term as compared to the date at which the student is no longer entitled to a refund under each institution’s refund policy. Contract assets associated with future periods remain as contract assets until the course begins and the student reaches the point in that course that they are no longer entitled to a refund.

The amount of deferred revenue balances which are being offset with contract assets balances as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2025			2024
Gross deferred revenue	$	80,290		$	61,291
Gross contract assets		(42,446	)		(24,551	)
Deferred revenue, net	$	37,844		$	36,740

Deferred Revenue

Changes in our deferred revenue balances for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
	CTU (2)			AIUS (2)			USAHS (3)			Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2025	$	33,168		$	26,555		$	1,568		$	61,291
Revenue earned from prior balances		(29,814	)		(25,599	)		(455	)		(55,868	)
Billings during period (1)		463,059			240,197			157,510			860,766
Revenue earned for new billings during the period		(428,831	)		(199,589	)		(157,114	)		(785,534	)
Other adjustments		(162	)		(91	)		(112	)		(365	)
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2025	$	37,420		$	41,473		$	1,397		$	80,290
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
	CTU (2)			AIUS (2)			USAHS (3)			Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2024	$	36,409		$	27,561		$	-		$	63,970
Business acquisition, beginning balance		-			-			10,137			10,137
Revenue earned from prior balances		(33,472	)		(26,976	)		(10,036	)		(70,484	)
Billings during period (1)		437,961			224,813			-			662,774
Revenue earned for new billings during the period		(406,711	)		(198,876	)		-			(605,587	)
Other adjustments		(1,019	)		33			1,467			481
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2024	$	33,168		$	26,555		$	1,568		$	61,291

_______________

(1)Billings during period includes adjustments for prior billings.

(2)The prior period amounts for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(3)USAHS includes deferred revenue starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

Tuition Refunds

If a student withdraws from one of our academic institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the percent of the term attended and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. In certain circumstances, we have recognized revenue for students who have withdrawn that we are not entitled to retain. We have estimated a reserve for these limited circumstances based on historical evidence in the amount of $2.3 million and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024,

90

respectively. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund until approximately a little more than halfway through their term. Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date.

Significant Judgments

We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities, in different programs or with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies are similar across all institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program funds, Veterans Administration funds, military funding, employer tuition assistance or self-pay. We have significant historical data for our students which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.

Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to monitor that the collectability threshold is met.

For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we received a majority of our universities’ cash receipts for tuition payments from various government agencies as well as our corporate engagements. These cash receipts represent a substantial portion of our consolidated revenues and all have low risk of collectability.

7. STUDENT RECEIVABLES

Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables, net, are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as components of both current and non-current assets.

Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer tuition assistance. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid or students whose financial aid may not fully cover the cost of their tuition and fees generally set up a payment plan with the institution and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the payment plan. For those balances that are not received during the academic term, the balance is typically due within the current academic year which is approximately 30 weeks in length. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student has been out of school for greater than 90 days and has not made a payment.

Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of our collections and write-off experience as well as monitoring any emerging factors that we believe impact the ability to collect our student receivables.

We have student receivables that are due greater than 12 months from the date of our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amount of non-current student receivables under payment plans that are longer than 12 months in duration, net of allowance for credit losses, was $4.8 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

91

Allowance for Credit Losses

We define student receivables as a portfolio segment under ASC Topic 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. Changes in our current and non-current allowance for credit losses related to our student receivable portfolio in accordance with the guidance under ASU 2016-13 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
Balance, beginning of period	$	43,520		$	37,782		$	43,141
Provision for credit losses		29,492			33,719			33,215
Amounts written-off		(29,263	)		(29,606	)		(40,590	)
Recoveries		1,662			1,625			2,016
Balance, end of period	$	45,411		$	43,520		$	37,782

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amount reported in our consolidated balance sheets for the current portion of student receivables approximates fair value because of the nature of these financial instruments as they generally have short maturity periods. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of the non-current portion of student receivables, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The cost basis and estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2025 (1)			2024 (1)			Life
Computer hardware and software	$	58,475		$	53,963		3-5 years
Leasehold improvements		39,371			37,237		Shorter of Life of Lease or Useful Life
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		18,490			15,886		5-10 years
Building and improvements (2)		52,445			9,163		15-35 years
Other		23			22		5-10 years
Construction in progress (2)		1,418			46,729
		170,222			163,000
Less-accumulated depreciation		(86,908	)		(67,492	)
Total property and equipment, net	$	83,314		$	95,508

___________________

(1)Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were reduced to zero for these assets.

(2)Buildings and improvements include a failed sale–leaseback transaction for USAHS.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $19.4 million, $8.7 million and $9.3 million, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did not record any asset impairment charges. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized asset impairment charges of $0.8 million related to software assets that were no longer expected to be utilized. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded asset impairment charges totaling $2.1 million, primarily related to software assets that were no longer expected to be utilized and leasehold improvements at leased facilities that the Company determined it would no longer use.

9. LEASES

We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating or finance leases expiring at various dates through 2050. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the lease period, which are typically variable in nature.

92

We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon identification and commencement of a lease, we establish an ROU asset and a lease liability.

Quantitative lease information

Quantitative information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 is presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
Lease expenses (1)
Operating fixed lease expenses	$	10,330		$	5,213		$	6,410
Finance lease amortization expense		5,116			426			-
Finance lease interest expense		813			81			-
Variable lease expenses		4,483			986			1,401
Sublease income (2)		(401	)		(32	)		(500	)
Total lease expenses	$	20,341		$	6,674		$	7,311
Other information (3)
Gross operating cash flows for operating leases	$	(15,151	)	$	(8,961	)	$	(9,845	)
Gross operating cash flows for finance leases		(6,737	)		(81	)		-
Gross financing cash flows for finance leases		(4,977	)		(398	)		-
Operating cash flows from subleases (2)		401			32			488
	As of December 31, 2025			As of December 31, 2024			As of December 31, 2023
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – operating leases		85			92			55
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – finance leases		25			37			-
Weighted average discount rate – operating leases		6.3	%		6.1	%		4.9	%
Weighted average discount rate– finance leases		5.9	%		5.9	%		-

_____________

(1)Lease expense and sublease income represent the amount recorded within our consolidated statements of income. Variable lease amounts represent expenses recognized as incurred which are not included in the lease liability.

(2)For certain of our leased locations we have vacated the facility and have fully or partially subleased the space.

(3)Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.

Gross Lease Obligations

As of December 31, 2025, future minimum lease payments under leases which are included in lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet are as follows (dollars in thousands):

93

	Operating Leases Total		Finance Leases Total		Total Lease Liabilities
2026 (1)	$	9,023	$	5,964	$	14,987
2027		10,389		5,325		15,714
2028		7,844		957		8,801
2029		7,113		-		7,113
2030		7,277		-		7,277
2031		7,444				7,444
2032 and thereafter		13,784		-		13,784
Total	$	62,874	$	12,246	$	75,120
Less: imputed interest		13,090		691		13,781
Present value of future minimum lease payments		49,784		11,555		61,339
Less: current lease liabilities		6,032		5,458		11,490
Non-current lease liabilities	$	43,752	$	6,097	$	49,849

_____________

(1) Amounts provided are for unpaid lease obligations remaining as of December 31, 2025.

Significant Judgments and Assumptions

We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

We have 15 leased locations related to our ongoing operations which consist of administrative offices and university locations, of which two are either month to month leases or had an initial lease term of less than one year and therefore are not included in the lease liability and ROU asset recorded within our consolidated balance sheet, and one of which is related to a sale-leaseback transaction. For those leases that we are reasonably certain that we will extend or terminate at lease conception or modification, we have taken those factors into account when determining the lease liability recorded within our consolidated balance sheet.

Failed Sale-Leaseback

Upon construction commencement of the new St. Augustine campus in April 2023, USAHS determined that it was the deemed owner for accounting purposes during the construction period under a build to suit (“BTS”) arrangement due to the extent of the Company’s involvement in the project. Accordingly, the Company had recognized all cash and non-cash assets contributed by the landlord to the project as of December 31, 2024 as a component of construction in progress with a corresponding construction financing liability. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had recognized $56.5 million in construction contributions made by the landlord as construction financing on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease commencement began in January 2025 upon substantial completion of the BTS arrangement with a stated lease term of 25 years from commencement date.

Upon lease commencement and shortly after the acquisition of USAHS, the Company determined that it did not meet the criteria under ASC 606-10-25-30 to derecognize the asset as the Company retained control of the asset and the risks and rewards of ownership did not transfer to the landlord. As such the transaction is considered a failed sale leaseback and the Company will retain the asset on its consolidated balance sheet and depreciate the asset over its useful life. A financing obligation liability was recognized in the amount of the net proceeds received in the amount of $56.5 million. The Company will not recognize rent expense related to the leased asset. Instead, monthly rent payments under the lease agreement will be recorded as interest expense and a reduction of the outstanding liability.

Amortization expense and interest expense for this failed sale-leaseback was $1.2 million and $5.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Future minimum lease payments for failed sale-leaseback financing transactions as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:

94

	Sale Leaseback Payments
2026	$	5,043
2027		5,143
2028		5,246
2029		5,351
2030		5,458
2031		5,567
2032 and thereafter		122,259
Total	$	154,067

10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying value of goodwill was $265.7 million and $258.0 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

A reconciliation of the changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	CTU		AIUS		USAHS (1)		Total
Balance as of December 31, 2023	$	130,755	$	110,407	$	-	$	241,162
Business acquisition		-		-		16,850		16,850
Balance as of December 31, 2024		130,755		110,407		16,850		258,012
Business acquisition (1)		-		-		7,685		7,685
Balance as of December 31, 2025	$	130,755	$	110,407	$	24,535	$	265,697

___________________

(1) The positive adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2025 relates to purchase accounting adjustments for the USAHS acquisition finalized during the period.

In assessing the fair value for our reporting units, we performed a qualitative assessment as of October 1, 2025 to determine if we believe it is more likely than not that our reporting units’ carrying values exceed their respective fair values. When performing the qualitative assessment, management first considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focused on the significant inputs, including its projections of revenue growth, operating expense leverage and the discount rate used in the prior quantitative assessment, and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs. These events and circumstances included, but were not limited to, financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluated all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. In addition, management evaluated the results of its most recent quantitative impairment assessment to determine by how much the previous fair value exceeded the carrying value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset.

The determination of estimated fair value of each reporting unit requires significant estimates and assumptions, and as such, these fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 per ASC Topic 820. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, operating cash flow projections and capital expenditure forecasts. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in deriving those estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. We evaluate the merits of each significant assumption used, both individually and in the aggregate, to assess the fair value of each reporting unit for reasonableness.

95

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the net book value of intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2025										December 31, 2024
	Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Accumulated Impairments			Net Book Value		Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Accumulated Impairments			Net Book Value
Amortizable intangible assets:
Course curriculum	$	18,290	$	(6,571	)	$	-		$	11,719	$	18,290	$	(2,418	)	$	-		$	15,872
Customer relationships		52,090		(29,051	)		(111	)		22,928		52,090		(19,068	)		(111	)		32,911
Developed technology		8,820		(3,307	)		(5,513	)		-		8,820		(2,980	)		(5,513	)		327
Trade names		11,660		(3,600	)		(5,205	)		2,855		11,660		(3,085	)		(5,205	)		3,370
Accreditation rights		25,000		(2,257	)		-			22,743		25,000		(174	)		-			24,826
Net book value, amortizable intangible    assets:	$	115,860	$	(44,786	)	$	(10,829	)	$	60,245	$	115,860	$	(27,725	)	$	(10,829	)	$	77,306
Non-amortizable intangible assets:
Accreditation rights									$	1,000									$	1,000
Trade names										16,700										16,700
Non-amortizable intangible assets										17,700										17,700
Intangible assets, net									$	77,945									$	95,006

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their remaining estimated useful lives, which range from less than one year to twelve years. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $17.1 million, $5.5 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Future amortization associated with amortizable intangible assets as of December 31, 2025 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2026	$	16,118
December 31, 2027		9,562
December 31, 2028		8,429
December 31, 2029		3,534
December 31, 2030		3,534
December 31, 2031 and thereafter		19,068
Total	$	60,245

As of December 31, 2025, net intangible assets include certain accreditation rights and trade names that are considered to have indefinite useful lives and, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, are not subject to amortization but rather reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test.

We performed our annual impairment testing of other indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of October 1, 2025 utilizing the qualitative assessment approach and concluded that no indicators existed that would suggest that it is more likely than not that the assets would be impaired. We monitor the operating results and revenue projections related to our indefinite-lived trade names and accreditation rights on a quarterly basis for signs of possible declines in estimated fair value. When performing the qualitative assessment, management considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the intangible assets to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. These events and circumstances included, but were not limited to, financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business, and industry and market considerations. Management evaluated these events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value.

11. CONTINGENCIES

An accrual for estimated legal fees and settlements of $1.8 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, is presented within other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We evaluate, at least quarterly, developments in our legal matters that could affect the amount of liability that was previously accrued and make adjustments as further information develops, circumstances change or contingencies are resolved.

96

Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We may be unable to estimate a possible loss or range of possible loss due to various reasons, including, among others: (1) if the damages sought are indeterminate; (2) if the proceedings are in early stages; (3) if there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals, motions or settlements; (4) if there are significant factual issues to be determined or resolved; and (5) if there are novel or unsettled legal theories presented. In such instances, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including estimating a possible eventual loss, if any.

United States of America, ex rel. Fiorisce LLC v. Perdoceo Education Corporation and Colorado Technical University, Inc. On July 19, 2023, we became aware of a complaint originally filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Colorado on February 25, 2021 and thereafter amended on May 19, 2023 and on May 19, 2025. The original complaint was filed under seal by a former employee of Colorado Technical University through a limited liability company, on behalf of the LLC and the federal government. On July 18, 2023, the district court ordered the complaint unsealed and we were notified that the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") had declined to intervene in the action on February 3, 2023. The Company had previously received a Civil Investigative Demand ("CID") related to this complaint on April 8, 2022 from the DOJ and had been cooperating with the DOJ in its review. After the federal government declined to intervene in this case, the Relator elected to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government. If the Relator is successful, it would receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery. The second amended complaint alleges violations of the False Claims Act related to the Company’s compliance with federal financial aid credit hour requirements in connection with its use of its learning management system. Relator claims that defendants’ conduct caused the government to make payments of federal funds to defendants which the government would not have made but for defendants’ alleged violation of the law. Relator seeks treble damages plus civil penalties and attorneys’ fees.

United States of America, ex rel. Aidan K. Peters v. Perdoceo Education Corporation, Colorado Technical University, Inc. and CEC Employee Group, LLC. After cooperating with the DOJ in our response to a CID originally received on September 7, 2024, we learned on November 11, 2025, that the DOJ had declined to intervene in a False Claims Act ("FCA") lawsuit originally filed under seal on November 13, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Colorado by a former employee of Colorado Technical University on behalf of himself and the federal government. The Relator subsequently elected to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government and filed an amended complaint on January 8, 2026. If he is successful, he would receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery. The amended complaint makes a number of allegations that it claims are violations of the FCA arising from the Company’s compliance with the incentive compensation and misrepresentation requirements for Title IV Programs. Relator claims that defendants’ conduct caused the government to make payments of federal funds to defendants which the government would not have made but for defendants’ alleged violation of the law. The amended complaint also asserts a personal claim by the Relator-Plaintiff under the FCA’s anti-retaliation provision. Under the FCA, if a defendant is found to have violated the Act, it can be liable to the United States for treble damages and statutory penalties, and it is liable to the Relator for his reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. The anti-retaliation provision of the FCA also allow for potential recovery of double-back pay and attorneys’ fees, and other relief.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of these legal proceedings are uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for these actions. Accordingly, we have not recognized any liability associated with these actions.

We receive from time-to-time requests from state attorneys general, federal and state government agencies and accreditors relating to our institutions, to specific complaints they have received from students or former students or to student loan forgiveness claims which seek information about students, our programs, and other matters relating to our activities. These requests can be broad and time consuming to respond to, and there is a risk that they could expand and/or lead to a formal action or claims of non-compliance. We are subject to a variety of other claims, lawsuits, arbitrations and investigations that arise from time to time out of the conduct of our business, including, but not limited to, matters involving prospective students, students or former students, alleged violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, both individually and on behalf of a putative class, and employment matters. Periodically matters arise that we consider outside the scope of ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. While we currently believe that these matters, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows or results of operations, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur in any one or more of these matters, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

97

12. INCOME TAXES

Pretax income exclusively from domestic-based operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $216.8 million, $201.4 million and $192.1 million, respectively.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024			2023
Current provision
Federal	$	42,512	$	40,947		$	32,792
State and local		10,813		10,308			7,903
Foreign		4		18			13
Total current provision		53,329		51,273			40,708
Deferred provision
Federal		1,683		3,375			2,640
State and local		1,910		(798	)		1,121
Total deferred provision		3,593		2,577			3,761
Total provision for income taxes	$	56,922	$	53,850		$	44,469

The following table shows the principal reasons for the difference between the effective income tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025						2024						2023
	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent
US federal statutory income tax rate	$	45,536			21.0	%	$	42,302			21.0	%	$	40,345			21.0	%
Domestic federal
Tax Credits		(368	)		-0.2	%		(695	)		-0.3	%		(573	)		-0.3	%
Nontaxable and nondeductible items		2,396			1.1	%		3,394			1.7	%		1,180			0.6	%
Nondeductible compensation		2,162			1.0	%		2,584			1.3	%		2,180			1.1	%
Other		234			0.1	%		810			0.4	%		(1,000	)		-0.5	%
Changes in valuation allowances		31			0.0	%		-			0.0	%		-			0.0	%
Other		(1,433	)		-0.6	%		(233	)		-0.2	%		(315	)		-0.2	%
Domestic state and local income taxes, net of federal effect (1)		7,993			3.7	%		6,074			3.0	%		4,930			2.6	%
Foreign tax effects		4			0.0	%		18			0.0	%		13			0.0	%
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits		2,763			1.3	%		2,990			1.5	%		(1,111	)		-0.6	%
Total	$	56,922			26.3	%	$	53,850			26.7	%	$	44,469			23.1	%

_______________________

(1) The states that contribute to the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category include California, Florida and Illinois for 2025, Illinois for 2024 and Illinois for 2023.

The effective income tax rate for 2024 was 26.7% compared to 23.1% for 2023. The increase in the effective income tax rate was primarily due a $4.5 million favorable adjustment in 2023 related to the recognition of the tax benefits associated with a previously disclosed prior year ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a worthless subsidiary, which decreased the overall effective tax rate by 2.4%.

The amounts of cash taxes paid by the Company are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Federal	$	41,841	$	41,400	$	37,970
State		7,506		5,440		3,781
Income Taxes, net of amounts refunded	$	49,347	$	46,840	$	41,751

98

In 2025, 2024 and 2023, there were no individual state jurisdictions with cash taxes paid that equaled or exceeded 5% of total income taxes paid.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	2025			2024			2023
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of the year	$	30,280		$	25,686		$	24,658
Additions for tax positions of prior years		-			-			16
Additions for tax positions related to the current year		5,007			7,641			7,325
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(496	)		(1,127	)		(5,083	)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations		(2,214	)		(1,920	)		(1,230	)
Subtotal		32,577			30,280			25,686
Interest and penalties		5,625			4,424			3,257
Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of the year	$	38,202		$	34,704		$	28,943

The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods was $30.2 million and $27.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, our short and long-term reserves, recorded within current accrued income taxes and other non-current liabilities, respectively, related to FASB’s interpretation No. 48 of ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes or (“FIN 48”), were $2.1 million and $30.4 million, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within provision for income taxes on our consolidated statements of income. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such unrecognized tax benefits was $5.6 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recognized expenses of less than $1.0 million, less than $1.0 million and less than $0.7 million, respectively, related to interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated results of operations.

Perdoceo and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions and are routinely examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's federal income tax returns are open to examinations for the tax years ended December 31, 2022 and forward.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result primarily from temporary differences in the recognition of various expenses for tax and financial statement purposes, and from the recognition of the tax benefits of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

99

	December 31,
	2025			2024
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued occupancy	$	14,658		$	18,419
Compensation and employee benefits		8,960			6,754
Tax net operating loss carry forwards		17,239			17,161
Valuation allowance		(10,617	)		(10,861	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts		8,193			7,775
Accrued settlements and legal		186			179
Accrued severance		322			614
Equity method for investments		-			1,180
Equity method for investments valuation allowance		-			(1,180	)
Capital loss		907			-
Capital loss valuation allowance		(907	)		-
Capitalized research and development		949			4,908
Deferred rent		13,507			-
Interest expense disallowance carry forward		3,988			4,299
Depreciation		-			4,081
Amortization		22,836			33,148
Other		1,711			1,676
Total deferred income tax assets		81,932			88,153
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Depreciation		8,395			-
Right of use asset, net		12,691			16,041
Available for sale short-term investments		348			80
Other		3,060			3,258
Total deferred income tax liabilities		24,494			19,379
Net deferred income tax assets	$	57,438		$	68,774

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $357.8 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $103.4 million. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $373.0 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $79.1 million.

Included among the Company’s gross deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2025, was a federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward of $17.9 million, tax basis amortizable intangible assets of $189.8 million, an interest expense disallowance carryforward of $18.1 million and state NOL carryforwards of $8.3 million. These acquired tax attributes are all subject to an annual utilization limitation. Excluding the acquired state NOLs mentioned above, we have state NOL carryforwards of approximately $212.4 million, which expire between tax years 2025 and 2037. Of this amount, approximately $52.0 million relates to separate state NOL carryforwards and $127.2 million relates to combined state NOL carryforwards, which we anticipate will not be utilized. Valuation allowances have been established against the full amounts of the deferred tax balances for these separate and combined state NOL carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2024, a valuation allowance of $12.0 million was maintained with respect to our equity investment in CCKF and state NOLs. During the year, the Company incurred a $3.8 million capital loss upon the sale of its equity investment in CCKF. In assessing whether the deferred tax asset on the capital loss was realizable, the Company considered the fact that capital losses can only be utilized to offset capital gains and there is neither an opportunity to carry back the capital loss nor are there any material capital gains anticipated within the allowed 5-year carryforward period. Therefore, we determined a full valuation allowance was needed with respect to the capital loss. As of December 31, 2025, our total valuation allowance was $11.5 million, primarily associated with our state NOLs attributable to jurisdictions where we no longer maintain active schools. We will continue to evaluate our valuation allowance in future years for any change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability of these deferred tax assets.

100

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Overview of Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (“the “2016 Plan”) became effective (as the Career Education Corporation 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan) on May 24, 2016, and the amendment and restatement of the 2016 Plan became effective on June 3, 2021, upon its approval by the Company’s stockholders. Under the 2016 Plan, Perdoceo may grant to eligible participants awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, performance units, annual incentive awards, and substitute awards, which generally may be settled in cash or shares of our common stock. Any shares of our common stock that are subject to awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights payable in shares will be counted as 1.0 share for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit and any shares of our common stock that are subject to any other form of award payable in shares will be counted as 1.35 shares for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit. As of December 31, 2025, there were approximately 3.3 million shares of common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan, which is net of (i) 0.2 million shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and (ii) 2.4 million shares underlying restricted stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the amount vested. These shares take into account the anticipated vesting levels based on projected attainment of performance conditions for performance-based restricted stock units and have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the remaining shares available as of December 31, 2025. Additionally, as of December 31, 2025 under the Company’s previous 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan, there were less than 0.1 million shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon settlement of underlying outstanding deferred stock units. The vesting of all types of awards is subject to possible acceleration in certain circumstances. If a plan participant terminates employment for any reason other than by death or disability during the vesting period, the right to unvested equity awards is generally forfeited.

As of December 31, 2025, we estimate that compensation expense of approximately $18.0 million will be recognized over the next four years for all unvested share-based awards that have been granted to participants. This amount excludes any estimates of forfeitures.

Stock Options. The exercise price of stock options granted under each of the plans is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Employee stock options generally become exercisable 25% per year over a four-year service period beginning on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Non-employee directors’ stock options expire ten years from the date of grant and generally become 100% exercisable after the first anniversary of the grant date. Grants of stock options are generally only subject to the service conditions discussed previously.

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 under our plans was as follows:

	Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		851,082		$	9.45
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(309,819	)		7.35			$	2,860
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023		541,263		$	10.65
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(158,047	)		12.48			$	1,183
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024		383,216		$	9.90
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(171,139	)		8.00			$	3,296
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2025		212,077		$	11.43		1.62	$	3,795
Exercisable as of December 31, 2025		212,077		$	11.43		1.62	$	3,795

101

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding and exercisable stock options under all of our plans as of December 31, 2025:

Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Number of Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
	63,387	$	5.96		0.39		63,387	$	5.96
	9,308	$	7.22		0.85		9,308	$	7.22
	56,355	$	9.69		1.39		56,355	$	9.69
	12,972	$	13.80		2.18		12,972	$	13.80
	40,085	$	15.39		2.41		40,085	$	15.39
	29,970	$	21.29		3.61		29,970	$	21.29
	212,077	$	11.43		1.62		212,077	$	11.43

Restricted Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock which are not “performance-based” generally vest 25% per year over a four-year service period. Restricted stock units which are “performance-based” are subject to performance or market conditions that may increase or reduce the number of restricted stock units that vest at the end of the requisite service period or result in all units being forfeited, even if the requisite service period is met, with attainment of performance or market conditions assessed quarterly. The performance-based restricted stock units generally vest three years after the grant date.

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock under our plans during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

	Restricted Stock to be Settled in Shares of Stock
	Units			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		1,614,210		$	12.18
Granted (1)		741,223			13.58
Vested		(530,819	)		14.15
Forfeited		(293,408	)		12.11
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (1)		1,531,206		$	12.19
Granted (1)		495,529			17.94
Vested		(582,112	)		12.20
Forfeited		(53,454	)		14.94
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (1)		1,391,169		$	14.13
Granted (1)		689,138			19.22
Vested		(868,499	)		11.90
Forfeited		(16,224	)		18.16
Outstanding as of December 31, 2025 (1)		1,195,584		$	18.63

_________________

(1) 150,292, 192,024 and 226,954 of performance-based restricted stock units granted during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and which are still outstanding as of December 31, 2025, are subject to a 200% maximum payout based on certain performance metrics.

Deferred Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Perdoceo granted deferred stock units to our non-employee directors prior to 2017, which will be settled in shares of stock upon each director(s) ceasing to provide services to the Company in the capacity of a director, employee or consultant. As of December 31, 2025, there are 58 thousand deferred stock units outstanding.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense. Total stock-based compensation expense was $11.7 million, $10.2 million and $8.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Share-Based Awards Assumptions

We recognize the value of share-based compensation as expense in our consolidated statements of income during the vesting periods of the underlying share-based awards using the straight-line method. FASB ASC Topic 718 allows companies to estimate forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revise such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original projections.

102

The fair value of each share of restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled in stock is equal to the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of grant, which is the closing price per share of our common stock on NASDAQ.

14. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

On July 31, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program for up to $75.0 million, which commenced July 31, 2025 and expires January 31, 2027. The stock repurchase program replaced the previous stock repurchase program approved on February 20, 2024. The other terms of the stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s previous stock repurchase program.

The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program is determined by the Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased 4.1 million shares of our common stock for approximately $120.8 million at an average price of $29.17 per share, of which approximately 1.6 million shares of our common stock were purchased under the previous stock repurchase program for approximately $46.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of our common stock for approximately $6.8 million at an average price of $17.60 per share. As of December 31, 2025, approximately $0.2 million was available under our authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock. Shares of stock repurchased under the program are held as treasury shares. These repurchased shares have reduced the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

15. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares assuming dilution. Dilutive common shares outstanding is computed using the Treasury Stock Method and reflects the additional shares that would be outstanding if dilutive stock options were exercised and restricted stock units were settled for common shares during the period.

The weighted average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Basic common shares outstanding		64,805		65,646		66,468
Common stock equivalents		1,351		1,596		1,358
Diluted common shares outstanding		66,156		67,242		67,826

Certain unexercised stock option awards are excluded from our computations of diluted earnings per share, as these shares were out-of-the-money and their effect would have been anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive options for each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2023, fewer than 0.1 million anti-dilutive shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

In addition to the common stock issued upon the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units to be settled in stock, we issued less than 0.1 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan.

16. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plans

We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan which is available to all employees who have worked greater than 1,000 hours within a fiscal year. Under the plan, an eligible employee may elect to defer receipt of a portion of their annual pay, including salary and bonus. During 2025, 2024 and 2023, we contributed this amount to the plan on the employee’s behalf and also made a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 2% and 25% of the next 4% of the percentage of annual pay that the employee elected to defer. Participants are 100% vested in the company’s matching contribution after two years of service.

103

Additionally, USAHS, which was acquired on December 2, 2024, offers a defined contribution 401(K) retirement savings plan to its employees. Under this plan, eligible employee may choose to defer a portion of their annual compensation, including salary and bonus. We make contributions on behalf of employees, including a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible compensation an employee contributes to the benefit plan. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the company match was discretionary and based on USAHS's financial performance.

During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recorded expense under these plans of approximately $4.3 million, $3.1 million, and $3.6 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We maintain an employee stock purchase plan that allows substantially all full-time and part-time employees to acquire shares of our common stock through payroll deductions over three-month offering periods. The per share purchase price is equal to 95% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last day of the offering period, and purchases are limited to 10% of an employee’s salary, up to a maximum of $25,000 per calendar year. We are authorized to issue up to 4.0 million shares of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan, and, as of December 31, 2025, 3.5 million shares of common stock have been issued under the plan.

The compensation expense for employee share purchases recorded during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 in connection with the compensatory elements of our employee stock purchase plan was not significant.

17. SEGMENT REPORTING

Our segments are determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280—Segment Reporting and are based on how the Company's chief operating decision maker ("CODM") evaluates performance and allocates resources. Perdoceo's CODM as defined under ASC Topic 280 is its President and Chief Executive Officer. Each segment is comprised of an accredited postsecondary education institution that offers a variety of academic programs.

Our three reporting segments are described below.

Colorado Technical University (CTU) is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education to a diverse student population, including non-traditional adult learners seeking career advancement and the military community. CTU utilizes innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of academic and professional goals for learners. CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business and management, nursing, healthcare management, computer science, engineering, information systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2025, students enrolled at CTU represented approximately 67% of our total enrollments. Approximately 98% of CTU’s students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Students at CTU's ground-based campuses take both in-person and virtual classes.

The American InterContinental University System (AIUS or AIU System) is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education opportunities for a diverse student population, including non-traditional adult learners and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional and academic growth of each student. AIUS offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education, behavioral sciences and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2025, students enrolled at AIUS represented approximately 24% of our total enrollments. Approximately 97% of AIUS’ students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Students at AIUS' ground-based campus take both in-person and virtual classes.

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (USAHS) is dedicated to offering graduate education opportunities in health sciences to a diverse range of students. USAHS focuses on developing professional healthcare practitioners through innovative and personalized classroom, clinical, and distance education opportunities. USAHS offers graduate degrees in health sciences, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language therapy and nursing, along with continuing education programs and prepares professionals to serve and provide quality medical care to communities across the country. Students pursue their degrees through a network of campuses and through its online programs. As of December 31, 2025, students enrolled at USAHS represented approximately 9% of our total enrollments.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results. Specifically, our CODM analyzes segment revenue and operating expenses which are directly attributable to the cost to serve and educate prospective students, when making decisions to allocate resources based on segment performance. Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate and Other,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity. Substantially all revenue earned by our reporting segments are generated in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and segment and total assets are substantially held in the

104

U.S. Additionally, interest, net and other miscellaneous income (expense) are not material by segment and are not reviewed by our CODM by segment.

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Revenue		Operating Income (Loss)			Depreciation and Amortization		Capital Expenditures		Total Assets (1)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
CTU (2)	$	461,602	$	180,597		$	5,563	$	5	$	172,405
AIUS (2)		226,220		35,950			5,466		148		170,825
USAHS (3)		157,576		3,211			30,316		5,514		287,985
Corporate and Other		698		(23,758	)		282		2,909		616,502
Total	$	846,096	$	196,000		$	41,627	$	8,576	$	1,247,717
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
CTU (2)	$	443,374	$	174,686		$	5,618	$	125	$	175,115
AIUS (2)		227,072		32,756			6,186		143		164,985
USAHS (3)		10,041		(2,640	)		2,516		311		306,552
Corporate and Other		776		(30,549	)		325		4,046		590,382
Total	$	681,263	$	174,253		$	14,645	$	4,625	$	1,237,034
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CTU (2)	$	456,169	$	150,699		$	8,404	$	141
AIUS (2)		253,057		38,592			8,149		704
USAHS (3)		-		-			-		-
Corporate and Other		778		(38,845	)		334		5,566
Total	$	710,004	$	150,446		$	16,887	$	6,411

__________________

(1)Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.

(2)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(3)USAHS includes results of operations starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

105

Significant expense category by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	61,323	$	45,639	$	64,465
Advertising and marketing		54,771		42,904		15,183
Admissions		48,092		35,541		5,324
Administrative (3)		89,458		46,555		21,405
Bad debt		19,441		9,607		442
Depreciation and amortization		5,563		5,466		30,316
All other expenses (4)		2,357		4,558		17,230
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	59,904	$	45,331	$	5,343
Advertising and marketing		54,662		45,120		1,181
Admissions		46,118		35,141		524
Administrative (3)		78,701		42,021		1,476
Bad debt		19,907		13,612		201
Depreciation and amortization		5,618		6,186		2,516
All other expenses (4)		3,778		6,905		1,440
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	67,016	$	51,473	$	-
Advertising and marketing		63,198		39,390		-
Admissions		50,157		41,202		-
Administrative (3)		79,249		54,391		-
Bad debt		20,203		13,028		-
Depreciation and amortization		8,404		8,149		-
All other expenses (4)		17,243		6,832		-

__________________

(1)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(2)USAHS includes financial information starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

(3)Administrative expense includes allocations from Corporate and Other.

(4)All other expenses primarily include occupancy and asset impairment.

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Stock Repurchase Program

On January 2, 2026, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new common stock repurchase program, authorizing the Company to repurchase up to $100.0 million of its outstanding common stock on the open market (including without limitation the use of one or more trading plans adopted pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (the "Stock Repurchase Program"). This new Stock Repurchase Program, which expires on June 30, 2027, replaces the previous $75.0 million stock repurchase program, which was approved on July 31, 2025.

The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the Stock Repurchase Program will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, the Company’s assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Any such repurchases shall be in accordance with the terms of

106

Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act (including without limitation “block” purchases as defined pursuant thereto) and shall be made in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations in effect from time to time. The Stock Repurchase Program may be modified, suspended or discontinued at any time in the Company's discretion without prior notice, and does not commit the Company to repurchase shares of its common stock. The actual number and value of the shares to be purchased will be determined by the Company at its discretion and will depend on a number of factors including the performance of the price of the Company's common stock, other market conditions, the availability and economics of alternative investment opportunities and other factors the Company deems appropriate.

Letter of Credit Release

On January 16, 2026, USAHS was notified by the Department that they are no longer required to maintain its existing letter of credit in the amount of $20.5 million and thus these funds are no longer restricted as of the date of the letter.

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(dollars in thousands)

Description	Balance, Beginning of Period		Additions/Charges to Expense		Deductions/ Other			Balance, End of Period
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
For the year ended December 31, 2025	$	12,041	$	-	$	(517	)	$	11,524
For the year ended December 31, 2024	$	14,022	$	-	$	(1,981	)	$	12,041
For the year ended December 31, 2023	$	22,536	$	-	$	(8,514	)	$	14,022
Valuation allowance for credit losses:
For the year ended December 31, 2025	$	43,520	$	29,492	$	(27,601	)	$	45,411
For the year ended December 31, 2024	$	37,782	$	33,719	$	(27,981	)	$	43,520
For the year ended December 31, 2023	$	43,141	$	33,215	$	(38,574	)	$	37,782

107

EX-21

	EXHIBIT 21
PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORPORATION
List of Subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2025
Subsidiary	State of Organization
AIU Online, LLC	DE
American InterContinental University System, Inc.	GA
Career Education Student Finance LLC	DE
CEC Educational Services, LLC	IL
CEC Employee Group, LLC	DE
CEC Real Estate Holding, Inc.	DE
Colorado Tech, Inc.	DE
Colorado Technical University, Inc.	CO
MAC BriarCol, Inc.	NY
MAC KGC-Mel, Corp.	NY
MAC LCBCS, LLC	DE
MAC LCBNA, LLC	DE
MAC SB, Limited	NY
Marlin Acquisition Corp.	FL
Trident University International, LLC	DE
University of St. Augustine Acquisition Corp.	DE
University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences, LLC	CA
University of St. Augustine Intermediate Corp.	DE
University of St. Augustine Parent Corp.	DE
Words of Wisdom, LLC	IL

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our reports dated February 19, 2026, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Perdoceo Education Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Perdoceo Education Corporation (formerly known as Career Education Corporation) on Forms S-8 (File Nos. 333-256742, 333-211551 and 333-150987).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 19, 2026

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Todd S. Nelson, President and Chief Executive Officer of Perdoceo Education Corporation, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 19, 2026

/s/ TODD S. NELSON

Todd S. Nelson

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Ashish R. Ghia, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Perdoceo Education Corporation, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 19, 2026

/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA

Ashish R. Ghia

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Todd S. Nelson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(i) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ TODD S. NELSON

Todd S. Nelson

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

February 19, 2026

This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Perdoceo Education Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Ashish R. Ghia, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(i) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ ASHISH R. GHIA

Ashish R. Ghia

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

February 19, 2026

This certification accompanies this Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Feb. 16, 2026

Jun. 30, 2025

Cover [Abstract]

Document Type

10-K

Amendment Flag

false

Document Period End Date

Dec. 31, 2025

Document Fiscal Year Focus

2025

Document Fiscal Period Focus

FY

Trading Symbol

PRDO

Title of 12(b) Security

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Security Exchange Name

NASDAQ

Entity Registrant Name

PERDOCEO EDUCATION CORP

Entity Central Index Key

0001046568

Current Fiscal Year End Date

--12-31

Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer

Yes

Entity Voluntary Filers

No

Entity Filer Category

Large Accelerated Filer

Entity Small Business

false

Entity Emerging Growth Company

false

Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding

62,478,373

Entity Public Float

$ 1,775,000,000

Entity Current Reporting Status

Yes

Entity Interactive Data Current

Yes

Entity Shell Company

false

Document Annual Report

true

Document Transition Report

false

Entity File Number

0-23245

Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code

DE

Entity Tax Identification Number

36-3932190

Entity Address, Address Line One

1750 E. Golf Road

Entity Address, City or Town

Schaumburg

Entity Address, State or Province

IL

Entity Address, Postal Zip Code

60173

City Area Code

847

Local Phone Number

781-3600

ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag

true

Document Financial Statement Error Correction [Flag]

false

Auditor Firm ID

248

Auditor Name

GRANT THORNTON LLP

Auditor Location

Chicago, Illinois

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be subsequently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report to the extent indicated herein.

Auditor Opinion [Text Block]

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Perdoceo Education Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, and our report dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents, unrestricted		$ 110,970	$ 109,130
Restricted cash		21,310	22,623
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash		132,280	131,753
Short-term investments		511,211	459,795
Total cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments		643,491	591,548
Student receivables, gross		68,346	63,925
Allowance for credit losses		(41,149)	(41,118)
Student receivables, net		27,197	22,807
Receivables, other		5,037	5,330
Prepaid expenses		16,881	16,910
Inventories		4,049	3,388
Other current assets		208	171
Total current assets		696,863	640,154
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $86,908 and $67,492 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively	[1]	83,314	95,508
Right of use assets, net - operating		43,290	50,099
Right of use assets, net - finance		10,259	15,375
Goodwill		265,697	258,012
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $44,786 and $27,725 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively		77,945	95,006
Student receivables, gross		9,073	8,597
Allowance for credit losses		(4,262)	(2,402)
Student receivables, net		4,811	6,195
Deferred income tax assets, net		57,438	68,774
Other assets		8,100	7,911
TOTAL ASSETS	[2]	1,247,717	1,237,034
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating		6,032	7,792
Lease liabilities - finance		5,458	5,466
Accounts payable		14,271	12,805
Accrued expenses:
Payroll and related benefits		44,363	35,059
Advertising and marketing costs		7,838	8,135
Income taxes		5,627	4,926
Other		16,374	21,239
Deferred revenue		37,844	36,740
Total current liabilities		137,807	132,162
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Lease liabilities - operating		43,752	50,224
Lease liabilities - finance		6,097	11,555
Sale lease-back financing		56,992
Construction financing			56,500
Other liabilities		30,657	27,057
Total non-current liabilities		137,498	145,336
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 92,072,703 and 91,023,660 shares issued, 62,478,373 and 65,719,224 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively		921	910
Additional paid-in capital		720,574	707,212
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,070	166
Retained earnings		718,365	595,672
Treasury stock, at cost, 29,594,330 and 25,304,436 shares as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively		(468,518)	(344,424)
Total stockholders' equity		972,412	959,536
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY		$ 1,247,717	$ 1,237,034

[1] Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were reduced to zero for these assets.

[2] Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Property and equipment, accumulated depreciation	[1]	$ 86,908	$ 67,492
Intangible assets, amortization		$ 44,786	$ 27,725
Preferred stock, par value		$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized		1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued		0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding		0	0
Common stock, par value		$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized		300,000,000	300,000,000
Common stock, shares issued		92,072,703	91,023,660
Common stock, shares outstanding		62,478,373	65,719,224
Treasury stock, shares		29,594,330	25,304,436

[1] Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were reduced to zero for these assets.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Income - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
REVENUE:
Total revenue		$ 846,096	$ 681,263	$ 710,004
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities		197,540	120,860	130,324
General and administrative		410,923	367,052	398,084
Depreciation and amortization		41,627	14,645	16,887
Asset impairment		6	4,453	14,263
Total operating expenses		650,096	507,010	559,558
Operating income		196,000	174,253	150,446
OTHER INCOME:
Interest income		26,310	28,993	19,980
Interest expense		(6,465)	(613)	(404)
Miscellaneous income (expense)		991	(1,193)	22,099
Total other income		20,836	27,187	41,675
PRETAX INCOME		216,836	201,440	192,121
Provision for income taxes		56,922	53,850	44,469
NET INCOME		$ 159,914	$ 147,590	$ 147,652
NET INCOME PER SHARE - BASIC:		$ 2.47	$ 2.25	$ 2.22
NET INCOME PER SHARE - DILUTED:		$ 2.42	$ 2.19	$ 2.18
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic		64,805	65,646	66,468
Diluted		66,156	67,242	67,826
Tuition and Fees, Net [Member]
REVENUE:
Total revenue	[1]	$ 841,402	$ 676,071	$ 702,920
Other [Member]
REVENUE:
Total revenue	[2]	$ 4,694	$ 5,192	$ 7,084

[1] Tuition and fees, net, includes revenue earned for all degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree and professional development programs.

[2] Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net Income (Loss)	$ 159,914	$ 147,590	$ 147,652
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	45	(28)	45
Unrealized gain on investments	859	860	4,736
Total other comprehensive income	904	832	4,781
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$ 160,818	$ 148,422	$ 152,433

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2022	$ 725,845	$ 894	$ (301,624)	$ 684,183	$ (5,447)	$ 347,839
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2022		89,396,000
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2022			(22,221,000)
Net Income (Loss)	147,652					147,652
Foreign currency translation	45				45
Unrealized gain on investments	4,736				4,736
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	152,433
Dividends to shareholders	(14,885)					(14,885)
Treasury stock purchased	(8,301)		$ (8,301)
Treasury stock purchased, shares			(540,000)
Treasury stock acquired upon sale of asset, shares			(1,800,000)
Treasury stock acquired upon sale of asset	(22,086)		$ (22,086)
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans	8,064			8,064
Employee stock purchase plan	14			14
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans	$ 2,279	$ 3		2,276
Stock option plan, shares	309,819	310,000
Restricted stock award plans	$ (2,208)	$ 6	$ (2,209)	(5)
Restricted stock award plan, shares		545,000	(165,000)
Employee stock purchase plan	266			266
Employee stock purchase plan, shares		19,000
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2023	841,421	$ 903	$ (334,220)	694,798	(666)	480,606
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2023		90,270,000
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2023			(24,726,000)
Net Income (Loss)	147,590					147,590
Foreign currency translation	(28)				(28)
Unrealized gain on investments	860				860
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	148,422
Dividends to shareholders	(32,524)					(32,524)
Treasury stock purchased	(6,769)		$ (6,769)
Treasury stock purchased, shares			(385,000)
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans	10,174			10,174
Employee stock purchase plan	14			14
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans	$ 1,973	$ 2		1,971
Stock option plan, shares	158,047	158,000
Restricted stock award plans	$ (3,436)	$ 5	$ (3,435)	(6)
Restricted stock award plan, shares		582,000	(193,000)
Employee stock purchase plan	261			261
Employee stock purchase plan, shares		14,000
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2024	$ 959,536	$ 910	$ (344,424)	707,212	166	595,672
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2024	91,023,660	91,024,000
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2024	(25,304,436)		(25,304,000)
Net Income (Loss)	$ 159,914					159,914
Foreign currency translation	45				45
Unrealized gain on investments	859				859
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	160,818
Dividends to shareholders	(37,221)					(37,221)
Treasury stock purchased	(120,793)		$ (120,793)
Treasury stock purchased, shares			(4,141,000)
Earnout payments for business acquisition	4,243		$ 4,243
Earnout payments for business acquisition, shares			158,000
Share-based compensation expense:
Restricted stock award plans	11,715			11,715
Employee stock purchase plan	15			15
Common stock issued under:
Stock option plans	$ 1,370	$ 2		1,368
Stock option plan, shares	171,139	171,000
Restricted stock award plans	$ (7,544)	$ 9	$ (7,544)	(9)
Restricted stock award plan, shares		868,000	(307,000)
Employee stock purchase plan	273			273
Employee stock purchase plan, shares		10,000
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2025	$ 972,412	$ 921	$ (468,518)	$ 720,574	$ 1,070	$ 718,365
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2025	92,072,703	92,073,000
BALANCE, shares at Dec. 31, 2025	(29,594,330)		(29,594,000)

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Statement of Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]
Dividends to shareholders, per share	$ 0.56	$ 0.48	$ 0.22

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income		$ 159,914	$ 147,590	$ 147,652
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Asset impairment		6	4,453	14,263
Gain on sale of asset				(22,086)
Depreciation and amortization expense		41,627	14,645	16,887
Bad debt expense		29,492	33,719	33,215
Compensation expense related to share-based awards		11,730	10,188	8,078
Deferred income taxes		3,830	2,656	3,761
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Student receivables, gross		(4,898)	(4)	15,929
Allowance for credit losses		(27,601)	(27,981)	(38,573)
Receivables, other		(2,072)	(8,052)	(3,922)
Inventories, prepaid expenses, and other current assets		2,510	4,473	(2,994)
Other non-current assets		(383)	692	478
Accounts payable		1,466	(727)	(4,878)
Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities		9,937	(5,792)	(19,235)
Deferred revenue		1,104	(10,612)	(34,375)
Right of use asset and lease liability - operating leases		(1,422)	(3,654)	(2,175)
Net cash provided by operating activities		225,240	161,594	112,025
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of available-for-sale investments		(392,760)	(412,894)	(314,279)
Sales of available-for-sale investments		345,803	447,502	238,184
Purchases of property and equipment		(8,576)	(4,625)	(6,411)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired		854	(137,766)
Sale of equity method investment		1,038
Earnout payment related to business acquisition				(6,000)
Net cash used in investing activities		(53,641)	(107,783)	(88,506)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of treasury stock		(120,793)	(6,769)	(8,301)
Issuance of common stock		1,643	2,234	2,545
Payments of employee tax associated with stock compensation		(7,544)	(3,436)	(2,209)
Payments of cash dividends and dividend equivalents		(36,855)	(31,699)	(14,417)
Release of cash held in escrow		(300)	(276)	(1,000)
Earnout payments for business acquisition		(1,757)
Principal payments for finance leases	[1]	(4,977)	(398)
Principal payments for failed sale leaseback		(489)	(735)
Net cash used in financing activities		(171,072)	(41,079)	(23,382)
NET INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH		527	12,732	137
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, beginning of the year		131,753	119,021	118,884
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, end of the year		132,280	131,753	119,021
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Income taxes paid		49,347	46,840	41,751
Interest paid on finance leases and failed sale-leaseback		6,196	81
Supplemental Non-Cash Disclosures:
Non-cash additions to property and equipment		$ 383	247	$ 329
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities			$ 3,310

[1] Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.

XML

Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Pay vs Performance Disclosure
Net Income (Loss)	$ 159,914	$ 147,590	$ 147,652

XML

Insider Trading Arrangements

3 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Trading Arrangements, by Individual

Material Terms of Trading Arrangement

During the quarter ended December 31, 2025, the following executive officers of the Company adopted a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K:

Ashish Ghia, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, entered into a pre-arranged stock trading plan on November 13, 2025 covering his unvested performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest during 2026. Mr. Ghia’s plan provides for the sale between March 17, 2026 and September 30, 2026, of net vested restricted stock held by Mr. Ghia upon the vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest prior to September 30, 2026.

Greg Jansen, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, entered into a pre-arranged stock trading plan on November 7, 2025 covering his unvested performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest during 2026. Mr. Jansen’s plan provides for the sale between April 1, 2026 and October 1, 2026, of net vested restricted stock held by Mr. Jansen upon the vesting of performance shares and restricted stock units that will vest prior to October 1, 2026.

Each of the trading plans was entered into during an open insider trading window and is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Company’s insider trading policy, which governs transactions in Company securities.

Ashish Ghia [Member]

Trading Arrangements, by Individual

Name

Ashish Ghia

Title

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted

true

Adoption Date

November 13, 2025

Greg Jansen [Member]

Trading Arrangements, by Individual

Name

Greg Jansen

Title

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted

true

Adoption Date

November 7, 2025

XML

Disclosure - Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy and Governance

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, and Governance [Abstract]

Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes for Assessing, Identifying, and Managing Threats [Text Block]

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

The Company recognizes the critical importance of assessing, identifying and managing material risks associated with cybersecurity threats, as well as developing, implementing and maintaining effective cybersecurity measures to safeguard our information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our data. We focus significant resources on protecting our technology infrastructure and the personal information contained therein regarding applicants, our students, their families, our alumni and our employees. Our principal cybersecurity risks include, among other things, operational risks, intellectual property theft, fraud, extortion, harm to employees or customers, violation of privacy or security laws and other litigation and legal risks, and reputational risks.

The Board of Directors, as a whole, oversees the Company’s risk management through both the Company’s enterprise risk management program and the internal audit function. To identify and assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, our enterprise

risk management program considers cybersecurity threat risks alongside other Company risks as part of our overall risk assessment process.

The Board has delegated oversight of the Company’s management of cybersecurity risk to the Compliance and Risk Committee (the “Committee”). Directors with experience in cybersecurity are appointed to this Committee to assist in developing strategies and processes for protecting against, responding to, and remediating information security breaches. Those directors are Dennis Chookaszian, Patrick Gross and Leslie Thornton. The Committee reviews information security matters quarterly. In addition, the full Board regularly receives updates on cybersecurity matters from our Chief Information Officer, David C. Czeszewski, at each board meeting. The Chief Information Officer reports on, among other things, our cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen our information security systems, an assessment of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape. Mr. Czeszewski has a Bachelor of Arts degree in business and computer studies and a Master in Business Administration. He has worked in the technology field since 1986, joined the Company in 2001, and has been its Chief Information Officer since 2013.

The Company has a long-standing management-led Risk Committee (the “Risk Committee”) which is currently comprised of the President and Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the chair), Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Internal Auditor, Risk & Insurance Program Manager, Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System, Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University, Chief Information Officer and Vice President - Human Resources. The Risk Committee reviews enterprise-wide, business-unit specific and other discrete topic risk surveys and assessments, including cybersecurity risk. The Risk Committee reports identified cybersecurity risks, risk assessment and mitigation processes, effectiveness of risk management and related matters to the Committee.

We have a cybersecurity-specific risk assessment process, which helps identify our cybersecurity threat risks by comparing our processes to standards set by the Center for Internet Security (“CIS”). As part of these efforts to assess and mitigate the risks posed by cybersecurity incidents and cyber-attacks, we employ a range of tools and services, including regular network and endpoint monitoring, vulnerability assessments, penetration testing, and tabletop exercises to help inform our cybersecurity risk identification and assessment. We also maintain an information security policy, which addresses privacy of student records under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (“FERPA”), and require annual information technology security awareness training by employees. We also maintain a cybersecurity risk insurance policy as an additional element of our risk mitigation strategy.

We engage third-party experts to review our cybersecurity program to help identify areas for continued focus, improvement and/or compliance. These third-party experts perform periodic cyber assessments, including security assessments using the CIS Controls cybersecurity framework. Our processes address cybersecurity threat risks associated with our use of these third-party service providers, including those in our supply chain or who have access to our customer and employee data or our systems. Third-party risks are included within our enterprise risk management assessment program, as well as our cybersecurity-specific risk identification program, both of which are discussed above. In addition, cybersecurity considerations affect the selection and oversight of our third-party service providers. We perform diligence on third parties that have access to our systems, data or facilities that house such systems or data, and continually monitor cybersecurity threat risks identified through such diligence. Additionally, we generally require those third parties that could introduce significant cybersecurity risks to us to agree by contract to manage their cybersecurity risks in specified ways, and to agree to be subject to cybersecurity audits, which we conduct as appropriate.

In fiscal year 2025, we did not identify any cybersecurity threats that have materially impacted or are likely to materially impact our business strategy, operational results, or financial condition. However, despite our proactive measures, we cannot entirely eliminate cybersecurity risks or guarantee that no undetected incidents have occurred. We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, under the headings “If we, our third-party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information to are subject to cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information technology systems or software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results,” “The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, operations and ability to attract and retain students,” and “Our primarily remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related to our business technology infrastructure,” included as part of our risk factor disclosures within Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Cybersecurity Risk Board of Directors Oversight [Text Block]

The Board of Directors, as a whole, oversees the Company’s risk management through both the Company’s enterprise risk management program and the internal audit function. To identify and assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, our enterprise

risk management program considers cybersecurity threat risks alongside other Company risks as part of our overall risk assessment process.

Cybersecurity Risk Board Committee or Subcommittee Responsible for Oversight [Text Block]

The Board has delegated oversight of the Company’s management of cybersecurity risk to the Compliance and Risk Committee (the “Committee”). Directors with experience in cybersecurity are appointed to this Committee to assist in developing strategies and processes for protecting against, responding to, and remediating information security breaches. Those directors are Dennis Chookaszian, Patrick Gross and Leslie Thornton. The Committee reviews information security matters quarterly. In addition, the full Board regularly receives updates on cybersecurity matters from our Chief Information Officer, David C. Czeszewski, at each board meeting. The Chief Information Officer reports on, among other things, our cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen our information security systems, an assessment of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape. Mr. Czeszewski has a Bachelor of Arts degree in business and computer studies and a Master in Business Administration. He has worked in the technology field since 1986, joined the Company in 2001, and has been its Chief Information Officer since 2013.

Cybersecurity Risk Process for Informing Board Committee or Subcommittee Responsible for Oversight [Text Block]

The Committee reviews information security matters quarterly. In addition, the full Board regularly receives updates on cybersecurity matters from our Chief Information Officer, David C. Czeszewski, at each board meeting. The Chief Information Officer reports on, among other things, our cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen our information security systems, an assessment of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape.

Cybersecurity Risk Role of Management [Text Block]

The Company has a long-standing management-led Risk Committee (the “Risk Committee”) which is currently comprised of the President and Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the chair), Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Internal Auditor, Risk & Insurance Program Manager, Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System, Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University, Chief Information Officer and Vice President - Human Resources. The Risk Committee reviews enterprise-wide, business-unit specific and other discrete topic risk surveys and assessments, including cybersecurity risk. The Risk Committee reports identified cybersecurity risks, risk assessment and mitigation processes, effectiveness of risk management and related matters to the Committee.

Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible [Text Block]

currently comprised of the President and Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the chair), Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Internal Auditor, Risk & Insurance Program Manager, Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System, Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University, Chief Information Officer and Vice President - Human Resources.

Cybersecurity Risk Management Expertise of Management Responsible [Text Block]

President and Chief Executive Officer (who serves as the chair), Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Internal Auditor, Risk & Insurance Program Manager, Senior Vice President - American InterContinental University System, Senior Vice President - Colorado Technical University, Chief Information Officer and Vice President - Human Resources.

Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible Report to Board [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Process for Informing Management or Committees Responsible [Text Block]

The Risk Committee reviews enterprise-wide, business-unit specific and other discrete topic risk surveys and assessments, including cybersecurity risk. The Risk Committee reports identified cybersecurity risks, risk assessment and mitigation processes, effectiveness of risk management and related matters to the Committee.

Cybersecurity Risk Management Third Party Engaged [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Third Party Oversight and Identification Processes [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Materially Affected or Reasonably Likely to Materially Affect Registrant [Flag]

true

Cybersecurity Risk Materially Affected or Reasonably Likely to Materially Affect Registrant [Text Block]

We describe whether and how risks from identified cybersecurity threats have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, under the headings “If we, our third-party vendors, our regulators or any other quasi-governmental organization we are required to report information to are subject to cyberattacks, data breaches or other security incidents, or if there is a disruption or failure of our information technology systems or software, such events could expose us to liability and could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results,” “The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, operations and ability to attract and retain students,” and “Our primarily remote work environment may exacerbate the risks related to our business technology infrastructure,” included as part of our risk factor disclosures within Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

XML

Description of the Company

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Description of the Company

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY

Perdoceo’s accredited academic institutions offer a quality postsecondary education to a diverse student population, with fully online, campus-based and hybrid learning programs. The Company’s academic institutions – Colorado Technical University (“CTU”), the American InterContinental University System (“AIUS” or “AIU System”) and University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences ("USAHS") – provide degree programs from the associate through doctoral level as well as non-degree seeking and professional development programs. Our academic institutions offer students industry-relevant and career-focused academic programs that are designed to meet the educational needs of today’s busy adults. CTU and AIUS continue to show innovation in higher education, advancing personalized learning technologies like their intellipath® learning platform and using data analytics and technology to serve and educate students while enhancing overall learning and academic experiences. USAHS prepares medical professionals to provide quality medical care to communities across the country primarily through its graduate health sciences degree offerings in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Perdoceo's academic institutions are committed to providing quality education that closes the gap between learners who seek to advance their careers and employers and communities needing a qualified workforce.

As used in these notes to the consolidated financial statements, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “Perdoceo” and “PEC” refer to Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

These consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Perdoceo” or “PEC”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

On December 2, 2024, the Company acquired the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (the "USAHS acquisition"). Results of operations related to the USAHS acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. See Note 3 "Business Acquisition" for further information.

Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We organize our business across three reporting segments: CTU, AIUS and USAHS.

During the third quarter of 2025, management of the non-degree professional development and continuing education programs offered by Hippo Education (“Hippo”) were transitioned from the CTU segment to the AIUS segment. All prior periods have been recast to reflect this change for comparability, and the results of operations related to Hippo are now reported within the AIUS segment for all periods presented.

b. Management’s Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. We regularly evaluate the accounting policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. Significant estimates, among others, include the allowance for credit losses, the assumptions surrounding future projections of revenues and expenses used in determining the probable outcome of performance conditions related to performance-based compensation, the assumptions used in determining the discount rate to calculate right of use assets and lease liabilities, assumptions used in calculating income tax related matters including our deferred tax balances and any respective valuation allowance, fair values used in establishing the opening balance sheet for business combinations and fair values used in asset impairment evaluations including goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

c. Student Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables which are due

within one year are recorded as current assets on our consolidated balance sheets, while student receivables which are due more than one year from the balance sheet date are reported as non-current assets within our consolidated balance sheets.

A substantial portion of our student receivables is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Higher Education Act”), which we refer to as “Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, approximately 76%, 77% and 76%, respectively, of our institutions’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.

Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school for greater than 90 days and has not made a payment. Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a result of the methodology used in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.

We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of our collections and write-off experience as well as monitoring any emerging factors that we believe impact the ability to collect our student receivables.

d. Revenue Recognition

Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations.

For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.

If a student withdraws from one of our academic institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date. Management reassesses collectability when a student withdraws from the university and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the university is entitled to retain per the applicable refund policy. In certain cases, such unpaid charges generally do not meet the threshold of reasonably collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and neither party has further performance obligations.

Academic terms are determined by start dates, which vary by university and program and are generally 8-16 weeks in length. Our non-degree professional development programs are available via subscription-based access for up to 52 weeks or online courses which are generally 12-18 weeks in length. Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal

loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans.

Other revenue, which primarily consists of contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed.

e. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consist of cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their fair values. Cash held in the Company’s banks accounts is not fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any material losses in such accounts. The restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2025 was $21.3 million and primarily relates to a letter of credit USAHS is required to maintain with the Department of Education.

Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under Title IV Programs. In certain instances, students may request that we retain a portion of their Title IV funds provided to them in excess of tuition billings and authorize us to apply these funds to historical balances or future charges and/or distribute them directly to the student in certain cases. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we held $9.3 million and $9.4 million, respectively, of these funds on behalf of students within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet, with the offset recorded as prepaid revenue within deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.

f. Investments

Our investments, which primarily consist of non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value. The Company measures the fair value of financial instruments under the guidance of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Any unrealized holding gains or temporary unrealized holding losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in other income in our consolidated statements of income. In addition, the Company measures its available for sale securities at the net amount expected to be collected in accordance with ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses for available for sale securities is zero as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

g. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial reporting purposes and an accelerated method for income tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the lease or the useful life. Assets under construction are recorded in construction-in-progress until they are available for use. Maintenance, repairs, minor renewals and betterments are expensed as incurred, and major improvements, which extend the useful life of the asset, are capitalized.

When the Company is involved in the construction of leased facilities to be used in its operations, upon construction commencement, the Company evaluates whether it, as lessee, controls the asset being constructed, and depending on the extent of involvement in the project, may be the “deemed owner” of the leased asset for accounting purposes during the construction period under a build-to-suit ("BTS") arrangement. If the Company is the “deemed owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, upon construction commencement the Company is required to capitalize (i) costs incurred by the Company and (ii) the cash and non-cash assets contributed by the landlord for construction as property and equipment on our consolidated balance sheet as construction-in-progress, with an offsetting financing obligation under construction financing. Upon completion of a construction project, where the Company is the deemed owner, the Company will perform a sale-leaseback analysis to determine if it can derecognize the BTS asset and corresponding financing obligation. If the asset and liability cannot be derecognized, the agreement is treated as a debt-like financing arrangement.

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and right of use assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the assets' carrying amount to their expected future undiscounted net cash flows. If any such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured based on the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

h. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business purchases. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when an event or other circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying

value, by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill, we must make assumptions regarding the fair value of our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. Goodwill is evaluated by comparing the book value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by a combination of income and market approach valuation methodologies (“quantitative assessment”). If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired. The amount of impairment loss is equal to the excess of the book value of the goodwill over the fair value of goodwill. In certain cases, a qualitative assessment may be used to determine if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and if the quantitative assessment is needed.

When performing a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, management must first consider events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focuses on the significant inputs and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluates all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. If management determines that it is not more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting unit is impaired based upon its qualitative assessment then it does not need to perform the quantitative assessment.

When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets. Indefinite-lived assets include our CTU trade name and accreditation rights, and our USAHS trade name, which were recorded at fair market value upon acquisition and subsequently reviewed on an annual basis for impairment. Accreditation rights represent the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs.

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships, course curriculum, developed technology, accreditation rights and trade names, primarily from recent acquisitions. Customer relationships represent the value of acquired student and third party contracts and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated future benefit period for those contracts. Course curriculum represents the value of acquired curriculum, including lesson plans and syllabi, used to deliver educational services. Acquired course curriculum balances are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are estimated by management based upon, among other things, the expected future utilization period and the nature of the related academic programs. Developed technology represents online auditory and video course program materials related to our non-degree professional development programs and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of future benefit. Accreditation rights represent federal, state and programmatic accreditation which allows our schools to operate and meet certain regulatory requirements. Accreditation rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which are estimated based upon the average remaining term before a campus would need to reapply for accreditation.

The Company reviews its indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis and both indefinite-lived and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the assets' carrying amount to their expected future undiscounted net cash flows. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured based on the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

See Note 10 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further discussion.

i. Contingencies

During the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to various claims and contingencies. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, when we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any related loss or exposure. The probability a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, is analyzed, and if the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. For all matters that are currently being reviewed, we expense legal fees, including defense costs, as they are incurred. Loss contingencies include, but are not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters, and our assessment of exposure requires

subjective assessment. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved. See Note 11 “Contingencies” for additional information.

j. Income Taxes

We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance and/or release of a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining whether a deferred tax asset will be realized are whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to use the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable income in prior carryback year(s), the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits, expected future taxable income and earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating the loss is not a continuing condition. Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets.

Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

k. Leases

FASB ASC Topic 842 – Leases states that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concept Statements No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements, and thus requires the recognition of a lease liability and a right of use ("ROU") asset at the lease inception date. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating or finance leases. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the lease period, which are typically variable in nature. We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon such identification and commencement of a lease, we establish an ROU asset and a lease liability within our consolidated balance sheets.

A lease component is defined as an asset within the lease contract that a lessee can benefit from the use of and is not highly dependent or interrelated with other assets in the arrangement. A lease contract may contain multiple lease components. A non-lease component is defined as a component of the lease that transfers a good or service for the underlying asset, such as maintenance services. We have determined that all of our leases contain one lease component related to the building and land. We have determined that treating the land together with the building as one lease component would not result in a significant difference from accounting for them as separate lease components. We elected the practical expedient to include both the lease component and the non-lease component as a single component when accounting for each lease and calculating the resulting lease liability and ROU asset. Any remaining contract consideration, such as property taxes and insurance, that does not meet the definition of a lease component or non-lease component would be allocated to the single lease component based on our election.

The lease liability represents future lease payments for lease and non-lease components discounted for present value. Lease payments that may be included in the lease liability include fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate and payments for penalties for terminating the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to use a termination option, among others.

Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses that are specifically stated in the lease and these are included in the calculation of the lease liability. Variable lease payments for lease and non-lease components which are not based on an index or rate are excluded from the calculation of the lease liability and are recognized in the statement of income during the period incurred.

The ROU asset consists of the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability and adjusted for any lease incentives, including rent abatements and tenant improvement allowances, and any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee. The ROU asset is amortized over the remaining lease term on a straight-line basis and recorded within educational services and facilities expense on our consolidated statements of income.

The lease term is determined by taking into account the initial period as stated in the lease contract and adjusted for any renewal options that the company is reasonably certain to exercise as well as any period of time that the lessee has control of the space before the stated initial term of the lease. If we determine that we are reasonably certain to exercise a termination option, the lease term is then adjusted to account for the expected termination date.

We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

See Note 9 “Leases” for further details.

l. Share-Based Compensation

FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-employee directors, including grants of stock options, shares or units of restricted stock, and the compensatory elements of employee stock purchase plans, be recognized in the financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.

Our share-based awards are measured at fair value and recognized over the requisite service or performance period. The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, based on the market price of the underlying common stock, expected life, expected stock price volatility and expected risk-free interest rate. Expected volatility is computed using a combination of historical volatility for a period equal to the expected term; the risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve, with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term used in the option pricing model. The fair value of each restricted stock unit award is estimated based on the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of each market-based performance grant is estimated using the Monte Carlo Simulation methodology to assess the grant date fair value. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimate in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For our performance-based awards, the performance criteria is assessed each reporting period to determine the probability of attainment.

See Note 13 “Share-Based Compensation” for further discussion of our share-based compensation plans, the nature of share-based awards issued under the plans and our accounting for share-based awards.

m. Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising and marketing costs, which are included in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of income, were $112.9 million, $101.0 million and $102.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

n. Inventories

Inventories all relate to finished goods consisting principally of laptops and supplies, and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The cost of inventory is reflected as a component of educational services and facilities expense as the items are used or sold.

XML

Business Acquisition

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Business Combination [Abstract]

Business Acquisition

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

On December 2, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences ("USAHS").

USAHS is among the nation’s reputable universities offering graduate health sciences degrees, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech language therapy and nursing, as well as continuing education programs. Founded in 1979, USAHS

educates students through its network of campuses in San Marcos, California; St. Augustine and Miami, Florida; and Austin and Dallas, Texas and through its online programs.

The purchase price of $137.0 million for USAHS was allocated to the fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets of $268.5 million and assumed liabilities of $131.5 million as of December 2, 2024. The purchase price consisted of an initial cash payment made in December 2024, and a working capital true up of $0.8 million, which was received from the former owners in April 2025. Based on our purchase price allocation, we have recorded goodwill of $24.5 million. Goodwill reflects the inherent value of the acquired workforce as well as revenue growth opportunities following the acquisition. None of this goodwill balance will be deductible for income tax reporting purposes.

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of acquisition date (dollars in thousands):

	USAHS
	December 2, 2024
Assets:
Student and other receivables	$	1,771
Prepaid assets		4,727
Property and equipment		78,800
ROU assets		53,271
Intangible assets
Trade name (indefinite-lived)		9,800
Customer relationships (2 year life)		14,000
Course curriculum (4 year life)		15,500
Accreditation rights (12 year life)		25,000
Deferred tax asset, net (1)		40,120
Other assets		977
Goodwill (1)		24,535
Total assets acquired	$	268,501
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities	$	9,269
Deferred revenue		10,137
Lease liabilities		55,625
Construction financing		56,500
Total liabilities assumed	$	131,531
Net assets acquired	$	136,970

_______________________________

(1) Goodwill and deferred tax asset, net include an adjustment in the current year of approximately $7.5 million upon finalization of the USAHS deferred tax rate applied to the indefinite-lived intangible assets and various adjustments identified while completing USAHS’s final pre-acquisition tax returns.

Pro forma financial information (unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma summary financial information for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 gives effect to the USAHS acquisition as if it had been completed on January 1, 2023. The unaudited pro forma financial information is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the actual consolidated results of operations or the consolidated financial position of Perdoceo would have been had the USAHS acquisition been completed on the date noted above, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results of operations.

The table below is based on available information and certain assumptions the Company believes are reasonable, including adjustments to depreciation, amortization, interest income and interest expense based on the fair value purchase accounting adjustments primarily related to leases and property and equipment. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2023, a non-recurring adjustment was made to eliminate $241.6 million of asset impairment expense related to USAHS.

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
in thousands, except per share amounts	2024		2023
Total revenue	$	825,902	$	880,455
Operating income		175,480		174,775
Net income		147,012		161,971
Net income per share - Basic		2.24		2.44
Net income per share - Diluted		2.19		2.39

See Note 17 “Segment reporting” for further discussion of USAHS and its financial results.

XML

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Accounting Standards Update and Change in Accounting Principle [Abstract]

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

4. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recent accounting guidance adopted in 2025

In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require that public business entities on an annual basis 1) disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation, and 2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. The amendments require disclosure about income taxes paid by federal, state and foreign taxes, and by individual jurisdictions in which income taxes paid is equal or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid. The amendment also requires entities to disclose income or loss from continuing operations before income tax expense disaggregated between domestic and foreign and income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations disaggregated by federal, state and foreign. For all public business entities, ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this ASU clarify that a contractual restriction on the sale of an equity security is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring fair value. The amendments also clarify that an entity cannot, as a separate unit of account, recognize and measure a contractual sale restriction. For all public business entities, ASU 2022-03 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024; early adoption is permitted. We have evaluated and adopted this guidance. The adoption did not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

Recent accounting guidance not yet adopted

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-06, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software. The amendments in this ASU are intended to improve the operability of the guidance by removing all references to software development project stages so that the guidance is neutral to different software development methods, including methods that entities may use to develop software in the future. The amendments require that an entity capitalize software costs when both management has authorized and committed to funding the software project and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. For all public business entities, ASU 2025-06 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and other disclosures.

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets. The amendments in this ASU provide all public business entities with a practical expedient to assume that current conditions as of the balance sheet date do not change for the remaining life of the assets when estimating expected credit losses for current accounts receivable and current contract assets arising from transactions accounted for under Topic 606. For all public business entities, ASU 2025-05 is effective for annual periods and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2025; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and other disclosures.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income – Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The amendments in this ASU require public business entities to disclose specific costs and expenses in the notes to financial statements for both interim and annual reporting periods. Key requirements include: 1) disclosing amounts for purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, and intangible asset amortization in relevant expense categories on the income statement; 2) combining certain disclosures already required under GAAP with new disaggregation requirements; 3) providing a qualitative description of remaining amounts in relevant

expense captions that aren't disaggregated quantitatively; and 4) disclosing total selling expenses, with a definition of selling expenses in annual reports. For all public business entities, ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027; early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this guidance and believe the adoption will not significantly impact the presentation of our financial condition, results of operations and other disclosures.

XML

Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Financial Instruments

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Investments consist of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2025
			Gross Unrealized
	Cost		Gain		(Loss)			Fair Value
Short-term investments (available-for-sale):
Non-governmental debt securities	$	329,108	$	1,105	$	(112	)	$	330,101
Treasury and federal agencies		180,631		529		(50	)		181,110
Total short-term investments (available-for-sale)	$	509,739	$	1,634	$	(162	)	$	511,211

	December 31, 2024
			Gross Unrealized
	Cost		Gain		(Loss)			Fair Value
Short-term investments (available-for-sale):
Non-governmental debt securities	$	246,070	$	466	$	(278	)	$	246,258
Treasury and federal agencies		213,394		258		(115	)		213,537
Total short-term investments (available-for-sale)	$	459,464	$	724	$	(393	)	$	459,795

In the table above, unrealized holding gains (losses) relate to short-term investments that have been in a continuous unrealized gain (loss) position for less than one year, which are recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income on our consolidated balance sheets.

Our non-governmental debt securities primarily consist of corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Our treasury and federal agencies debt securities primarily consist of U.S. Treasury bills and federal home loan debt securities.

A schedule of available-for-sale investments segregated by their original stated terms to maturity as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Less than one year		One to five years		Total
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-    investments as of December 31, 2025	$	35,240	$	475,971	$	511,211
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-    investments as of December 31, 2024	$	57,206	$	402,589	$	459,795

There were no realized gains or losses from the sale of investments for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Fair Value Measurements

FASB ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurement establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we held investments that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These investments (available-for-sale) consist of non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities. Available-for-sale securities included in Level 2 are estimated based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, such as quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to the disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 820 - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2025
	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Cash and cash equivalents - money market funds	$	20,202	$	-	$	20,202
Short-term investments - non-governmental debt securities		-		330,101		330,101
Short-term investments - treasury and federal agencies		-		181,110		181,110
Totals	$	20,202	$	511,211	$	531,413
	As of December 31, 2024
	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Cash and cash equivalents - money market funds	$	30,189	$	-	$	30,189
Cash and cash equivalents - federal agency debt securities		-		13,078		13,078
Short-term investments - non-governmental debt securities		-		246,258		246,258
Short-term investments - treasury and federal agencies		-		213,537		213,537
Totals	$	30,189	$	472,873	$	503,062

Equity Method Investment

Our investment in an equity affiliate, an international private company, was sold during the fourth quarter of 2025 and a gain on sale of investment of $1.0 million was recorded within other miscellaneous income (expense) on our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2025.

We made periodic operating maintenance payments to our former equity affiliate. The total related party fees recorded for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

For the year ended December 31, 2025 (1)	$	1,663
For the year ended December 31, 2024	$	1,727
For the year ended December 31, 2023	$	1,672

________________

(1) Maintenance payments incurred up to the date of sale.

XML

Revenue Recognition

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

Revenue Recognition

6. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following tables disaggregate our revenue by major source for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	458,645	$	225,188	$	157,569	$	-	$	841,402
Other revenue(2)		2,957		1,032		7		698		4,694
Total revenue	$	461,602	$	226,220	$	157,576	$	698	$	846,096
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	440,183	$	225,852	$	10,036	$	-	$	676,071
Other revenue(2)		3,191		1,220		5		776		5,192
Total revenue	$	443,374	$	227,072	$	10,041	$	776	$	681,263
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	452,063	$	250,857	$	-	$	-	$	702,920
Other revenue(2)		4,106		2,200		-		778		7,084
Total revenue	$	456,169	$	253,057	$	-	$	778	$	710,004

__________________

(1)Tuition and fees, net, includes revenue earned for all degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree and professional development programs.

(2)Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

(3)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(4)USAHS includes revenue beginning on the acquisition date of December 2, 2024.

Performance Obligations

Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations.

Contract Assets

For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.

Due to the short-term nature of our academic terms, the contract asset balance which exists at the beginning of each quarter will no longer be a contract asset at the end of that quarter, with the exception of the contract assets associated with future periods. The decrease in contract asset balances are a result of one of the following: it becomes a student receivable balance once a student reaches the point in a student’s academic term where the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student; a refund is made to withdrawn students for the portion entitled to be refunded under each institutions’ refund policy; we receive funds to apply against the contract asset balance; or a student makes a change to the number of classes they are enrolled in which may cause an adjustment to their previously billed amount. As of the end of each quarter, a new contract asset is determined on a student-by-student basis based on the most recently started term and a student’s progress within that term as compared to the date at which the student is no longer entitled to a refund under each institution’s refund policy. Contract assets associated with future periods remain as contract assets until the course begins and the student reaches the point in that course that they are no longer entitled to a refund.

The amount of deferred revenue balances which are being offset with contract assets balances as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2025			2024
Gross deferred revenue	$	80,290		$	61,291
Gross contract assets		(42,446	)		(24,551	)
Deferred revenue, net	$	37,844		$	36,740

Deferred Revenue

Changes in our deferred revenue balances for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
	CTU (2)			AIUS (2)			USAHS (3)			Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2025	$	33,168		$	26,555		$	1,568		$	61,291
Revenue earned from prior balances		(29,814	)		(25,599	)		(455	)		(55,868	)
Billings during period (1)		463,059			240,197			157,510			860,766
Revenue earned for new billings during the period		(428,831	)		(199,589	)		(157,114	)		(785,534	)
Other adjustments		(162	)		(91	)		(112	)		(365	)
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2025	$	37,420		$	41,473		$	1,397		$	80,290
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
	CTU (2)			AIUS (2)			USAHS (3)			Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2024	$	36,409		$	27,561		$	-		$	63,970
Business acquisition, beginning balance		-			-			10,137			10,137
Revenue earned from prior balances		(33,472	)		(26,976	)		(10,036	)		(70,484	)
Billings during period (1)		437,961			224,813			-			662,774
Revenue earned for new billings during the period		(406,711	)		(198,876	)		-			(605,587	)
Other adjustments		(1,019	)		33			1,467			481
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2024	$	33,168		$	26,555		$	1,568		$	61,291

_______________

(1)Billings during period includes adjustments for prior billings.

(2)The prior period amounts for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(3)USAHS includes deferred revenue starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

Tuition Refunds

If a student withdraws from one of our academic institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Generally, the amount to be refunded to a student is calculated based upon the percent of the term attended and the amount of tuition and fees paid by the student as of their withdrawal date. In certain circumstances, we have recognized revenue for students who have withdrawn that we are not entitled to retain. We have estimated a reserve for these limited circumstances based on historical evidence in the amount of $2.3 million and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024,

respectively. Students are typically entitled to a partial refund until approximately a little more than halfway through their term. Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date.

Significant Judgments

We analyze revenue recognition on a portfolio approach under ASC Topic 606. Significant judgment is used in determining the appropriate portfolios to assess for meeting the criteria to recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606. We have determined that all of our students can be grouped into one portfolio. Based on our past experience, students at different universities, in different programs or with different funding all behave similarly. Enrollment agreements all contain similar terms, refund policies are similar across all institutions and students work with the university to obtain some type of funding, for example, Title IV Program funds, Veterans Administration funds, military funding, employer tuition assistance or self-pay. We have significant historical data for our students which allows us to analyze collectability. We do not expect that revenue earned for the portfolio is significantly different as compared to revenue that would be earned if we were to assess each student contract separately.

Significant judgment is also required to assess collectability, particularly as it relates to students seeking funding under Title IV Programs. Because students are required to provide documentation, and in some cases extensive documentation, to the Department to be eligible and approved for funding, the timeframe for this process can sometimes span between 90 to 120 days. We monitor the progress of students through the eligibility and approval process and assess collectability for the portfolio each reporting period to monitor that the collectability threshold is met.

For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we received a majority of our universities’ cash receipts for tuition payments from various government agencies as well as our corporate engagements. These cash receipts represent a substantial portion of our consolidated revenues and all have low risk of collectability.

XML

Student Receivables

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Receivables [Abstract]

Student Receivables

7. STUDENT RECEIVABLES

Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables, net, are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets as components of both current and non-current assets.

Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans. Cash receipts from government related sources are typically received during the current academic term. We typically receive funds after the end of an academic term for students who receive employer tuition assistance. Students who have not applied for any type of financial aid or students whose financial aid may not fully cover the cost of their tuition and fees generally set up a payment plan with the institution and make payments on a monthly basis per the terms of the payment plan. For those balances that are not received during the academic term, the balance is typically due within the current academic year which is approximately 30 weeks in length. Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student has been out of school for greater than 90 days and has not made a payment.

Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of our collections and write-off experience as well as monitoring any emerging factors that we believe impact the ability to collect our student receivables.

We have student receivables that are due greater than 12 months from the date of our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amount of non-current student receivables under payment plans that are longer than 12 months in duration, net of allowance for credit losses, was $4.8 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We define student receivables as a portfolio segment under ASC Topic 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. Changes in our current and non-current allowance for credit losses related to our student receivable portfolio in accordance with the guidance under ASU 2016-13 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
Balance, beginning of period	$	43,520		$	37,782		$	43,141
Provision for credit losses		29,492			33,719			33,215
Amounts written-off		(29,263	)		(29,606	)		(40,590	)
Recoveries		1,662			1,625			2,016
Balance, end of period	$	45,411		$	43,520		$	37,782

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amount reported in our consolidated balance sheets for the current portion of student receivables approximates fair value because of the nature of these financial instruments as they generally have short maturity periods. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of the non-current portion of student receivables, since observable market data is not readily available, and no reasonable estimation methodology exists.

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The cost basis and estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2025 (1)			2024 (1)			Life
Computer hardware and software	$	58,475		$	53,963		3-5 years
Leasehold improvements		39,371			37,237		Shorter of Life of Lease or Useful Life
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		18,490			15,886		5-10 years
Building and improvements (2)		52,445			9,163		15-35 years
Other		23			22		5-10 years
Construction in progress (2)		1,418			46,729
		170,222			163,000
Less-accumulated depreciation		(86,908	)		(67,492	)
Total property and equipment, net	$	83,314		$	95,508

___________________

(1)Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were reduced to zero for these assets.

(2)Buildings and improvements include a failed sale–leaseback transaction for USAHS.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $19.4 million, $8.7 million and $9.3 million, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did not record any asset impairment charges. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized asset impairment charges of $0.8 million related to software assets that were no longer expected to be utilized. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded asset impairment charges totaling $2.1 million, primarily related to software assets that were no longer expected to be utilized and leasehold improvements at leased facilities that the Company determined it would no longer use.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

9. LEASES

We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating or finance leases expiring at various dates through 2050. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the lease period, which are typically variable in nature.

We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon identification and commencement of a lease, we establish an ROU asset and a lease liability.

Quantitative lease information

Quantitative information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 is presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
Lease expenses (1)
Operating fixed lease expenses	$	10,330		$	5,213		$	6,410
Finance lease amortization expense		5,116			426			-
Finance lease interest expense		813			81			-
Variable lease expenses		4,483			986			1,401
Sublease income (2)		(401	)		(32	)		(500	)
Total lease expenses	$	20,341		$	6,674		$	7,311
Other information (3)
Gross operating cash flows for operating leases	$	(15,151	)	$	(8,961	)	$	(9,845	)
Gross operating cash flows for finance leases		(6,737	)		(81	)		-
Gross financing cash flows for finance leases		(4,977	)		(398	)		-
Operating cash flows from subleases (2)		401			32			488
	As of December 31, 2025			As of December 31, 2024			As of December 31, 2023
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – operating leases		85			92			55
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – finance leases		25			37			-
Weighted average discount rate – operating leases		6.3	%		6.1	%		4.9	%
Weighted average discount rate– finance leases		5.9	%		5.9	%		-

_____________

(1)Lease expense and sublease income represent the amount recorded within our consolidated statements of income. Variable lease amounts represent expenses recognized as incurred which are not included in the lease liability.

(2)For certain of our leased locations we have vacated the facility and have fully or partially subleased the space.

(3)Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.

Gross Lease Obligations

As of December 31, 2025, future minimum lease payments under leases which are included in lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Operating Leases Total		Finance Leases Total		Total Lease Liabilities
2026 (1)	$	9,023	$	5,964	$	14,987
2027		10,389		5,325		15,714
2028		7,844		957		8,801
2029		7,113		-		7,113
2030		7,277		-		7,277
2031		7,444				7,444
2032 and thereafter		13,784		-		13,784
Total	$	62,874	$	12,246	$	75,120
Less: imputed interest		13,090		691		13,781
Present value of future minimum lease payments		49,784		11,555		61,339
Less: current lease liabilities		6,032		5,458		11,490
Non-current lease liabilities	$	43,752	$	6,097	$	49,849

_____________

(1) Amounts provided are for unpaid lease obligations remaining as of December 31, 2025.

Significant Judgments and Assumptions

We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

We have 15 leased locations related to our ongoing operations which consist of administrative offices and university locations, of which two are either month to month leases or had an initial lease term of less than one year and therefore are not included in the lease liability and ROU asset recorded within our consolidated balance sheet, and one of which is related to a sale-leaseback transaction. For those leases that we are reasonably certain that we will extend or terminate at lease conception or modification, we have taken those factors into account when determining the lease liability recorded within our consolidated balance sheet.

Failed Sale-Leaseback

Upon construction commencement of the new St. Augustine campus in April 2023, USAHS determined that it was the deemed owner for accounting purposes during the construction period under a build to suit (“BTS”) arrangement due to the extent of the Company’s involvement in the project. Accordingly, the Company had recognized all cash and non-cash assets contributed by the landlord to the project as of December 31, 2024 as a component of construction in progress with a corresponding construction financing liability. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had recognized $56.5 million in construction contributions made by the landlord as construction financing on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease commencement began in January 2025 upon substantial completion of the BTS arrangement with a stated lease term of 25 years from commencement date.

Upon lease commencement and shortly after the acquisition of USAHS, the Company determined that it did not meet the criteria under ASC 606-10-25-30 to derecognize the asset as the Company retained control of the asset and the risks and rewards of ownership did not transfer to the landlord. As such the transaction is considered a failed sale leaseback and the Company will retain the asset on its consolidated balance sheet and depreciate the asset over its useful life. A financing obligation liability was recognized in the amount of the net proceeds received in the amount of $56.5 million. The Company will not recognize rent expense related to the leased asset. Instead, monthly rent payments under the lease agreement will be recorded as interest expense and a reduction of the outstanding liability.

Amortization expense and interest expense for this failed sale-leaseback was $1.2 million and $5.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Future minimum lease payments for failed sale-leaseback financing transactions as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:

	Sale Leaseback Payments
2026	$	5,043
2027		5,143
2028		5,246
2029		5,351
2030		5,458
2031		5,567
2032 and thereafter		122,259
Total	$	154,067

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

10. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying value of goodwill was $265.7 million and $258.0 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

A reconciliation of the changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	CTU		AIUS		USAHS (1)		Total
Balance as of December 31, 2023	$	130,755	$	110,407	$	-	$	241,162
Business acquisition		-		-		16,850		16,850
Balance as of December 31, 2024		130,755		110,407		16,850		258,012
Business acquisition (1)		-		-		7,685		7,685
Balance as of December 31, 2025	$	130,755	$	110,407	$	24,535	$	265,697

___________________

(1) The positive adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2025 relates to purchase accounting adjustments for the USAHS acquisition finalized during the period.

In assessing the fair value for our reporting units, we performed a qualitative assessment as of October 1, 2025 to determine if we believe it is more likely than not that our reporting units’ carrying values exceed their respective fair values. When performing the qualitative assessment, management first considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focused on the significant inputs, including its projections of revenue growth, operating expense leverage and the discount rate used in the prior quantitative assessment, and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs. These events and circumstances included, but were not limited to, financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluated all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. In addition, management evaluated the results of its most recent quantitative impairment assessment to determine by how much the previous fair value exceeded the carrying value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset.

The determination of estimated fair value of each reporting unit requires significant estimates and assumptions, and as such, these fair value measurements are categorized as Level 3 per ASC Topic 820. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rates, operating cash flow projections and capital expenditure forecasts. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in deriving those estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. We evaluate the merits of each significant assumption used, both individually and in the aggregate, to assess the fair value of each reporting unit for reasonableness.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the net book value of intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2025										December 31, 2024
	Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Accumulated Impairments			Net Book Value		Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Accumulated Impairments			Net Book Value
Amortizable intangible assets:
Course curriculum	$	18,290	$	(6,571	)	$	-		$	11,719	$	18,290	$	(2,418	)	$	-		$	15,872
Customer relationships		52,090		(29,051	)		(111	)		22,928		52,090		(19,068	)		(111	)		32,911
Developed technology		8,820		(3,307	)		(5,513	)		-		8,820		(2,980	)		(5,513	)		327
Trade names		11,660		(3,600	)		(5,205	)		2,855		11,660		(3,085	)		(5,205	)		3,370
Accreditation rights		25,000		(2,257	)		-			22,743		25,000		(174	)		-			24,826
Net book value, amortizable intangible    assets:	$	115,860	$	(44,786	)	$	(10,829	)	$	60,245	$	115,860	$	(27,725	)	$	(10,829	)	$	77,306
Non-amortizable intangible assets:
Accreditation rights									$	1,000									$	1,000
Trade names										16,700										16,700
Non-amortizable intangible assets										17,700										17,700
Intangible assets, net									$	77,945									$	95,006

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their remaining estimated useful lives, which range from less than one year to twelve years. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $17.1 million, $5.5 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Future amortization associated with amortizable intangible assets as of December 31, 2025 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2026	$	16,118
December 31, 2027		9,562
December 31, 2028		8,429
December 31, 2029		3,534
December 31, 2030		3,534
December 31, 2031 and thereafter		19,068
Total	$	60,245

As of December 31, 2025, net intangible assets include certain accreditation rights and trade names that are considered to have indefinite useful lives and, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, are not subject to amortization but rather reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis by applying a fair-value-based test.

We performed our annual impairment testing of other indefinite-lived intangible asset balances as of October 1, 2025 utilizing the qualitative assessment approach and concluded that no indicators existed that would suggest that it is more likely than not that the assets would be impaired. We monitor the operating results and revenue projections related to our indefinite-lived trade names and accreditation rights on a quarterly basis for signs of possible declines in estimated fair value. When performing the qualitative assessment, management considered events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the intangible assets to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. These events and circumstances included, but were not limited to, financial performance, future expectations of financial performance, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business, and industry and market considerations. Management evaluated these events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value.

XML

Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Loss Contingency [Abstract]

Contingencies

11. CONTINGENCIES

An accrual for estimated legal fees and settlements of $1.8 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, is presented within other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets.

We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. We evaluate, at least quarterly, developments in our legal matters that could affect the amount of liability that was previously accrued and make adjustments as further information develops, circumstances change or contingencies are resolved.

Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. We may be unable to estimate a possible loss or range of possible loss due to various reasons, including, among others: (1) if the damages sought are indeterminate; (2) if the proceedings are in early stages; (3) if there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals, motions or settlements; (4) if there are significant factual issues to be determined or resolved; and (5) if there are novel or unsettled legal theories presented. In such instances, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the ultimate resolution of such matters, including estimating a possible eventual loss, if any.

United States of America, ex rel. Fiorisce LLC v. Perdoceo Education Corporation and Colorado Technical University, Inc. On July 19, 2023, we became aware of a complaint originally filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Colorado on February 25, 2021 and thereafter amended on May 19, 2023 and on May 19, 2025. The original complaint was filed under seal by a former employee of Colorado Technical University through a limited liability company, on behalf of the LLC and the federal government. On July 18, 2023, the district court ordered the complaint unsealed and we were notified that the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") had declined to intervene in the action on February 3, 2023. The Company had previously received a Civil Investigative Demand ("CID") related to this complaint on April 8, 2022 from the DOJ and had been cooperating with the DOJ in its review. After the federal government declined to intervene in this case, the Relator elected to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government. If the Relator is successful, it would receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery. The second amended complaint alleges violations of the False Claims Act related to the Company’s compliance with federal financial aid credit hour requirements in connection with its use of its learning management system. Relator claims that defendants’ conduct caused the government to make payments of federal funds to defendants which the government would not have made but for defendants’ alleged violation of the law. Relator seeks treble damages plus civil penalties and attorneys’ fees.

United States of America, ex rel. Aidan K. Peters v. Perdoceo Education Corporation, Colorado Technical University, Inc. and CEC Employee Group, LLC. After cooperating with the DOJ in our response to a CID originally received on September 7, 2024, we learned on November 11, 2025, that the DOJ had declined to intervene in a False Claims Act ("FCA") lawsuit originally filed under seal on November 13, 2023 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Colorado by a former employee of Colorado Technical University on behalf of himself and the federal government. The Relator subsequently elected to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government and filed an amended complaint on January 8, 2026. If he is successful, he would receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery. The amended complaint makes a number of allegations that it claims are violations of the FCA arising from the Company’s compliance with the incentive compensation and misrepresentation requirements for Title IV Programs. Relator claims that defendants’ conduct caused the government to make payments of federal funds to defendants which the government would not have made but for defendants’ alleged violation of the law. The amended complaint also asserts a personal claim by the Relator-Plaintiff under the FCA’s anti-retaliation provision. Under the FCA, if a defendant is found to have violated the Act, it can be liable to the United States for treble damages and statutory penalties, and it is liable to the Relator for his reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. The anti-retaliation provision of the FCA also allow for potential recovery of double-back pay and attorneys’ fees, and other relief.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of these legal proceedings are uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any, for these actions. Accordingly, we have not recognized any liability associated with these actions.

We receive from time-to-time requests from state attorneys general, federal and state government agencies and accreditors relating to our institutions, to specific complaints they have received from students or former students or to student loan forgiveness claims which seek information about students, our programs, and other matters relating to our activities. These requests can be broad and time consuming to respond to, and there is a risk that they could expand and/or lead to a formal action or claims of non-compliance. We are subject to a variety of other claims, lawsuits, arbitrations and investigations that arise from time to time out of the conduct of our business, including, but not limited to, matters involving prospective students, students or former students, alleged violations of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, both individually and on behalf of a putative class, and employment matters. Periodically matters arise that we consider outside the scope of ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. While we currently believe that these matters, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows or results of operations, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur in any one or more of these matters, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, reputation, financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

12. INCOME TAXES

Pretax income exclusively from domestic-based operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $216.8 million, $201.4 million and $192.1 million, respectively.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024			2023
Current provision
Federal	$	42,512	$	40,947		$	32,792
State and local		10,813		10,308			7,903
Foreign		4		18			13
Total current provision		53,329		51,273			40,708
Deferred provision
Federal		1,683		3,375			2,640
State and local		1,910		(798	)		1,121
Total deferred provision		3,593		2,577			3,761
Total provision for income taxes	$	56,922	$	53,850		$	44,469

The following table shows the principal reasons for the difference between the effective income tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025						2024						2023
	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent
US federal statutory income tax rate	$	45,536			21.0	%	$	42,302			21.0	%	$	40,345			21.0	%
Domestic federal
Tax Credits		(368	)		-0.2	%		(695	)		-0.3	%		(573	)		-0.3	%
Nontaxable and nondeductible items		2,396			1.1	%		3,394			1.7	%		1,180			0.6	%
Nondeductible compensation		2,162			1.0	%		2,584			1.3	%		2,180			1.1	%
Other		234			0.1	%		810			0.4	%		(1,000	)		-0.5	%
Changes in valuation allowances		31			0.0	%		-			0.0	%		-			0.0	%
Other		(1,433	)		-0.6	%		(233	)		-0.2	%		(315	)		-0.2	%
Domestic state and local income taxes, net of federal effect (1)		7,993			3.7	%		6,074			3.0	%		4,930			2.6	%
Foreign tax effects		4			0.0	%		18			0.0	%		13			0.0	%
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits		2,763			1.3	%		2,990			1.5	%		(1,111	)		-0.6	%
Total	$	56,922			26.3	%	$	53,850			26.7	%	$	44,469			23.1	%

_______________________

(1) The states that contribute to the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category include California, Florida and Illinois for 2025, Illinois for 2024 and Illinois for 2023.

The effective income tax rate for 2024 was 26.7% compared to 23.1% for 2023. The increase in the effective income tax rate was primarily due a $4.5 million favorable adjustment in 2023 related to the recognition of the tax benefits associated with a previously disclosed prior year ordinary loss attributable to the stock of a worthless subsidiary, which decreased the overall effective tax rate by 2.4%.

The amounts of cash taxes paid by the Company are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Federal	$	41,841	$	41,400	$	37,970
State		7,506		5,440		3,781
Income Taxes, net of amounts refunded	$	49,347	$	46,840	$	41,751

In 2025, 2024 and 2023, there were no individual state jurisdictions with cash taxes paid that equaled or exceeded 5% of total income taxes paid.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	2025			2024			2023
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of the year	$	30,280		$	25,686		$	24,658
Additions for tax positions of prior years		-			-			16
Additions for tax positions related to the current year		5,007			7,641			7,325
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(496	)		(1,127	)		(5,083	)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations		(2,214	)		(1,920	)		(1,230	)
Subtotal		32,577			30,280			25,686
Interest and penalties		5,625			4,424			3,257
Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of the year	$	38,202		$	34,704		$	28,943

The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods was $30.2 million and $27.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, our short and long-term reserves, recorded within current accrued income taxes and other non-current liabilities, respectively, related to FASB’s interpretation No. 48 of ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes or (“FIN 48”), were $2.1 million and $30.4 million, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within provision for income taxes on our consolidated statements of income. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such unrecognized tax benefits was $5.6 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recognized expenses of less than $1.0 million, less than $1.0 million and less than $0.7 million, respectively, related to interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated results of operations.

Perdoceo and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions and are routinely examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's federal income tax returns are open to examinations for the tax years ended December 31, 2022 and forward.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result primarily from temporary differences in the recognition of various expenses for tax and financial statement purposes, and from the recognition of the tax benefits of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2025			2024
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued occupancy	$	14,658		$	18,419
Compensation and employee benefits		8,960			6,754
Tax net operating loss carry forwards		17,239			17,161
Valuation allowance		(10,617	)		(10,861	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts		8,193			7,775
Accrued settlements and legal		186			179
Accrued severance		322			614
Equity method for investments		-			1,180
Equity method for investments valuation allowance		-			(1,180	)
Capital loss		907			-
Capital loss valuation allowance		(907	)		-
Capitalized research and development		949			4,908
Deferred rent		13,507			-
Interest expense disallowance carry forward		3,988			4,299
Depreciation		-			4,081
Amortization		22,836			33,148
Other		1,711			1,676
Total deferred income tax assets		81,932			88,153
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Depreciation		8,395			-
Right of use asset, net		12,691			16,041
Available for sale short-term investments		348			80
Other		3,060			3,258
Total deferred income tax liabilities		24,494			19,379
Net deferred income tax assets	$	57,438		$	68,774

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $357.8 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $103.4 million. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $373.0 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $79.1 million.

Included among the Company’s gross deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2025, was a federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward of $17.9 million, tax basis amortizable intangible assets of $189.8 million, an interest expense disallowance carryforward of $18.1 million and state NOL carryforwards of $8.3 million. These acquired tax attributes are all subject to an annual utilization limitation. Excluding the acquired state NOLs mentioned above, we have state NOL carryforwards of approximately $212.4 million, which expire between tax years 2025 and 2037. Of this amount, approximately $52.0 million relates to separate state NOL carryforwards and $127.2 million relates to combined state NOL carryforwards, which we anticipate will not be utilized. Valuation allowances have been established against the full amounts of the deferred tax balances for these separate and combined state NOL carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2024, a valuation allowance of $12.0 million was maintained with respect to our equity investment in CCKF and state NOLs. During the year, the Company incurred a $3.8 million capital loss upon the sale of its equity investment in CCKF. In assessing whether the deferred tax asset on the capital loss was realizable, the Company considered the fact that capital losses can only be utilized to offset capital gains and there is neither an opportunity to carry back the capital loss nor are there any material capital gains anticipated within the allowed 5-year carryforward period. Therefore, we determined a full valuation allowance was needed with respect to the capital loss. As of December 31, 2025, our total valuation allowance was $11.5 million, primarily associated with our state NOLs attributable to jurisdictions where we no longer maintain active schools. We will continue to evaluate our valuation allowance in future years for any change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability of these deferred tax assets.

XML

Share-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Share-Based Payment Arrangement [Abstract]

Share-Based Compensation

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Overview of Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Perdoceo Education Corporation Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan (“the “2016 Plan”) became effective (as the Career Education Corporation 2016 Incentive Compensation Plan) on May 24, 2016, and the amendment and restatement of the 2016 Plan became effective on June 3, 2021, upon its approval by the Company’s stockholders. Under the 2016 Plan, Perdoceo may grant to eligible participants awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, performance units, annual incentive awards, and substitute awards, which generally may be settled in cash or shares of our common stock. Any shares of our common stock that are subject to awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights payable in shares will be counted as 1.0 share for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit and any shares of our common stock that are subject to any other form of award payable in shares will be counted as 1.35 shares for each share issued for purposes of the aggregate share limit. As of December 31, 2025, there were approximately 3.3 million shares of common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan, which is net of (i) 0.2 million shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and (ii) 2.4 million shares underlying restricted stock units, which will be settled in shares of our common stock if the vesting conditions are met and thus reduce the common stock available for future share-based awards under the 2016 Plan by the amount vested. These shares take into account the anticipated vesting levels based on projected attainment of performance conditions for performance-based restricted stock units and have been multiplied by the applicable factor under the 2016 Plan to determine the remaining shares available as of December 31, 2025. Additionally, as of December 31, 2025 under the Company’s previous 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan, there were less than 0.1 million shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon settlement of underlying outstanding deferred stock units. The vesting of all types of awards is subject to possible acceleration in certain circumstances. If a plan participant terminates employment for any reason other than by death or disability during the vesting period, the right to unvested equity awards is generally forfeited.

As of December 31, 2025, we estimate that compensation expense of approximately $18.0 million will be recognized over the next four years for all unvested share-based awards that have been granted to participants. This amount excludes any estimates of forfeitures.

Stock Options. The exercise price of stock options granted under each of the plans is equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Employee stock options generally become exercisable 25% per year over a four-year service period beginning on the date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Non-employee directors’ stock options expire ten years from the date of grant and generally become 100% exercisable after the first anniversary of the grant date. Grants of stock options are generally only subject to the service conditions discussed previously.

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 under our plans was as follows:

	Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		851,082		$	9.45
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(309,819	)		7.35			$	2,860
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023		541,263		$	10.65
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(158,047	)		12.48			$	1,183
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024		383,216		$	9.90
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(171,139	)		8.00			$	3,296
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2025		212,077		$	11.43		1.62	$	3,795
Exercisable as of December 31, 2025		212,077		$	11.43		1.62	$	3,795

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding and exercisable stock options under all of our plans as of December 31, 2025:

Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Number of Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
	63,387	$	5.96		0.39		63,387	$	5.96
	9,308	$	7.22		0.85		9,308	$	7.22
	56,355	$	9.69		1.39		56,355	$	9.69
	12,972	$	13.80		2.18		12,972	$	13.80
	40,085	$	15.39		2.41		40,085	$	15.39
	29,970	$	21.29		3.61		29,970	$	21.29
	212,077	$	11.43		1.62		212,077	$	11.43

Restricted Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock which are not “performance-based” generally vest 25% per year over a four-year service period. Restricted stock units which are “performance-based” are subject to performance or market conditions that may increase or reduce the number of restricted stock units that vest at the end of the requisite service period or result in all units being forfeited, even if the requisite service period is met, with attainment of performance or market conditions assessed quarterly. The performance-based restricted stock units generally vest three years after the grant date.

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock under our plans during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

	Restricted Stock to be Settled in Shares of Stock
	Units			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		1,614,210		$	12.18
Granted (1)		741,223			13.58
Vested		(530,819	)		14.15
Forfeited		(293,408	)		12.11
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (1)		1,531,206		$	12.19
Granted (1)		495,529			17.94
Vested		(582,112	)		12.20
Forfeited		(53,454	)		14.94
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (1)		1,391,169		$	14.13
Granted (1)		689,138			19.22
Vested		(868,499	)		11.90
Forfeited		(16,224	)		18.16
Outstanding as of December 31, 2025 (1)		1,195,584		$	18.63

_________________

(1) 150,292, 192,024 and 226,954 of performance-based restricted stock units granted during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and which are still outstanding as of December 31, 2025, are subject to a 200% maximum payout based on certain performance metrics.

Deferred Stock Units to be Settled in Stock. Perdoceo granted deferred stock units to our non-employee directors prior to 2017, which will be settled in shares of stock upon each director(s) ceasing to provide services to the Company in the capacity of a director, employee or consultant. As of December 31, 2025, there are 58 thousand deferred stock units outstanding.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense. Total stock-based compensation expense was $11.7 million, $10.2 million and $8.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Share-Based Awards Assumptions

We recognize the value of share-based compensation as expense in our consolidated statements of income during the vesting periods of the underlying share-based awards using the straight-line method. FASB ASC Topic 718 allows companies to estimate forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revise such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original projections.

The fair value of each share of restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled in stock is equal to the fair market value of our common stock as of the date of grant, which is the closing price per share of our common stock on NASDAQ.

XML

Stock Repurchase Program

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

Stock Repurchase Program

14. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

On July 31, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock repurchase program for up to $75.0 million, which commenced July 31, 2025 and expires January 31, 2027. The stock repurchase program replaced the previous stock repurchase program approved on February 20, 2024. The other terms of the stock repurchase program are consistent with the Company’s previous stock repurchase program.

The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the program is determined by the Company’s management and will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, its assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Repurchases will be made in open market transactions, including block purchases, conducted in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act as well as may be made pursuant to trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase shares and the Company may, in its discretion, begin, suspend or terminate repurchases at any time, without any prior notice.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased 4.1 million shares of our common stock for approximately $120.8 million at an average price of $29.17 per share, of which approximately 1.6 million shares of our common stock were purchased under the previous stock repurchase program for approximately $46.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased 0.4 million shares of our common stock for approximately $6.8 million at an average price of $17.60 per share. As of December 31, 2025, approximately $0.2 million was available under our authorized stock repurchase program to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock. Shares of stock repurchased under the program are held as treasury shares. These repurchased shares have reduced the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

XML

Weighted Average Common Shares

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Weighted Average Common Shares

15. WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares assuming dilution. Dilutive common shares outstanding is computed using the Treasury Stock Method and reflects the additional shares that would be outstanding if dilutive stock options were exercised and restricted stock units were settled for common shares during the period.

The weighted average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Basic common shares outstanding		64,805		65,646		66,468
Common stock equivalents		1,351		1,596		1,358
Diluted common shares outstanding		66,156		67,242		67,826

Certain unexercised stock option awards are excluded from our computations of diluted earnings per share, as these shares were out-of-the-money and their effect would have been anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive options for each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2023, fewer than 0.1 million anti-dilutive shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

In addition to the common stock issued upon the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units to be settled in stock, we issued less than 0.1 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan.

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Retirement Benefits [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

16. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plans

We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings plan which is available to all employees who have worked greater than 1,000 hours within a fiscal year. Under the plan, an eligible employee may elect to defer receipt of a portion of their annual pay, including salary and bonus. During 2025, 2024 and 2023, we contributed this amount to the plan on the employee’s behalf and also made a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 2% and 25% of the next 4% of the percentage of annual pay that the employee elected to defer. Participants are 100% vested in the company’s matching contribution after two years of service.

Additionally, USAHS, which was acquired on December 2, 2024, offers a defined contribution 401(K) retirement savings plan to its employees. Under this plan, eligible employee may choose to defer a portion of their annual compensation, including salary and bonus. We make contributions on behalf of employees, including a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible compensation an employee contributes to the benefit plan. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the company match was discretionary and based on USAHS's financial performance.

During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recorded expense under these plans of approximately $4.3 million, $3.1 million, and $3.6 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We maintain an employee stock purchase plan that allows substantially all full-time and part-time employees to acquire shares of our common stock through payroll deductions over three-month offering periods. The per share purchase price is equal to 95% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the last day of the offering period, and purchases are limited to 10% of an employee’s salary, up to a maximum of $25,000 per calendar year. We are authorized to issue up to 4.0 million shares of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan, and, as of December 31, 2025, 3.5 million shares of common stock have been issued under the plan.

The compensation expense for employee share purchases recorded during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 in connection with the compensatory elements of our employee stock purchase plan was not significant.

XML

Segment Reporting

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Reporting

17. SEGMENT REPORTING

Our segments are determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280—Segment Reporting and are based on how the Company's chief operating decision maker ("CODM") evaluates performance and allocates resources. Perdoceo's CODM as defined under ASC Topic 280 is its President and Chief Executive Officer. Each segment is comprised of an accredited postsecondary education institution that offers a variety of academic programs.

Our three reporting segments are described below.

Colorado Technical University (CTU) is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education to a diverse student population, including non-traditional adult learners seeking career advancement and the military community. CTU utilizes innovative technology and experienced faculty, enabling the pursuit of academic and professional goals for learners. CTU offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business and management, nursing, healthcare management, computer science, engineering, information systems and technology, project management, cybersecurity and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2025, students enrolled at CTU represented approximately 67% of our total enrollments. Approximately 98% of CTU’s students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Students at CTU's ground-based campuses take both in-person and virtual classes.

The American InterContinental University System (AIUS or AIU System) is committed to providing industry-relevant higher education opportunities for a diverse student population, including non-traditional adult learners and the military community. AIUS places emphasis on the educational, professional and academic growth of each student. AIUS offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of business studies, information technologies, education, behavioral sciences and criminal justice. Students pursue their degrees through fully-online programs, local campuses and blended formats, which combine campus-based and online education. As of December 31, 2025, students enrolled at AIUS represented approximately 24% of our total enrollments. Approximately 97% of AIUS’ students are enrolled in programs offered fully online. Students at AIUS' ground-based campus take both in-person and virtual classes.

University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (USAHS) is dedicated to offering graduate education opportunities in health sciences to a diverse range of students. USAHS focuses on developing professional healthcare practitioners through innovative and personalized classroom, clinical, and distance education opportunities. USAHS offers graduate degrees in health sciences, primarily in physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech-language therapy and nursing, along with continuing education programs and prepares professionals to serve and provide quality medical care to communities across the country. Students pursue their degrees through a network of campuses and through its online programs. As of December 31, 2025, students enrolled at USAHS represented approximately 9% of our total enrollments.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results. Specifically, our CODM analyzes segment revenue and operating expenses which are directly attributable to the cost to serve and educate prospective students, when making decisions to allocate resources based on segment performance. Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate and Other,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity. Substantially all revenue earned by our reporting segments are generated in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and segment and total assets are substantially held in the

U.S. Additionally, interest, net and other miscellaneous income (expense) are not material by segment and are not reviewed by our CODM by segment.

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Revenue		Operating Income (Loss)			Depreciation and Amortization		Capital Expenditures		Total Assets (1)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
CTU (2)	$	461,602	$	180,597		$	5,563	$	5	$	172,405
AIUS (2)		226,220		35,950			5,466		148		170,825
USAHS (3)		157,576		3,211			30,316		5,514		287,985
Corporate and Other		698		(23,758	)		282		2,909		616,502
Total	$	846,096	$	196,000		$	41,627	$	8,576	$	1,247,717
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
CTU (2)	$	443,374	$	174,686		$	5,618	$	125	$	175,115
AIUS (2)		227,072		32,756			6,186		143		164,985
USAHS (3)		10,041		(2,640	)		2,516		311		306,552
Corporate and Other		776		(30,549	)		325		4,046		590,382
Total	$	681,263	$	174,253		$	14,645	$	4,625	$	1,237,034
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CTU (2)	$	456,169	$	150,699		$	8,404	$	141
AIUS (2)		253,057		38,592			8,149		704
USAHS (3)		-		-			-		-
Corporate and Other		778		(38,845	)		334		5,566
Total	$	710,004	$	150,446		$	16,887	$	6,411

__________________

(1)Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.

(2)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(3)USAHS includes results of operations starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

Significant expense category by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	61,323	$	45,639	$	64,465
Advertising and marketing		54,771		42,904		15,183
Admissions		48,092		35,541		5,324
Administrative (3)		89,458		46,555		21,405
Bad debt		19,441		9,607		442
Depreciation and amortization		5,563		5,466		30,316
All other expenses (4)		2,357		4,558		17,230
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	59,904	$	45,331	$	5,343
Advertising and marketing		54,662		45,120		1,181
Admissions		46,118		35,141		524
Administrative (3)		78,701		42,021		1,476
Bad debt		19,907		13,612		201
Depreciation and amortization		5,618		6,186		2,516
All other expenses (4)		3,778		6,905		1,440
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	67,016	$	51,473	$	-
Advertising and marketing		63,198		39,390		-
Admissions		50,157		41,202		-
Administrative (3)		79,249		54,391		-
Bad debt		20,203		13,028		-
Depreciation and amortization		8,404		8,149		-
All other expenses (4)		17,243		6,832		-

__________________

(1)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(2)USAHS includes financial information starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

(3)Administrative expense includes allocations from Corporate and Other.

(4)All other expenses primarily include occupancy and asset impairment.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Stock Repurchase Program

On January 2, 2026, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new common stock repurchase program, authorizing the Company to repurchase up to $100.0 million of its outstanding common stock on the open market (including without limitation the use of one or more trading plans adopted pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (the "Stock Repurchase Program"). This new Stock Repurchase Program, which expires on June 30, 2027, replaces the previous $75.0 million stock repurchase program, which was approved on July 31, 2025.

The timing of purchases and the number of shares repurchased under the Stock Repurchase Program will depend on a variety of factors including stock price, trading volume and other general market and economic conditions, the Company’s assessment of alternative uses of capital, regulatory requirements and other factors. Any such repurchases shall be in accordance with the terms of

Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act (including without limitation “block” purchases as defined pursuant thereto) and shall be made in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations in effect from time to time. The Stock Repurchase Program may be modified, suspended or discontinued at any time in the Company's discretion without prior notice, and does not commit the Company to repurchase shares of its common stock. The actual number and value of the shares to be purchased will be determined by the Company at its discretion and will depend on a number of factors including the performance of the price of the Company's common stock, other market conditions, the availability and economics of alternative investment opportunities and other factors the Company deems appropriate.

Letter of Credit Release

On January 16, 2026, USAHS was notified by the Department that they are no longer required to maintain its existing letter of credit in the amount of $20.5 million and thus these funds are no longer restricted as of the date of the letter.

XML

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

SEC Schedule, 12-09, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(dollars in thousands)

Description	Balance, Beginning of Period		Additions/Charges to Expense		Deductions/ Other			Balance, End of Period
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:
For the year ended December 31, 2025	$	12,041	$	-	$	(517	)	$	11,524
For the year ended December 31, 2024	$	14,022	$	-	$	(1,981	)	$	12,041
For the year ended December 31, 2023	$	22,536	$	-	$	(8,514	)	$	14,022
Valuation allowance for credit losses:
For the year ended December 31, 2025	$	43,520	$	29,492	$	(27,601	)	$	45,411
For the year ended December 31, 2024	$	37,782	$	33,719	$	(27,981	)	$	43,520
For the year ended December 31, 2023	$	43,141	$	33,215	$	(38,574	)	$	37,782

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

These consolidated financial statements presented herein include the accounts of Perdoceo Education Corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Perdoceo” or “PEC”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

On December 2, 2024, the Company acquired the University of St. Augustine for Health Sciences (the "USAHS acquisition"). Results of operations related to the USAHS acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. See Note 3 "Business Acquisition" for further information.

Segment Reporting

Our reporting segments are determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 – Segment Reporting and are based upon how the Company analyzes performance and makes decisions. Each segment represents a postsecondary education provider that offers a variety of academic programs. We organize our business across three reporting segments: CTU, AIUS and USAHS.

During the third quarter of 2025, management of the non-degree professional development and continuing education programs offered by Hippo Education (“Hippo”) were transitioned from the CTU segment to the AIUS segment. All prior periods have been recast to reflect this change for comparability, and the results of operations related to Hippo are now reported within the AIUS segment for all periods presented.

Management's Use of Estimates

b. Management’s Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. We regularly evaluate the accounting policies and estimates that we use to prepare our financial statements. Significant estimates, among others, include the allowance for credit losses, the assumptions surrounding future projections of revenues and expenses used in determining the probable outcome of performance conditions related to performance-based compensation, the assumptions used in determining the discount rate to calculate right of use assets and lease liabilities, assumptions used in calculating income tax related matters including our deferred tax balances and any respective valuation allowance, fair values used in establishing the opening balance sheet for business combinations and fair values used in asset impairment evaluations including goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Student Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

c. Student Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

Student receivables represent funds owed to us in exchange for the educational services provided to a student. Student receivables are reflected net of an allowance for credit losses at the end of the reporting period. Student receivables which are due

within one year are recorded as current assets on our consolidated balance sheets, while student receivables which are due more than one year from the balance sheet date are reported as non-current assets within our consolidated balance sheets.

A substantial portion of our student receivables is repaid through the students’ participation in various federal financial aid programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Higher Education Act”), which we refer to as “Title IV Programs.” For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, approximately 76%, 77% and 76%, respectively, of our institutions’ cash receipts from tuition payments came from Title IV Program funding.

Generally, a student receivable balance is written off once a student is out of school for greater than 90 days and has not made a payment. Although we analyze past due receivables, it is not practical to provide an aging of our non-current student receivable balances as a result of the methodology used in determining our earned student receivable balances. Student receivables are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as they are deemed earned over the course of a student’s program and/or term, and therefore cash collections are not applied against specifically dated transactions.

We extend unsecured credit to a portion of the students who are enrolled at our academic institutions for tuition and certain other educational costs. Based upon past experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for credit losses with respect to student receivables which we estimate will ultimately not be collectible. As such, our results from operations only reflect the amount of revenue that is estimated to be reasonably collectible. Our standard student receivable allowance is based on an estimate of lifetime expected credit losses for student receivables. Our estimation methodology considers a number of quantitative and qualitative factors that, based on our collection experience, we believe have an impact on our repayment risk and ability to collect student receivables. Changes in the trends in any of these factors may impact our estimate of the allowance for credit losses. These factors include, but are not limited to: internal repayment history, changes in the current economic, legislative or regulatory environments, internal cash collection forecasts and the ability to complete the federal financial aid process with the student. These factors are monitored and assessed on a regular basis. Overall, our allowance estimation process for student receivables is validated by trend analysis of our collections and write-off experience as well as monitoring any emerging factors that we believe impact the ability to collect our student receivables.

Revenue Recognition

d. Revenue Recognition

Our revenue, which is derived primarily from academic programs taught to students who attend our universities, is generally segregated into two categories: (1) tuition and fees, and (2) other. Tuition and fees represent costs to our students for educational services provided by our universities and are reflected net of scholarships and tuition discounts. Our universities charge tuition and fees at varying amounts and bill students a single charge that covers tuition, certain fees and required program materials, such as textbooks and supplies, which we treat as a single performance obligation. Generally, we bill student tuition at the beginning of each academic term for our degree programs and recognize the tuition as revenue on a straight-line basis over the academic term. As part of a student’s course of instruction, certain fees, such as technology fees and graduation fees, are billed separately to students. These fees are generally earned over the applicable term and are not considered separate performance obligations.

For each term, the portion of tuition and fee payments received from students but not yet earned is recorded as deferred revenue and reported as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheets, as we expect to earn these revenues within the next year. A contract asset is recorded for each student for the current term for which they are enrolled for the amount charged for the current term that has not yet been received as payment and to which we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment because the student has not reached the point in the student’s current academic term at which the amount billed is no longer refundable to the student. On a student by student basis, the contract asset is offset against the deferred revenue balance for the current term and the net deferred revenue balance is reflected within current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. For certain of our institutions, students are billed as they enroll in courses, including courses related to future periods. Any billings for future periods would meet the definition of a contract asset as we do not have the unconditional right to receive payment as the course has not yet started. Contract assets related to future periods are offset against the respective deferred revenue associated with the future period.

If a student withdraws from one of our academic institutions prior to the completion of the academic term, we refund the portion of tuition and fees already paid that, pursuant to our refund policy and applicable federal and state law and accrediting agency standards, we are not entitled to retain. Pursuant to each university’s policy, once a student reaches the point in the term where no refund is given, the student would not have a refund due if withdrawing from the university subsequent to that date. Management reassesses collectability when a student withdraws from the university and has unpaid tuition charges for the current term which the university is entitled to retain per the applicable refund policy. In certain cases, such unpaid charges generally do not meet the threshold of reasonably collectible and are recognized as revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606 when cash is received and the contract is terminated and neither party has further performance obligations.

Academic terms are determined by start dates, which vary by university and program and are generally 8-16 weeks in length. Our non-degree professional development programs are available via subscription-based access for up to 52 weeks or online courses which are generally 12-18 weeks in length. Our students pay for their costs through a variety of funding sources, including federal

loan and grant programs, institutional payment plans, employer tuition assistance, Veterans’ Administration and other military funding and grants, private and institutional scholarships and cash payments, as well as private loans.

Other revenue, which primarily consists of contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue, is billed and recognized as goods are delivered or services are performed.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

e. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consist of cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their fair values. Cash held in the Company’s banks accounts is not fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any material losses in such accounts. The restricted cash balance as of December 31, 2025 was $21.3 million and primarily relates to a letter of credit USAHS is required to maintain with the Department of Education.

Students at our institutions may receive grants, loans and work-study opportunities to fund their education under Title IV Programs. In certain instances, students may request that we retain a portion of their Title IV funds provided to them in excess of tuition billings and authorize us to apply these funds to historical balances or future charges and/or distribute them directly to the student in certain cases. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, we held $9.3 million and $9.4 million, respectively, of these funds on behalf of students within cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet, with the offset recorded as prepaid revenue within deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets.

Investments

f. Investments

Our investments, which primarily consist of non-governmental debt securities and treasury and federal agencies securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value. The Company measures the fair value of financial instruments under the guidance of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Any unrealized holding gains or temporary unrealized holding losses, net of income tax effects, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are computed on the basis of specific identification and are included in other income in our consolidated statements of income. In addition, the Company measures its available for sale securities at the net amount expected to be collected in accordance with ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses for available for sale securities is zero as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Property and Equipment

g. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets for financial reporting purposes and an accelerated method for income tax reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the lease or the useful life. Assets under construction are recorded in construction-in-progress until they are available for use. Maintenance, repairs, minor renewals and betterments are expensed as incurred, and major improvements, which extend the useful life of the asset, are capitalized.

When the Company is involved in the construction of leased facilities to be used in its operations, upon construction commencement, the Company evaluates whether it, as lessee, controls the asset being constructed, and depending on the extent of involvement in the project, may be the “deemed owner” of the leased asset for accounting purposes during the construction period under a build-to-suit ("BTS") arrangement. If the Company is the “deemed owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, upon construction commencement the Company is required to capitalize (i) costs incurred by the Company and (ii) the cash and non-cash assets contributed by the landlord for construction as property and equipment on our consolidated balance sheet as construction-in-progress, with an offsetting financing obligation under construction financing. Upon completion of a construction project, where the Company is the deemed owner, the Company will perform a sale-leaseback analysis to determine if it can derecognize the BTS asset and corresponding financing obligation. If the asset and liability cannot be derecognized, the agreement is treated as a debt-like financing arrangement.

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and right of use assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the assets' carrying amount to their expected future undiscounted net cash flows. If any such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured based on the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

h. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair market value of identifiable net assets acquired through business purchases. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350 – Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, we review goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or when an event or other circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the asset below its carrying

value, by applying a fair-value-based test. In evaluating the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill, we must make assumptions regarding the fair value of our reporting units, as defined under FASB ASC Topic 350. Goodwill is evaluated by comparing the book value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, with its fair value, as determined by a combination of income and market approach valuation methodologies (“quantitative assessment”). If the book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be impaired. The amount of impairment loss is equal to the excess of the book value of the goodwill over the fair value of goodwill. In certain cases, a qualitative assessment may be used to determine if it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value and if the quantitative assessment is needed.

When performing a qualitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, management must first consider events and circumstances that may affect the fair value of the reporting unit to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. Management focuses on the significant inputs and any events or circumstances that could affect the significant inputs, including, but not limited to, financial performance compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods, legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, political, business or other factors, and industry and market considerations, such as a deteriorating operating environment or increased competition. Management evaluates all events and circumstances, including positive or mitigating factors, that could affect the significant inputs used to determine fair value. If management determines that it is not more likely than not that the goodwill of the reporting unit is impaired based upon its qualitative assessment then it does not need to perform the quantitative assessment.

When performing a quantitative assessment for the annual review of goodwill balances for impairment, we estimate the fair value of each of our reporting units based on projected future operating results and cash flows, market assumptions and/or comparative market multiple methods. Determining fair value requires significant estimates and assumptions based on an evaluation of a number of factors, such as marketplace participants, relative market share, new student interest, student retention, future expansion or contraction expectations, amount and timing of future cash flows and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Significant management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows. Assumptions used in our impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans. In addition to cash flow estimates, our valuations are sensitive to the rate used to discount cash flows and future growth assumptions.

Intangible assets include indefinite-lived assets. Indefinite-lived assets include our CTU trade name and accreditation rights, and our USAHS trade name, which were recorded at fair market value upon acquisition and subsequently reviewed on an annual basis for impairment. Accreditation rights represent the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV Programs.

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of customer relationships, course curriculum, developed technology, accreditation rights and trade names, primarily from recent acquisitions. Customer relationships represent the value of acquired student and third party contracts and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated future benefit period for those contracts. Course curriculum represents the value of acquired curriculum, including lesson plans and syllabi, used to deliver educational services. Acquired course curriculum balances are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, which are estimated by management based upon, among other things, the expected future utilization period and the nature of the related academic programs. Developed technology represents online auditory and video course program materials related to our non-degree professional development programs and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of future benefit. Accreditation rights represent federal, state and programmatic accreditation which allows our schools to operate and meet certain regulatory requirements. Accreditation rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful life, which are estimated based upon the average remaining term before a campus would need to reapply for accreditation.

The Company reviews its indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis and both indefinite-lived and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the assets' carrying amount to their expected future undiscounted net cash flows. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured based on the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

See Note 10 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for further discussion.

Contingencies

i. Contingencies

During the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to various claims and contingencies. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450 – Contingencies, when we become aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any related loss or exposure. The probability a liability has been incurred, and whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, is analyzed, and if the loss contingency is both probable and reasonably estimable, then we accrue for costs, including direct costs incurred, associated with the loss contingency. If no accrual is made but the loss contingency is reasonably possible, we disclose the nature of the contingency and the related estimate of possible loss or range of loss if such an estimate can be made. For all matters that are currently being reviewed, we expense legal fees, including defense costs, as they are incurred. Loss contingencies include, but are not limited to, possible losses related to legal proceedings and regulatory compliance matters, and our assessment of exposure requires

subjective assessment. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved. See Note 11 “Contingencies” for additional information.

Income Taxes

j. Income Taxes

We are subject to the income tax laws of the U.S. and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation. As a result, significant judgments and interpretations are required in determining our income tax provisions (benefits) and evaluating our uncertain tax positions.

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740 – Income Taxes. Topic 740 requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the income tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax reporting by applying enacted statutory income tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Topic 740 also requires that deferred income tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance and/or release of a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Topic 740 provides that important factors in determining whether a deferred tax asset will be realized are whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether sufficient taxable income is expected in future years in order to use the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, we consider, among other things, historical levels of taxable income along with possible sources of future taxable income, which include: the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, the existence of taxable income in prior carryback year(s), the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits, expected future taxable income and earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the future deductible amount, coupled with evidence indicating the loss is not a continuing condition. Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future taxable income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods. If, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance, or release all or a portion of the valuation allowance if it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent to which, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets.

Topic 740 further clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Leases

k. Leases

FASB ASC Topic 842 – Leases states that all leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concept Statements No. 6 Elements of Financial Statements, and thus requires the recognition of a lease liability and a right of use ("ROU") asset at the lease inception date. We lease most of our administrative and educational facilities under non-cancelable operating or finance leases. In most cases, we are required to make additional payments under facility leases for taxes, insurance and other operating expenses incurred during the lease period, which are typically variable in nature. We determine if a contract contains a lease when the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Upon such identification and commencement of a lease, we establish an ROU asset and a lease liability within our consolidated balance sheets.

A lease component is defined as an asset within the lease contract that a lessee can benefit from the use of and is not highly dependent or interrelated with other assets in the arrangement. A lease contract may contain multiple lease components. A non-lease component is defined as a component of the lease that transfers a good or service for the underlying asset, such as maintenance services. We have determined that all of our leases contain one lease component related to the building and land. We have determined that treating the land together with the building as one lease component would not result in a significant difference from accounting for them as separate lease components. We elected the practical expedient to include both the lease component and the non-lease component as a single component when accounting for each lease and calculating the resulting lease liability and ROU asset. Any remaining contract consideration, such as property taxes and insurance, that does not meet the definition of a lease component or non-lease component would be allocated to the single lease component based on our election.

The lease liability represents future lease payments for lease and non-lease components discounted for present value. Lease payments that may be included in the lease liability include fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index or rate and payments for penalties for terminating the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to use a termination option, among others.

Certain of our leases contain rent escalation clauses that are specifically stated in the lease and these are included in the calculation of the lease liability. Variable lease payments for lease and non-lease components which are not based on an index or rate are excluded from the calculation of the lease liability and are recognized in the statement of income during the period incurred.

The ROU asset consists of the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability and adjusted for any lease incentives, including rent abatements and tenant improvement allowances, and any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee. The ROU asset is amortized over the remaining lease term on a straight-line basis and recorded within educational services and facilities expense on our consolidated statements of income.

The lease term is determined by taking into account the initial period as stated in the lease contract and adjusted for any renewal options that the company is reasonably certain to exercise as well as any period of time that the lessee has control of the space before the stated initial term of the lease. If we determine that we are reasonably certain to exercise a termination option, the lease term is then adjusted to account for the expected termination date.

We use discount rates to determine the net present value of our gross lease obligations when calculating the lease liability and related ROU asset. In cases in which the rate implicit in the lease is readily determinable, we use that discount rate for purposes of the net present value calculation. In most cases, our lease agreements do not have a discount rate that is readily determinable and therefore we use an estimate of our incremental borrowing rate. Our incremental borrowing rate is determined at lease commencement or lease modification and represents the rate of interest we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

See Note 9 “Leases” for further details.

Share-Based Compensation

l. Share-Based Compensation

FASB ASC Topic 718 – Compensation-Stock Compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-employee directors, including grants of stock options, shares or units of restricted stock, and the compensatory elements of employee stock purchase plans, be recognized in the financial statements based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.

Our share-based awards are measured at fair value and recognized over the requisite service or performance period. The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, based on the market price of the underlying common stock, expected life, expected stock price volatility and expected risk-free interest rate. Expected volatility is computed using a combination of historical volatility for a period equal to the expected term; the risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve, with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term used in the option pricing model. The fair value of each restricted stock unit award is estimated based on the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. The fair value of each market-based performance grant is estimated using the Monte Carlo Simulation methodology to assess the grant date fair value. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimate in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For our performance-based awards, the performance criteria is assessed each reporting period to determine the probability of attainment.

See Note 13 “Share-Based Compensation” for further discussion of our share-based compensation plans, the nature of share-based awards issued under the plans and our accounting for share-based awards.

Advertising Costs

m. Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising and marketing costs, which are included in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of income, were $112.9 million, $101.0 million and $102.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Inventories

n. Inventories

Inventories all relate to finished goods consisting principally of laptops and supplies, and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. The cost of inventory is reflected as a component of educational services and facilities expense as the items are used or sold.

XML

Business Acquisition (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Business Combination [Abstract]

Summary of Fair Values of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of acquisition date (dollars in thousands):

	USAHS
	December 2, 2024
Assets:
Student and other receivables	$	1,771
Prepaid assets		4,727
Property and equipment		78,800
ROU assets		53,271
Intangible assets
Trade name (indefinite-lived)		9,800
Customer relationships (2 year life)		14,000
Course curriculum (4 year life)		15,500
Accreditation rights (12 year life)		25,000
Deferred tax asset, net (1)		40,120
Other assets		977
Goodwill (1)		24,535
Total assets acquired	$	268,501
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities	$	9,269
Deferred revenue		10,137
Lease liabilities		55,625
Construction financing		56,500
Total liabilities assumed	$	131,531
Net assets acquired	$	136,970

Schedule of Proforma Financial Information

The table below is based on available information and certain assumptions the Company believes are reasonable, including adjustments to depreciation, amortization, interest income and interest expense based on the fair value purchase accounting adjustments primarily related to leases and property and equipment. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2023, a non-recurring adjustment was made to eliminate $241.6 million of asset impairment expense related to USAHS.

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
in thousands, except per share amounts	2024		2023
Total revenue	$	825,902	$	880,455
Operating income		175,480		174,775
Net income		147,012		161,971
Net income per share - Basic		2.24		2.44
Net income per share - Diluted		2.19		2.39

XML

Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Summary of Investments

Investments consist of the following as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2025
			Gross Unrealized
	Cost		Gain		(Loss)			Fair Value
Short-term investments (available-for-sale):
Non-governmental debt securities	$	329,108	$	1,105	$	(112	)	$	330,101
Treasury and federal agencies		180,631		529		(50	)		181,110
Total short-term investments (available-for-sale)	$	509,739	$	1,634	$	(162	)	$	511,211

	December 31, 2024
			Gross Unrealized
	Cost		Gain		(Loss)			Fair Value
Short-term investments (available-for-sale):
Non-governmental debt securities	$	246,070	$	466	$	(278	)	$	246,258
Treasury and federal agencies		213,394		258		(115	)		213,537
Total short-term investments (available-for-sale)	$	459,464	$	724	$	(393	)	$	459,795

Schedule of Available-for-Sale Investments

A schedule of available-for-sale investments segregated by their original stated terms to maturity as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Less than one year		One to five years		Total
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-    investments as of December 31, 2025	$	35,240	$	475,971	$	511,211
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale-    investments as of December 31, 2024	$	57,206	$	402,589	$	459,795

Summary of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis subject to the disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 820 - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2025
	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Cash and cash equivalents - money market funds	$	20,202	$	-	$	20,202
Short-term investments - non-governmental debt securities		-		330,101		330,101
Short-term investments - treasury and federal agencies		-		181,110		181,110
Totals	$	20,202	$	511,211	$	531,413
	As of December 31, 2024
	Level 1		Level 2		Total
Cash and cash equivalents - money market funds	$	30,189	$	-	$	30,189
Cash and cash equivalents - federal agency debt securities		-		13,078		13,078
Short-term investments - non-governmental debt securities		-		246,258		246,258
Short-term investments - treasury and federal agencies		-		213,537		213,537
Totals	$	30,189	$	472,873	$	503,062

Schedule of Maintenance Fee Payment to our equity affiliate

We made periodic operating maintenance payments to our former equity affiliate. The total related party fees recorded for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

For the year ended December 31, 2025 (1)	$	1,663
For the year ended December 31, 2024	$	1,727
For the year ended December 31, 2023	$	1,672

________________

(1) Maintenance payments incurred up to the date of sale.

XML

Revenue Recognition (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

Summary of Disaggregation of Revenue by Major Source

The following tables disaggregate our revenue by major source for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	458,645	$	225,188	$	157,569	$	-	$	841,402
Other revenue(2)		2,957		1,032		7		698		4,694
Total revenue	$	461,602	$	226,220	$	157,576	$	698	$	846,096
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	440,183	$	225,852	$	10,036	$	-	$	676,071
Other revenue(2)		3,191		1,220		5		776		5,192
Total revenue	$	443,374	$	227,072	$	10,041	$	776	$	681,263
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
	CTU (3)		AIUS (3)		USAHS (4)		Corporate and Other		Total
Tuition and fees, net (1)	$	452,063	$	250,857	$	-	$	-	$	702,920
Other revenue(2)		4,106		2,200		-		778		7,084
Total revenue	$	456,169	$	253,057	$	-	$	778	$	710,004

__________________

(1)Tuition and fees, net, includes revenue earned for all degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree and professional development programs.

(2)Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

(3)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(4)USAHS includes revenue beginning on the acquisition date of December 2, 2024.

Summary of Deferred Revenue Balances Offset with Contract Assets

The amount of deferred revenue balances which are being offset with contract assets balances as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2025			2024
Gross deferred revenue	$	80,290		$	61,291
Gross contract assets		(42,446	)		(24,551	)
Deferred revenue, net	$	37,844		$	36,740

Changes in Deferred Revenue Balances

Changes in our deferred revenue balances for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
	CTU (2)			AIUS (2)			USAHS (3)			Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2025	$	33,168		$	26,555		$	1,568		$	61,291
Revenue earned from prior balances		(29,814	)		(25,599	)		(455	)		(55,868	)
Billings during period (1)		463,059			240,197			157,510			860,766
Revenue earned for new billings during the period		(428,831	)		(199,589	)		(157,114	)		(785,534	)
Other adjustments		(162	)		(91	)		(112	)		(365	)
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2025	$	37,420		$	41,473		$	1,397		$	80,290
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
	CTU (2)			AIUS (2)			USAHS (3)			Total
Gross deferred revenue, January 1, 2024	$	36,409		$	27,561		$	-		$	63,970
Business acquisition, beginning balance		-			-			10,137			10,137
Revenue earned from prior balances		(33,472	)		(26,976	)		(10,036	)		(70,484	)
Billings during period (1)		437,961			224,813			-			662,774
Revenue earned for new billings during the period		(406,711	)		(198,876	)		-			(605,587	)
Other adjustments		(1,019	)		33			1,467			481
Gross deferred revenue, December 31, 2024	$	33,168		$	26,555		$	1,568		$	61,291

_______________

(1)Billings during period includes adjustments for prior billings.

(2)The prior period amounts for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(3)USAHS includes deferred revenue starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

XML

Student Receivables (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Receivables [Abstract]

Changes in Current and Non-Current Receivables Allowance

We define student receivables as a portfolio segment under ASC Topic 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. Changes in our current and non-current allowance for credit losses related to our student receivable portfolio in accordance with the guidance under ASU 2016-13 for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
Balance, beginning of period	$	43,520		$	37,782		$	43,141
Provision for credit losses		29,492			33,719			33,215
Amounts written-off		(29,263	)		(29,606	)		(40,590	)
Recoveries		1,662			1,625			2,016
Balance, end of period	$	45,411		$	43,520		$	37,782

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of Cost Basis and Estimated Useful Lives of Property and Equipment

The cost basis and estimated useful lives of property and equipment as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2025 (1)			2024 (1)			Life
Computer hardware and software	$	58,475		$	53,963		3-5 years
Leasehold improvements		39,371			37,237		Shorter of Life of Lease or Useful Life
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		18,490			15,886		5-10 years
Building and improvements (2)		52,445			9,163		15-35 years
Other		23			22		5-10 years
Construction in progress (2)		1,418			46,729
		170,222			163,000
Less-accumulated depreciation		(86,908	)		(67,492	)
Total property and equipment, net	$	83,314		$	95,508

___________________

(1)Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were reduced to zero for these assets.

(2)Buildings and improvements include a failed sale–leaseback transaction for USAHS.

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of Quantitative Information and Other Information Related to Leases

Quantitative information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 is presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2023
Lease expenses (1)
Operating fixed lease expenses	$	10,330		$	5,213		$	6,410
Finance lease amortization expense		5,116			426			-
Finance lease interest expense		813			81			-
Variable lease expenses		4,483			986			1,401
Sublease income (2)		(401	)		(32	)		(500	)
Total lease expenses	$	20,341		$	6,674		$	7,311
Other information (3)
Gross operating cash flows for operating leases	$	(15,151	)	$	(8,961	)	$	(9,845	)
Gross operating cash flows for finance leases		(6,737	)		(81	)		-
Gross financing cash flows for finance leases		(4,977	)		(398	)		-
Operating cash flows from subleases (2)		401			32			488
	As of December 31, 2025			As of December 31, 2024			As of December 31, 2023
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – operating leases		85			92			55
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – finance leases		25			37			-
Weighted average discount rate – operating leases		6.3	%		6.1	%		4.9	%
Weighted average discount rate– finance leases		5.9	%		5.9	%		-

_____________

(1)Lease expense and sublease income represent the amount recorded within our consolidated statements of income. Variable lease amounts represent expenses recognized as incurred which are not included in the lease liability.

(2)For certain of our leased locations we have vacated the facility and have fully or partially subleased the space.

(3)Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments under Leases Included in Lease Liabilities

As of December 31, 2025, future minimum lease payments under leases which are included in lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Operating Leases Total		Finance Leases Total		Total Lease Liabilities
2026 (1)	$	9,023	$	5,964	$	14,987
2027		10,389		5,325		15,714
2028		7,844		957		8,801
2029		7,113		-		7,113
2030		7,277		-		7,277
2031		7,444				7,444
2032 and thereafter		13,784		-		13,784
Total	$	62,874	$	12,246	$	75,120
Less: imputed interest		13,090		691		13,781
Present value of future minimum lease payments		49,784		11,555		61,339
Less: current lease liabilities		6,032		5,458		11,490
Non-current lease liabilities	$	43,752	$	6,097	$	49,849

_____________

(1) Amounts provided are for unpaid lease obligations remaining as of December 31, 2025.

Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments for Sale Leaseback Transactions

Future minimum lease payments for failed sale-leaseback financing transactions as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:

	Sale Leaseback Payments
2026	$	5,043
2027		5,143
2028		5,246
2029		5,351
2030		5,458
2031		5,567
2032 and thereafter		122,259
Total	$	154,067

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Reconciliation of Changes in Carrying Value of Goodwill

A reconciliation of the changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	CTU		AIUS		USAHS (1)		Total
Balance as of December 31, 2023	$	130,755	$	110,407	$	-	$	241,162
Business acquisition		-		-		16,850		16,850
Balance as of December 31, 2024		130,755		110,407		16,850		258,012
Business acquisition (1)		-		-		7,685		7,685
Balance as of December 31, 2025	$	130,755	$	110,407	$	24,535	$	265,697

___________________

(1) The positive adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2025 relates to purchase accounting adjustments for the USAHS acquisition finalized during the period.

Schedule of Net Book Value of Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the net book value of intangible assets other than goodwill are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31, 2025										December 31, 2024
	Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Accumulated Impairments			Net Book Value		Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Accumulated Impairments			Net Book Value
Amortizable intangible assets:
Course curriculum	$	18,290	$	(6,571	)	$	-		$	11,719	$	18,290	$	(2,418	)	$	-		$	15,872
Customer relationships		52,090		(29,051	)		(111	)		22,928		52,090		(19,068	)		(111	)		32,911
Developed technology		8,820		(3,307	)		(5,513	)		-		8,820		(2,980	)		(5,513	)		327
Trade names		11,660		(3,600	)		(5,205	)		2,855		11,660		(3,085	)		(5,205	)		3,370
Accreditation rights		25,000		(2,257	)		-			22,743		25,000		(174	)		-			24,826
Net book value, amortizable intangible    assets:	$	115,860	$	(44,786	)	$	(10,829	)	$	60,245	$	115,860	$	(27,725	)	$	(10,829	)	$	77,306
Non-amortizable intangible assets:
Accreditation rights									$	1,000									$	1,000
Trade names										16,700										16,700
Non-amortizable intangible assets										17,700										17,700
Intangible assets, net									$	77,945									$	95,006

Schedule of Future Amortization Associated with Amortizable Intangible Assets

Future amortization associated with amortizable intangible assets as of December 31, 2025 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2026	$	16,118
December 31, 2027		9,562
December 31, 2028		8,429
December 31, 2029		3,534
December 31, 2030		3,534
December 31, 2031 and thereafter		19,068
Total	$	60,245

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Provision for Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024			2023
Current provision
Federal	$	42,512	$	40,947		$	32,792
State and local		10,813		10,308			7,903
Foreign		4		18			13
Total current provision		53,329		51,273			40,708
Deferred provision
Federal		1,683		3,375			2,640
State and local		1,910		(798	)		1,121
Total deferred provision		3,593		2,577			3,761
Total provision for income taxes	$	56,922	$	53,850		$	44,469

Schedule of Principal Reasons for Difference Between Effective Income Tax Rate and Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate

The following table shows the principal reasons for the difference between the effective income tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025						2024						2023
	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent
US federal statutory income tax rate	$	45,536			21.0	%	$	42,302			21.0	%	$	40,345			21.0	%
Domestic federal
Tax Credits		(368	)		-0.2	%		(695	)		-0.3	%		(573	)		-0.3	%
Nontaxable and nondeductible items		2,396			1.1	%		3,394			1.7	%		1,180			0.6	%
Nondeductible compensation		2,162			1.0	%		2,584			1.3	%		2,180			1.1	%
Other		234			0.1	%		810			0.4	%		(1,000	)		-0.5	%
Changes in valuation allowances		31			0.0	%		-			0.0	%		-			0.0	%
Other		(1,433	)		-0.6	%		(233	)		-0.2	%		(315	)		-0.2	%
Domestic state and local income taxes, net of federal effect (1)		7,993			3.7	%		6,074			3.0	%		4,930			2.6	%
Foreign tax effects		4			0.0	%		18			0.0	%		13			0.0	%
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits		2,763			1.3	%		2,990			1.5	%		(1,111	)		-0.6	%
Total	$	56,922			26.3	%	$	53,850			26.7	%	$	44,469			23.1	%

_______________________

(1) The states that contribute to the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category include California, Florida and Illinois for 2025, Illinois for 2024 and Illinois for 2023.

Schedule of Amounts of Cash Taxes Paid

The amounts of cash taxes paid by the Company are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Federal	$	41,841	$	41,400	$	37,970
State		7,506		5,440		3,781
Income Taxes, net of amounts refunded	$	49,347	$	46,840	$	41,751

Schedule of Reconciliation of the Beginning and Ending Amount of Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	2025			2024			2023
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of the year	$	30,280		$	25,686		$	24,658
Additions for tax positions of prior years		-			-			16
Additions for tax positions related to the current year		5,007			7,641			7,325
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(496	)		(1,127	)		(5,083	)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations		(2,214	)		(1,920	)		(1,230	)
Subtotal		32,577			30,280			25,686
Interest and penalties		5,625			4,424			3,257
Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of the year	$	38,202		$	34,704		$	28,943

The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods was $30.2 million and $27.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, our short and long-term reserves, recorded within current accrued income taxes and other non-current liabilities, respectively, related to FASB’s interpretation No. 48 of ASC Topic 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes or (“FIN 48”), were $2.1 million and $30.4 million, respectively. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within provision for income taxes on our consolidated statements of income. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such unrecognized tax benefits was $5.6 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we recognized expenses of less than $1.0 million, less than $1.0 million and less than $0.7 million, respectively, related to interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated results of operations.

Perdoceo and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and in various state and local jurisdictions and are routinely examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's federal income tax returns are open to examinations for the tax years ended December 31, 2022 and forward.

Schedule of Components of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

Components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	December 31,
	2025			2024
Deferred income tax assets:
Accrued occupancy	$	14,658		$	18,419
Compensation and employee benefits		8,960			6,754
Tax net operating loss carry forwards		17,239			17,161
Valuation allowance		(10,617	)		(10,861	)
Allowance for doubtful accounts		8,193			7,775
Accrued settlements and legal		186			179
Accrued severance		322			614
Equity method for investments		-			1,180
Equity method for investments valuation allowance		-			(1,180	)
Capital loss		907			-
Capital loss valuation allowance		(907	)		-
Capitalized research and development		949			4,908
Deferred rent		13,507			-
Interest expense disallowance carry forward		3,988			4,299
Depreciation		-			4,081
Amortization		22,836			33,148
Other		1,711			1,676
Total deferred income tax assets		81,932			88,153
Deferred income tax liabilities:
Depreciation		8,395			-
Right of use asset, net		12,691			16,041
Available for sale short-term investments		348			80
Other		3,060			3,258
Total deferred income tax liabilities		24,494			19,379
Net deferred income tax assets	$	57,438		$	68,774

As of December 31, 2025, the Company has a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $357.8 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $103.4 million. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had a gross deferred tax asset before valuation allowance of $373.0 million and a gross deferred tax liability of $79.1 million.

Included among the Company’s gross deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2025, was a federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward of $17.9 million, tax basis amortizable intangible assets of $189.8 million, an interest expense disallowance carryforward of $18.1 million and state NOL carryforwards of $8.3 million. These acquired tax attributes are all subject to an annual utilization limitation. Excluding the acquired state NOLs mentioned above, we have state NOL carryforwards of approximately $212.4 million, which expire between tax years 2025 and 2037. Of this amount, approximately $52.0 million relates to separate state NOL carryforwards and $127.2 million relates to combined state NOL carryforwards, which we anticipate will not be utilized. Valuation allowances have been established against the full amounts of the deferred tax balances for these separate and combined state NOL carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2024, a valuation allowance of $12.0 million was maintained with respect to our equity investment in CCKF and state NOLs. During the year, the Company incurred a $3.8 million capital loss upon the sale of its equity investment in CCKF. In assessing whether the deferred tax asset on the capital loss was realizable, the Company considered the fact that capital losses can only be utilized to offset capital gains and there is neither an opportunity to carry back the capital loss nor are there any material capital gains anticipated within the allowed 5-year carryforward period. Therefore, we determined a full valuation allowance was needed with respect to the capital loss. As of December 31, 2025, our total valuation allowance was $11.5 million, primarily associated with our state NOLs attributable to jurisdictions where we no longer maintain active schools. We will continue to evaluate our valuation allowance in future years for any change in circumstances that causes a change in judgment about the realizability of these deferred tax assets.

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Schedule of Information with Respect to Outstanding and Exercisable Stock Options

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding and exercisable stock options under all of our plans as of December 31, 2025:

Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Number of Options Outstanding		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
	63,387	$	5.96		0.39		63,387	$	5.96
	9,308	$	7.22		0.85		9,308	$	7.22
	56,355	$	9.69		1.39		56,355	$	9.69
	12,972	$	13.80		2.18		12,972	$	13.80
	40,085	$	15.39		2.41		40,085	$	15.39
	29,970	$	21.29		3.61		29,970	$	21.29
	212,077	$	11.43		1.62		212,077	$	11.43

Restricted Stock Units [Member]

Schedule of Information with Respect to all Outstanding Restricted Stock

The following table summarizes information with respect to all outstanding restricted stock units to be settled in shares of stock under our plans during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:

	Restricted Stock to be Settled in Shares of Stock
	Units			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		1,614,210		$	12.18
Granted (1)		741,223			13.58
Vested		(530,819	)		14.15
Forfeited		(293,408	)		12.11
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023 (1)		1,531,206		$	12.19
Granted (1)		495,529			17.94
Vested		(582,112	)		12.20
Forfeited		(53,454	)		14.94
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024 (1)		1,391,169		$	14.13
Granted (1)		689,138			19.22
Vested		(868,499	)		11.90
Forfeited		(16,224	)		18.16
Outstanding as of December 31, 2025 (1)		1,195,584		$	18.63

_________________

(1) 150,292, 192,024 and 226,954 of performance-based restricted stock units granted during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and which are still outstanding as of December 31, 2025, are subject to a 200% maximum payout based on certain performance metrics.

Stock Options [Member]

Summary of Stock Option Activity

Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 under our plans was as follows:

	Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2022		851,082		$	9.45
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(309,819	)		7.35			$	2,860
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023		541,263		$	10.65
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(158,047	)		12.48			$	1,183
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024		383,216		$	9.90
Granted		-			-
Exercised		(171,139	)		8.00			$	3,296
Forfeited		-			-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding as of December 31, 2025		212,077		$	11.43		1.62	$	3,795
Exercisable as of December 31, 2025		212,077		$	11.43		1.62	$	3,795

XML

Weighted Average Common Shares (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Summary of Weighted Average Numbers of Common Shares Used to Compute Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share

The weighted average number of common shares used to compute basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2025		2024		2023
Basic common shares outstanding		64,805		65,646		66,468
Common stock equivalents		1,351		1,596		1,358
Diluted common shares outstanding		66,156		67,242		67,826

XML

Segment Reporting (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2025

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Summary Financial Information by Reporting Segment

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Revenue		Operating Income (Loss)			Depreciation and Amortization		Capital Expenditures		Total Assets (1)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
CTU (2)	$	461,602	$	180,597		$	5,563	$	5	$	172,405
AIUS (2)		226,220		35,950			5,466		148		170,825
USAHS (3)		157,576		3,211			30,316		5,514		287,985
Corporate and Other		698		(23,758	)		282		2,909		616,502
Total	$	846,096	$	196,000		$	41,627	$	8,576	$	1,247,717
For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
CTU (2)	$	443,374	$	174,686		$	5,618	$	125	$	175,115
AIUS (2)		227,072		32,756			6,186		143		164,985
USAHS (3)		10,041		(2,640	)		2,516		311		306,552
Corporate and Other		776		(30,549	)		325		4,046		590,382
Total	$	681,263	$	174,253		$	14,645	$	4,625	$	1,237,034
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
CTU (2)	$	456,169	$	150,699		$	8,404	$	141
AIUS (2)		253,057		38,592			8,149		704
USAHS (3)		-		-			-		-
Corporate and Other		778		(38,845	)		334		5,566
Total	$	710,004	$	150,446		$	16,887	$	6,411

__________________

(1)Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.

(2)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(3)USAHS includes results of operations starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

Significant expense category by reporting segment is as follows (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2025
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	61,323	$	45,639	$	64,465
Advertising and marketing		54,771		42,904		15,183
Admissions		48,092		35,541		5,324
Administrative (3)		89,458		46,555		21,405
Bad debt		19,441		9,607		442
Depreciation and amortization		5,563		5,466		30,316
All other expenses (4)		2,357		4,558		17,230
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	59,904	$	45,331	$	5,343
Advertising and marketing		54,662		45,120		1,181
Admissions		46,118		35,141		524
Administrative (3)		78,701		42,021		1,476
Bad debt		19,907		13,612		201
Depreciation and amortization		5,618		6,186		2,516
All other expenses (4)		3,778		6,905		1,440
	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
Significant expense categories	CTU (1)		AIUS (1)		USAHS (2)
Academics and student related	$	67,016	$	51,473	$	-
Advertising and marketing		63,198		39,390		-
Admissions		50,157		41,202		-
Administrative (3)		79,249		54,391		-
Bad debt		20,203		13,028		-
Depreciation and amortization		8,404		8,149		-
All other expenses (4)		17,243		6,832		-

__________________

(1)The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

(2)USAHS includes financial information starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

(3)Administrative expense includes allocations from Corporate and Other.

(4)All other expenses primarily include occupancy and asset impairment.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025 USD ($) Segment	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of reporting segments | Segment	3
Restricted Cash, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Restricted cash
Restricted cash	$ 21,310,000	$ 22,623,000
Construction financing		56,500,000
Allowance for credit losses for available for sale securities	0	0
Advertising costs	$ 112,900,000	$ 101,000,000	$ 102,600,000
Cash Receipts [Member] | Credit Concentration Risk [Member] | Higher Education Act [Member]
Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Percentage of cash receipts from Title IV Program funding	76.00%	77.00%	76.00%
Title IV Programs [Member]
Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Student fund portion in cash, and cash equivalents	$ 9,300,000	$ 9,400,000
Maximum [Member]
Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Length of academic terms	112 days
Term of non degree professional development and continuing education offerings through subscription based access	364 days
Term of non degree professional development and continuing education offerings through online courses	126 days
Maturity period of cash equivalents including short-term investments	three months
Minimum [Member]
Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of days past due to write off student receivables	90 days
Length of academic terms	56 days
Term of non degree professional development and continuing education offerings through online courses	84 days
Student Loans [Member] | Maximum [Member] | Current Assets [Member]
Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Student receivables period	1 year
Student Loans [Member] | Minimum [Member] | Non Current Assets [Member]
Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Student receivables period	1 year

XML

Business Acquisition - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2025	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 02, 2024
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill		$ 241,162	$ 265,697	$ 258,012
USAHS [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Purchase price of the assets					$ 137,000
Asset impairment expense		$ 241,600
Working capital true-up	$ 800
USAHS [Member] | Goodwill [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill					24,500
USAHS [Member] | Fair Value [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Fair values of acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets					268,500
Fair values of assumed liabilities					$ 131,500

XML

Business Acquisition - Summary of Fair Values of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 02, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Assets:
Goodwill		$ 265,697	$ 258,012		$ 241,162
USAHS [Member]
Assets:
Student and other receivables				$ 1,771
Prepaid assets				4,727
Property and equipment				78,800
ROU assets				53,271
Deferred tax asset, net	[1]			40,120
Other assets				977
Goodwill	[1]			24,535
Total assets acquired				268,501
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities				9,269
Deferred revenue				10,137
Lease liabilities				55,625
Construction financing				56,500
Total liabilities assumed				131,531
Net assets acquired				136,970
Customer Relationships [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Assets:
Fair value of intangible assets				14,000
Course Curriculum [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Assets:
Fair value of intangible assets				15,500
Accreditation Rights [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Assets:
Fair value of intangible assets				25,000
Trade Name [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Assets:
Fair value of intangible assets				$ 9,800

[1] Goodwill and deferred tax asset, net include an adjustment in the current year of approximately $7.5 million upon finalization of the USAHS deferred tax rate applied to the indefinite-lived intangible assets and various adjustments identified while completing USAHS’s final pre-acquisition tax returns.

XML

Business Acquisition - Summary of Fair Values of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed (Parenthetical) (Details) - USAHS [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 02, 2024
Business Combination [Line Items]
Goodwill and deferred tax asset, net adjustment amount	$ 7.5
Customer Relationships [Member]
Business Combination [Line Items]
Fair value use ful lives of intangible assets		2 years
Course Curriculum [Member]
Business Combination [Line Items]
Fair value use ful lives of intangible assets		4 years
Accreditation Rights [Member]
Business Combination [Line Items]
Fair value use ful lives of intangible assets		12 years

XML

Business Acquisition - Schedule of Proforma Financial Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Business Combination, Pro Forma Information [Abstract]
Total revenue	$ 825,902	$ 880,455
Operating income	175,480	174,775
Net income	$ 147,012	$ 161,971
Net income per share - Basic	$ 2.24	$ 2.44
Net income per share - Diluted	$ 2.19	$ 2.39

XML

Financial Instruments - Summary of Investments (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Fair value	$ 511,211	$ 459,795
Short-term, Non-governmental Debt Securities [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Cost	329,108	246,070
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Gross Unrealized Gain	1,105	466
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Gross Unrealized (Loss)	(112)	(278)
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Fair value	330,101	246,258
Short-term, Treasury and Federal Agencies [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Cost	180,631	213,394
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Gross Unrealized Gain	529	258
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Gross Unrealized (Loss)	(50)	(115)
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Fair value	181,110	213,537
Short-term Investments [Member]
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Cost	509,739	459,464
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Gross Unrealized Gain	1,634	724
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Gross Unrealized (Loss)	(162)	(393)
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Fair value	$ 511,211	$ 459,795

XML

Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Period cash equivalents and short-term investments have been in continuous unrealized gain (loss) position, years, maximum		1 year
Total short-term investments (available for sale), Fair value	$ 511,211,000	$ 511,211,000	$ 459,795,000
Gain on sale of investment in equity affiliate	$ 1,000,000	1,038,000
Realized gains (losses)		$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Financial Instruments - Schedule of Available-for-Sale Investments (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Amortized Cost And Fair Value Debt Securities [Abstract]
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale- investments, Less than one year	$ 35,240	$ 57,206
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale- investments, One to five years	475,971	402,589
Original stated term to maturity of available-for-sale- investments, Total	$ 511,211	$ 459,795

XML

Financial Instruments - Summary of Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Short-term investments	$ 511,211	$ 459,795
Totals	531,413	503,062
Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Totals	20,202	30,189
Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Totals	511,211	472,873
Short-term, Non-governmental Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Short-term investments	330,101	246,258
Short-term, Non-governmental Debt Securities [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Short-term investments	330,101	246,258
Short-term, Treasury and Federal Agencies [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Short-term investments	181,110	213,537
Short-term, Treasury and Federal Agencies [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Short-term investments	181,110	213,537
Money Market Funds [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash and cash equivalents	20,202	30,189
Money Market Funds [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 20,202	30,189
Federal Agency Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash and cash equivalents		13,078
Federal Agency Debt Securities [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash and cash equivalents		$ 13,078

XML

Financial Instruments - Schedule of Maintenance Fee Payment to Our Equity Affiliate (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Related Party Transactions [Abstract]
Maintenance Fee Payments	$ 1,663	[1]	$ 1,727	$ 1,672

[1] Maintenance payments incurred up to the date of sale.

XML

Revenue Recognition - Summary of Disaggregation of Revenue by Major Source (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue		$ 846,096		$ 681,263	$ 710,004
Tuition and Fees, Net [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[1]	841,402		676,071	702,920
Other [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[2]	4,694		5,192	7,084
University Group [Member] | CTU [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[3],[4]	461,602		443,374	456,169
University Group [Member] | AIUS [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[3],[4]	226,220		227,072	253,057
University Group [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[5]	157,576		10,041
University Group [Member] | Tuition and Fees, Net [Member] | CTU [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[1],[4]	458,645		440,183	452,063
University Group [Member] | Tuition and Fees, Net [Member] | AIUS [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[1]	225,188	[4]	225,852	250,857	[4]
University Group [Member] | Tuition and Fees, Net [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[1],[5]	157,569		10,036
University Group [Member] | Other [Member] | CTU [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[2],[4]	2,957		3,191	4,106
University Group [Member] | Other [Member] | AIUS [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[2]	1,032	[4]	1,220	2,200	[4]
University Group [Member] | Other [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[2],[5]	7		5
Corporate and Other [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue		698		776	778
Corporate and Other [Member] | Other [Member]
Disaggregation Of Revenue [Line Items]
Total revenue	[2]	$ 698		$ 776	$ 778

[1] Tuition and fees, net, includes revenue earned for all degree-granting programs as well as revenue earned for non-degree and professional development programs.

[2] Other revenue primarily includes contract training revenue and miscellaneous non-student related revenue.

[3] The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

[4] The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

[5] USAHS includes revenue beginning on the acquisition date of December 2, 2024.

XML

Revenue Recognition - Additional Information (Detail) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025 USD ($) Portfolio	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Revenue Recognition [Line Items]
Revenue recognized estimated reserve based on historical evidence | $	$ 2.3	$ 2.1
ASC Topic 606 [Member]
Revenue Recognition [Line Items]
Number of portfolio for revenue recognition | Portfolio	1
Minimum [Member]
Revenue Recognition [Line Items]
Days required for documentation to be eligible and approved for funding	90 days
Maximum [Member]
Revenue Recognition [Line Items]
Days required for documentation to be eligible and approved for funding	120 days

XML

Revenue Recognition - Summary of Deferred Revenue Balances Offset with Contract Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Revenue Recognition [Abstract]
Gross deferred revenue	$ 80,290	$ 61,291	$ 63,970
Gross contract assets	(42,446)	(24,551)
Deferred revenue, net	$ 37,844	$ 36,740

XML

Revenue Recognition - Changes in Deferred Revenue Balances (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Gross deferred revenue, beginning balance		$ 61,291	$ 63,970
Business acquisitions, beginning balance			10,137
Revenue earned from prior balances		(55,868)	(70,484)
Billings during period	[1]	860,766	662,774
Revenue earned for new billings during the period		(785,534)	(605,587)
Other adjustments		(365)	481
Gross deferred revenue, ending balance		80,290	61,291
University Group [Member] | CTU [Member]
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Gross deferred revenue, beginning balance	[2]	33,168	36,409
Revenue earned from prior balances	[2]	(29,814)	(33,472)
Billings during period	[1],[2]	463,059	437,961
Revenue earned for new billings during the period	[2]	(428,831)	(406,711)
Other adjustments	[2]	(162)	(1,019)
Gross deferred revenue, ending balance	[2]	37,420	33,168
University Group [Member] | AIUS [Member]
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Gross deferred revenue, beginning balance	[2]	26,555	27,561
Revenue earned from prior balances	[2]	(25,599)	(26,976)
Billings during period	[2]	240,197	224,813	[1]
Revenue earned for new billings during the period	[2]	(199,589)	(198,876)
Other adjustments	[2]	(91)	33
Gross deferred revenue, ending balance	[2]	41,473	26,555
University Group [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Deferred Revenue Arrangement [Line Items]
Gross deferred revenue, beginning balance	[3]	1,568
Business acquisitions, beginning balance	[3]		10,137
Revenue earned from prior balances	[3]	(455)	(10,036)
Billings during period	[3]	157,510
Revenue earned for new billings during the period	[3]	(157,114)
Other adjustments	[3]	(112)	1,467
Gross deferred revenue, ending balance	[3]	$ 1,397	$ 1,568

[1] Billings during period includes adjustments for prior billings

[2] The prior period amounts for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

[3] USAHS includes deferred revenue starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

XML

Student Receivables - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Approximate length of current academic year	210 days
Student receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 4,811	$ 6,195
Minimum [Member]
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
Student receivables write-off period, days past due	90 days

XML

Student Receivables - Changes in Current and Non-Current Allowance For Credit Losses (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Receivables [Abstract]
Balance, Beginning of Period	$ 43,520	$ 37,782	$ 43,141
Provision for credit losses	29,492	33,719	33,215
Amounts written-off	(29,263)	(29,606)	(40,590)
Recoveries	1,662	1,625	2,016
Balance, End of Period	$ 45,411	$ 43,520	$ 37,782

XML

Property and Equipment - Schedule of Cost Basis and Estimated Useful Lives of Property and Equipment (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Computer hardware and software	[1]	$ 58,475	$ 53,963
Leasehold improvements	[1]	39,371	37,237
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	[1]	18,490	15,886
Building and improvements	[1],[2]	52,445	9,163
Other	[1]	23	22
Construction in progress	[1],[2]	1,418	46,729
Property plant and equipment, Total	[1]	170,222	163,000
Less-accumulated depreciation	[1]	(86,908)	(67,492)
Total property and equipment, net	[1]	$ 83,314	$ 95,508
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant, and Equipment, Useful Life, Term, Description [Extensible Enumeration]		us-gaap:UsefulLifeShorterOfTermOfLeaseOrAssetUtilityMember
Computer Hardware and Software [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)		3 years
Computer Hardware and Software [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)		5 years
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)		5 years
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)		10 years
Building and Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)	[2]	15 years
Building and Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)	[2]	35 years
Other [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)		5 years
Other [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, estimated useful life (in years)		10 years

[1] Property and equipment which were fully depreciated and no longer in use by the Company were retired during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024; therefore, both the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation balances were reduced to zero for these assets.

[2] Buildings and improvements include a failed sale–leaseback transaction for USAHS.

XML

Property and Equipment - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation expense	$ 19,400	$ 8,700	$ 9,300
Asset impairment	$ 6	4,453	14,263
Software Assets [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Asset impairment		$ 800
Software Development and Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Asset impairment			$ 2,100

XML

Leases - Additional Information (Detail) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025 USD ($) Location	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Lessee Lease Description [Line Items]
Operating or finance lease expiration date	2050
Construction financing		$ 56,500
Lease term	25 years
Net proceeds form sale lease back transaction	$ 56,500
Leased locations | Location	15
Amortization expense for failed sale-leaseback	$ 1,200
Interest expense for failed sale-leaseback	$ 5,400

XML

Leases - Schedule of Quantitative Information Related to Leases (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Lease expenses
Operating fixed lease expenses	[1]	$ 10,330	$ 5,213	$ 6,410
Finance lease amortization expense	[1]	5,116	426
Finance lease interest expense	[1]	813	81
Variable lease expenses	[1]	4,483	986	1,401
Sublease income	[1],[2]	(401)	(32)	(500)
Total lease expenses	[1]	20,341	6,674	7,311
Other information
Gross operating cash flows for operating leases	[3]	(15,151)	(8,961)	(9,845)
Gross operating cash flows for finance leases	[3]	(6,737)	(81)
Gross financing cash flows for finance leases	[3]	(4,977)	(398)
Operating cash flows from subleases	[2]	$ 401	$ 32	$ 488
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) – operating leases		85 months	92 months	55 months
Weighted average remaining lease term (in months) - finance leases		25 months	37 months
Weighted average discount rate – operating leases		6.30%	6.10%	4.90%
Weighted average discount rate - finance leases		5.90%	5.90%

[1] Lease expense and sublease income represent the amount recorded within our consolidated statements of income. Variable lease amounts represent expenses recognized as incurred which are not included in the lease liability.

[2] For certain of our leased locations we have vacated the facility and have fully or partially subleased the space.

[3] Cash flows are presented on a consolidated basis and represent cash payments for fixed and variable lease costs.

XML

Leases - Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments under Leases Included in Lease Liabilities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Lessee Lease Description [Line Items]
Operating Leases, 2026	[1]	$ 9,023
Operating Leases, 2027		10,389
Operating Leases, 2028		7,844
Operating Leases, 2029		7,113
Operating Leases, 2030		7,277
Operating Leases, 2031		7,444
Operating Leases, 2032 and thereafter		13,784
Operating Leases, Total		62,874
Operating Leases, Less: imputed interest		13,090
Operating Leases, Present value of future minimum lease payments		49,784
Operating Leases, Less: current lease liabilities		$ 6,032	$ 7,792
Operating Lease, Liability, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]		Operating Leases, Less: current lease liabilities
Operating Leases, Non-current lease liabilities		$ 43,752	50,224
Operating Lease, Liability, Noncurrent, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]		Operating Leases, Non-current lease liabilities
Financing Leases, 2026	[1]	$ 5,964
Financing Leases, 2027		5,325
Financing Leases, 2028		957
Finance Leases, Total		12,246
Finance Leases, Less: imputed interest		691
Finance Leases, Present value of future minimum lease payments		11,555
Finance Leases, Less: current lease liabilities		$ 5,458	5,466
Finance Lease, Liability, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]		Finance Leases, Less: current lease liabilities
Finance Leases, Non-current lease liabilities		$ 6,097	$ 11,555
Finance Lease, Liability, Noncurrent, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]		Finance Leases, Non-current lease liabilities
Total Lease Liabilities, 2026	[1]	$ 14,987
Total Lease Liabilities, 2027		15,714
Total Lease Liabilities, 2028		8,801
Total Lease Liabilities, 2029		7,113
Total Lease Liabilities, 2030		7,277
Total Lease Liabilities, 2031		7,444
Total Lease Liabilities, 2032 and thereafter		13,784
Total Lease Liabilities, Total		75,120
Total Lease Liabilities, Less: imputed interest		13,781
Total Lease Liabilities, Present value of future minimum lease payments		61,339
Total Lease Liabilities, Less: current lease liabilities		11,490
Total Lease Liabilities, Non-current lease liabilities		$ 49,849

[1] Amounts provided are for unpaid lease obligations remaining as of December 31, 2025.

XML

Leases - Schedule of Future Minimum Lease Payments For Failed Sale Leaseback Transactions (Detail) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2025 USD ($)
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
2026	$ 5,043
2027	5,143
2028	5,246
2029	5,351
2030	5,458
2031	5,567
2032 and thereafter	122,259
Total	$ 154,067

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Carrying value of goodwill	$ 265,697	$ 258,012	$ 241,162
Amortization expense for intangible assets	17,100	5,500	7,600
Impairment of intangible assets, definite-lived	$ 10,829	$ 10,829
Impairment, Intangible Asset, Finite-Lived, Statement of Income or Comprehensive Income [Extensible Enumeration]	Asset Impairment Charges	Asset Impairment Charges
Gain on sale of assets			22,086
Minimum [Member]
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Useful Life	1 year
Maximum [Member]
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Asset, Useful Life	12 years
CTU [Member]
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Carrying value of goodwill	$ 130,755	$ 130,755	130,755
AIUS [Member]
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Carrying value of goodwill	$ 110,407	$ 110,407	$ 110,407

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Schedule of Reconciliation of Changes in Carrying Value of Goodwill (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Balance, Beginning of year	$ 258,012		$ 241,162
Business acquisition	7,685	[1]	16,850
Balance, End of year	265,697		258,012
CTU [Member]
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Balance, Beginning of year	130,755		130,755
Balance, End of year	130,755		130,755
AIUS [Member]
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Balance, Beginning of year	110,407		110,407
Balance, End of year	110,407		110,407
USAHS [Member]
Goodwill And Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Balance, Beginning of year	16,850
Business acquisition	7,685	[1]	16,850
Balance, End of year	$ 24,535		$ 16,850

[1] The positive adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2025 relates to purchase accounting adjustments for the USAHS acquisition finalized during the period.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Schedule of Net Book Value of Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Intangible Assets Net Excluding Goodwill [Line Items]
Cost	$ 115,860	$ 115,860
Accumulated Amortization	(44,786)	(27,725)
Accumulated Impairments	$ (10,829)	$ (10,829)
Impairment, Intangible Asset, Finite-Lived, Statement of Income or Comprehensive Income [Extensible Enumeration]	Asset Impairment Charges	Asset Impairment Charges
Net Book Value of Amortizable intangible assets, net	$ 60,245	$ 77,306
Non-amortizable intangible assets	17,700	17,700
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $44,786 and $27,725 as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively	77,945	95,006
Accreditation Rights [Member]
Intangible Assets Net Excluding Goodwill [Line Items]
Cost	25,000	25,000
Accumulated Amortization	(2,257)	(174)
Net Book Value of Amortizable intangible assets, net	22,743	24,826
Non-amortizable intangible assets	1,000	1,000
Course Curriculum
Intangible Assets Net Excluding Goodwill [Line Items]
Cost	18,290	18,290
Accumulated Amortization	(6,571)	(2,418)
Net Book Value of Amortizable intangible assets, net	11,719	15,872
Customer Relationship
Intangible Assets Net Excluding Goodwill [Line Items]
Cost	52,090	52,090
Accumulated Amortization	(29,051)	(19,068)
Accumulated Impairments	(111)	(111)
Net Book Value of Amortizable intangible assets, net	22,928	32,911
Developed Technology Rights
Intangible Assets Net Excluding Goodwill [Line Items]
Cost	8,820	8,820
Accumulated Amortization	(3,307)	(2,980)
Accumulated Impairments	(5,513)	(5,513)
Net Book Value of Amortizable intangible assets, net		327
Trade Names
Intangible Assets Net Excluding Goodwill [Line Items]
Cost	11,660	11,660
Accumulated Amortization	(3,600)	(3,085)
Accumulated Impairments	(5,205)	(5,205)
Net Book Value of Amortizable intangible assets, net	2,855	3,370
Non-amortizable intangible assets	$ 16,700	$ 16,700

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Schedule of Future Amortization Associated with Amortizable Intangible Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
December 31, 2026	$ 16,118
December 31, 2027	9,562
December 31, 2028	8,429
December 31, 2029	3,534
December 31, 2030	3,534
December 31, 2031 and thereafter	19,068
Net Book Value of Amortizable intangible assets, net	$ 60,245	$ 77,306

XML

Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Other Accrued Expenses [Member]
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Accrual for legal fees and settlements	$ 1.8	$ 1.2

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Tax [Line Items]
Pretax income	$ 216,836	$ 201,440	$ 192,121
Effective income tax rate	26.30%	26.70%	23.10%
Favorable discrete adjustment			$ 4,500
Effective tax rate impact associated with subsidiary worthless stock			2.40%
Deferred tax assets, capital loss	$ 907
Effective tax rate impact associated with stock-based compensation	1.00%	1.30%	1.10%
Unrecognized tax benefits that would impact effective tax rate	$ 30,200	$ 27,400
Short-term reserves	2,100
Long-term reserves	30,400
Interest and penalties	5,600	4,400
Deferred tax asset, gross	357,800	373,000
Deferred tax liability, gross	103,400	79,100
Tax amortization	22,836	33,148
Federal Tax Authority [Member] | Acquired Businesses [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry forwards	17,900
Interest expense disallowance carryforward	18,100
Deferred tax amortizable intangible assets	189,800
State [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets, valuation allowance	11,500	12,000
Capital loss upon sale of equity investment		3,800
Net operating loss carry forwards	212,400
State [Member] | Acquired Businesses [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry forwards	8,300
Combined State [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry forwards	127,200
Separate State [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry forwards	52,000
Maximum [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Unrecognized tax benefit, income tax penalties and interest benefit (expense) recognized	$ 1,000	$ 1,000	$ 700
Maximum [Member] | State [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry forwards, expiration year	2037
Minimum [Member] | State [Member]
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss carry forwards, expiration year	2025

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Provision for Income Taxes (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Federal	$ 42,512	$ 40,947	$ 32,792
State and local	10,813	10,308	7,903
Foreign	4	18	13
Total current provision	53,329	51,273	40,708
Federal	1,683	3,375	2,640
State and local	1,910	(798)	1,121
Total deferred provision	3,593	2,577	3,761
Total provision for income taxes	$ 56,922	$ 53,850	$ 44,469

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Principal Reasons for Difference Between Effective Income Tax Rate and Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Amount
US federal statutory income tax rate		$ 45,536	$ 42,302	$ 40,345
Tax Credits		(368)	(695)	(573)
Nontaxable and nondeductible items		2,396	3,394	1,180
Nondeductible compensation		2,162	2,584	2,180
Other		234	810	(1,000)
Changes in valuation allowances		31	0	0
Other		(1,433)	(233)	(315)
Domestic state and local income taxes, net of federal effect	[1]	7,993	6,074	4,930
Foreign tax effects		4	18	13
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits		2,763	2,990	(1,111)
Total provision for income taxes		$ 56,922	$ 53,850	$ 44,469
Percent
US federal statutory income tax rate		21.00%	21.00%	21.00%
Tax credits		(0.20%)	(0.30%)	(0.30%)
Nontaxable and nondeductible items		1.10%	1.70%	0.60%
Nondeductible compensation		1.00%	1.30%	1.10%
Other		0.10%	0.40%	(0.50%)
Changes in valuation allowances		0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Other		(0.60%)	(0.20%)	(0.20%)
Domestic state and local income taxes, net of federal effect	[1]	3.70%	3.00%	2.60%
Foreign tax effects		0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits		1.30%	1.50%	(0.60%)
Total		26.30%	26.70%	23.10%

[1] The states that contribute to the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category include California, Florida and Illinois for 2025, Illinois for 2024 and Illinois for 2023.

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Amounts of Cash Taxes Paid (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Federal	$ 41,841	$ 41,400	$ 37,970
State	7,506	5,440	3,781
Income Taxes, net of amounts refunded	$ 49,347	$ 46,840	$ 41,751

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Reconciliation of Beginning and Ending Amount of Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of the year	$ 30,280	$ 25,686	$ 24,658
Additions for tax positions of prior years			16
Additions for tax positions related to the current year	5,007	7,641	7,325
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(496)	(1,127)	(5,083)
Reductions due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations	(2,214)	(1,920)	(1,230)
Subtotal	32,577	30,280	25,686
Interest and penalties	5,625	4,424	3,257
Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of the year	$ 38,202	$ 34,704	$ 28,943

XML

Income Taxes - Schedule of Components of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Accrued occupancy	$ 14,658	$ 18,419
Compensation and employee benefits	8,960	6,754
Tax net operating loss carry forwards	17,239	17,161
Valuation allowance	(10,617)	(10,861)
Allowance for doubtful accounts	8,193	7,775
Accrued settlements and legal	186	179
Accrued severance	322	614
Equity method for investments	0	1,180
Equity method for investments valuation allowance	0	(1,180)
Deferred tax assets, capital loss	907
Capital loss valuation allowance	(907)
Capitalized research and development	949	4,908
Deferred rent	13,507
Interest expense disallowance carry forward	3,988	4,299
Depreciation	0	4,081
Amortization	22,836	33,148
Other	1,711	1,676
Total deferred income tax assets	81,932	88,153
Depreciation	8,395
Right of use asset, net	12,691	16,041
Available for sale short-term investments	348	80
Other	3,060	3,258
Total deferred income tax liabilities	24,494	19,379
Net deferred income tax assets	$ 57,438	$ 68,774

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options		212,077		383,216	541,263	851,082
Estimated pretax compensation expense		$ 18.0
Expiration period in years		4 years
Restricted stock units settled in shares exercisable in percentage		25.00%
Deferred stock units outstanding		58,000
Total stock-based compensation expense		$ 11.7		$ 10.2	$ 8.1
Non-Employee Directors' Stock Options [Member]
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expiration period in years		10 years
Employee stock options exercisable in percentage		100.00%
Stock Options [Member]
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expiration period in years		10 years
Service period in years		4 years
Stock Options [Member] | Share-based Compensation Award, Tranche One [Member]
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock awards settled in stock exercisable in percentage		25.00%
Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares to reduce shares available to grant by upon vesting of deferred restricted stock awards and units		1,195,584	[1]	1,391,169	1,531,206	1,614,210
Service period in years		4 years
Granted, Units	[1]	689,138		495,529	741,223
Maximum Payout Percentage		200.00%
Performance-based Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares to reduce shares available to grant by upon vesting of deferred restricted stock awards and units		150,292		192,024	226,954
Service period in years		3 years
2016 Incentive Compensation Plan [Member]
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock subject to awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights payable in shares		1
Common stock subject to any other form of award		1.35
Common stock available for future share-based awards		3,300,000
Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options		200,000
Number of shares to reduce shares available to grant by upon vesting of deferred restricted stock awards and units		2,400,000
2008 Incentive Compensation Plan [Member]
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares to reduce shares available to grant by upon vesting of deferred restricted stock awards and units		100,000

[1] (1) 150,292, 192,024 and 226,954 of performance-based restricted stock units granted during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and which are still outstanding as of December 31, 2025, are subject to a 200% maximum payout based on certain performance metrics.

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Summary of Stock Option Activity (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Share-Based Payment Arrangement [Abstract]
Beginning balance of Outstanding, Options	383,216	541,263	851,082
Exercised, Options	(171,139)	(158,047)	(309,819)
Ending balance of Outstanding, Options	212,077	383,216	541,263
Exercisable, Options	212,077
Beginning balance of Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 9.90	$ 10.65	$ 9.45
Exercised, Weighted Average Exercise Price	8.00	12.48	7.35
Ending balance of Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	11.43	$ 9.90	$ 10.65
Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 11.43
Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	1 year 7 months 13 days
Exercisable, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	1 year 7 months 13 days
Exercised, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 3,296	$ 1,183	$ 2,860
Outstanding, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	3,795
Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value	$ 3,795

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Schedule of Information with Respect to Outstanding and Exercisable Stock Options (Detail) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2022
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	212,077	383,216	541,263	851,082
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 11.43	$ 9.90	$ 10.65	$ 9.45
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	1 year 7 months 13 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	212,077
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 11.43
Range of Exercise Prices $5.96 - $5.96 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	63,387
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.96
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	4 months 20 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	63,387
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 5.96
Range of Exercise Prices $7.22- $7.22 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	9,308
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 7.22
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	10 months 6 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	9,308
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 7.22
Range of Exercise Prices $9.69 - $9.69 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	56,355
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 9.69
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	1 year 4 months 20 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	56,355
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 9.69
Range of Exercise Prices $13.80 - $13.80 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	12,972
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 13.8
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	2 years 2 months 4 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	12,972
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 13.8
Range of Exercise Prices $15.39 - $15.39 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	40,085
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 15.39
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	2 years 4 months 28 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	40,085
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 15.39
Range of Exercise Prices $21.29 - $21.29[Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	29,970
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 21.29
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	3 years 7 months 9 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	29,970
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 21.29
Range of Exercise Prices $11.43 - $11.43 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Options Outstanding, Number of Options Outstanding	212,077
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 11.43
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years)	1 year 7 months 13 days
Options Exercisable, Number Exercisable	212,077
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 11.43

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Schedule of Information with Respect to all Outstanding Restricted Stock (Detail) - Restricted Stock Units [Member] - $ / shares		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025		Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Beginning balance of Outstanding, Units		1,391,169		1,531,206	1,614,210
Granted, Units	[1]	689,138		495,529	741,223
Vested, Units		(868,499)		(582,112)	(530,819)
Forfeited, Units		(16,224)		(53,454)	(293,408)
Ending balance of Outstanding, Units		1,195,584	[1]	1,391,169	1,531,206
Beginning balance of Outstanding, Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit		$ 14.13		$ 12.19	$ 12.18
Granted, Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit	[1]	19.22		17.94	13.58
Vested, Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit		11.90		12.20	14.15
Forfeited, Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit		18.16		14.94	12.11
Ending balance of Outstanding, Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit		$ 18.63	[1]	$ 14.13	$ 12.19

[1] (1) 150,292, 192,024 and 226,954 of performance-based restricted stock units granted during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and which are still outstanding as of December 31, 2025, are subject to a 200% maximum payout based on certain performance metrics.

XML

Stock Repurchase Program - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Millions		12 Months Ended
	Jul. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
Equity, Class of Treasury Stock [Line Items]
Stock repurchase authorized amount	$ 75,000,000
Expiration Date	Jan. 31, 2027
Shares repurchased under stock repurchase program		4.1	0.4
Shares repurchased during period		$ 120,800,000	$ 6,800,000
Average price of repurchased stock		$ 29.17	$ 17.6
Available authorized repurchase amount		$ 200,000
Previous Purchase Plan [Member]
Equity, Class of Treasury Stock [Line Items]
Shares repurchased under stock repurchase program		1.6
Shares repurchased during period		$ 46,100,000

XML

Weighted Average Common Shares - Summary of Weighted Average Numbers of Common Shares Used to Compute Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share (Detail) - shares shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Basic common shares outstanding	64,805	65,646	66,468
Common stock equivalents	1,351	1,596	1,358
Diluted common shares outstanding	66,156	67,242	67,826

XML

Weighted Average Common Shares - Additional Information (Detail) - shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Employee Stock Option
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive awards excluded from computations of diluted earnings per share	0	0
Employee Stock Option | Maximum [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive awards excluded from computations of diluted earnings per share			100,000
Common Stock [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Weighted average number of shares issued	10,000	14,000	19,000
Common Stock [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Weighted average number of shares issued	100,000	100,000	100,000

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 02, 2024	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of amount vested to defined contribution retirement savings plan		100.00%
Description of vesting rights		articipants are 100% vested in the company’s matching contribution after two years of service.
Expense for continuing and discontinued operations under employee benefit plan		$ 4,300,000	$ 3,100,000	$ 3,600,000
Percentage of fair market value of common stock		95.00%
Percentage of salary contribution limited to an employee under employee stock purchase plan		10.00%
Maximum salary of employee allowed to purchase shares under employee stock purchase plan		$ 25,000
Common stock issued under employee stock purchase plan		3,500,000
USAHS [Member]
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of amount contributed to defined contribution retirement savings plan	50.00%
Percentage of eligible compensation employee contributes to benefit plan	6.00%
0-2% Contribution [Member]
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of amount contributed to defined contribution retirement savings plan		50.00%	50.00%	50.00%
Percentage of annual pay that employee elected to defer		2.00%	2.00%	2.00%
3-6% Contribution [Member]
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of amount contributed to defined contribution retirement savings plan		25.00%	25.00%	25.00%
Percentage of annual pay that employee elected to defer		4.00%	4.00%	4.00%
Minimum number of hours worked		1000 hours
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Authorized to grant the common stock under the employee stock purchase plan		4,000,000.0

XML

Segment Reporting - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025 Segment
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of reporting segments	3
CTU [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Students enrolled expressed as percentage of enrollment	67.00%
CTU [Member] | Fully Online [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of enrollment	98.00%
AIUS [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Students enrolled expressed as percentage of enrollment	24.00%
AIUS [Member] | Fully Online [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of enrollment	97.00%
USAHS [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Students enrolled expressed as percentage of enrollment	9.00%

XML

Segment Reporting - Summary Financial Information by Reporting Segment (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue		$ 846,096	$ 681,263	$ 710,004
Operating Income (Loss)		196,000	174,253	150,446
Depreciation and amortization		41,627	14,645	16,887
Capital Expenditures		8,576	4,625	6,411
Total Assets	[1]	1,247,717	1,237,034
Corporate and Other [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue		698	776	778
Operating Income (Loss)		(23,758)	(30,549)	(38,845)
Depreciation and amortization		282	325	334
Capital Expenditures		2,909	4,046	5,566
Total Assets	[1]	616,502	590,382
CTU [Member] | University Group [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	[2],[3]	461,602	443,374	456,169
Operating Income (Loss)	[2]	180,597	174,686	150,699
Depreciation and amortization	[2]	5,563	5,618	8,404
Capital Expenditures	[2]	5	125	141
Total Assets	[1],[2]	172,405	175,115
AIUS [Member] | University Group [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	[2],[3]	226,220	227,072	253,057
Operating Income (Loss)	[2]	35,950	32,756	38,592
Depreciation and amortization	[2]	5,466	6,186	8,149
Capital Expenditures	[2]	148	143	$ 704
Total Assets	[1],[2]	170,825	164,985
USAHS [Member] | University Group [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue	[4]	157,576	10,041
Operating Income (Loss)	[4]	3,211	(2,640)
Depreciation and amortization	[4]	30,316	2,516
Capital Expenditures	[4]	5,514	311
Total Assets	[1],[4]	$ 287,985	$ 306,552

[1] Total assets are presented on a consolidated basis and do not include intercompany receivable or payable activity between institutions and corporate and investments in subsidiaries.

[2] The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

[3] The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

[4] USAHS includes results of operations starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

XML

Segment Reporting - Summary Financial Information by Reporting Segment (Parenthetical) (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024
USAHS [Member] | USAHS [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Acquisition date	Dec. 02, 2024	Dec. 02, 2024

XML

Segment Reporting - Significant Expense Category by Reporting Segment Expenses (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses		$ 650,096	$ 507,010	$ 559,558
CTU [Member] | Academics and Student Related [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	61,323	59,904	67,016
CTU [Member] | Advertising and Marketing [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	54,771	54,662	63,198
CTU [Member] | Admissions [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	48,092	46,118	50,157
CTU [Member] | Administrative [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1],[2]	89,458	78,701	79,249
CTU [Member] | Bad Debt [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	19,441	19,907	20,203
CTU [Member] | Depreciation and Amortization [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	5,563	5,618	8,404
CTU [Member] | All Other Expenses [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1],[3]	2,357	3,778	17,243
AIUS [Member] | Academics and Student Related [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	45,639	45,331	51,473
AIUS [Member] | Advertising and Marketing [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	42,904	45,120	39,390
AIUS [Member] | Admissions [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	35,541	35,141	41,202
AIUS [Member] | Administrative [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1],[2]	46,555	42,021	54,391
AIUS [Member] | Bad Debt [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	9,607	13,612	13,028
AIUS [Member] | Depreciation and Amortization [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1]	5,466	6,186	8,149
AIUS [Member] | All Other Expenses [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[1],[3]	4,558	6,905	$ 6,832
USAHS [Member] | Academics and Student Related [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[4]	64,465	5,343
USAHS [Member] | Advertising and Marketing [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[4]	15,183	1,181
USAHS [Member] | Admissions [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[4]	5,324	524
USAHS [Member] | Administrative [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[2],[4]	21,405	1,476
USAHS [Member] | Bad Debt [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[4]	442	201
USAHS [Member] | Depreciation and Amortization [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[4]	30,316	2,516
USAHS [Member] | All Other Expenses [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total operating expenses	[3],[4]	$ 17,230	$ 1,440

[1] The prior period operating results for CTU and AIUS were recast to reflect the transition of Hippo Education from CTU to AIUS.

[2] Administrative expense includes allocations from Corporate and Other.

[3] All other expenses primarily include occupancy and asset impairment.

[4] USAHS includes financial information starting from the acquisition date on December 2, 2024.

XML

Subsequent Events - Additional Information (Detail) - USD ($)	Jan. 02, 2026	Jul. 31, 2025	Jan. 16, 2026
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Stock repurchase authorized amount		$ 75,000,000
Expiration Date		Jan. 31, 2027
Prior Repurchase Program [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Stock repurchase authorized amount		$ 75,000,000
Subsequent Event [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Expiration Date	Jun. 30, 2027
Letter of credit amount			$ 20,500,000
Subsequent Event [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Stock repurchase authorized amount	$ 100,000,000

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets [Member]
Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Valuation allowance, Beginning balance	$ 12,041	$ 14,022	$ 22,536
Valuation allowance, Deductions/ Other	(517)	(1,981)	(8,514)
Valuation allowance, Ending balance	11,524	12,041	14,022
Valuation Allowance for Credit Losses [Member]
Valuation And Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Valuation allowance, Beginning balance	43,520	37,782	43,141
Valuation allowance, Additions/Charges to Expense	29,492	33,719	33,215
Valuation allowance, Deductions/ Other	(27,601)	(27,981)	(38,574)
Valuation allowance, Ending balance	$ 45,411	$ 43,520	$ 37,782